S-1/A
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
April 14, 2006.
Registration
No. 333-132080
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 1 to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
(State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization) |
|
7371 (Computer Programming
Services)
(Primary Standard
Industrial
Classification Code Number) |
|
06-1594540
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number) |
750 Route 202 South
Sixth Floor
Bridgewater, NJ 08807
(866) 620-3940
(Address, including zip code and telephone number, including
area code, of registrants principal executive offices)
Stephen G. Waldis
Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief
Executive Officer
750 Route 202 South
Sixth Floor
Bridgewater, NJ 08807
(866) 620-3940
(Name, address, including zip code and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
Marc F. Dupré
Angela N. Clement
Gunderson Dettmer Stough
Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP
610 Lincoln Street
Waltham, Massachusetts 02451
Telephone: (781) 890-8800
Telecopy: (781) 622-1622 |
|
Keith F. Higgins
Ropes & Gray LLP
One International Place
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Telephone: (617) 951-7000
Telecopy: (617) 951-7050 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this
Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
check the following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
please check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to
Rule 434, please check the following
box. o
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the
Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as
the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such
Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this preliminary
prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor
the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the
registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an
offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers
to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or
sale is not permitted.
|
Subject to Completion.
Dated ,
2006.
Shares
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Common Stock
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. is
offering shares
of its common stock and the selling stockholders are
offering shares
of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale
of shares by selling stockholders. This is the initial public
offering of our common stock.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the
common stock. The initial public offering price is expected to
be between
$ and
$ per
share.
We have applied to list the common stock on The Nasdaq Stock
Markets National Market under the symbol SNCR.
Investing in the common stock involves a high degree of risk.
Before buying any shares, you should carefully read the
discussion of material risks of investing in our common stock in
Risk Factors beginning on page 11 of this
prospectus.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds to | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting | |
|
Synchronoss | |
|
Proceeds to | |
|
|
Price to | |
|
Discounts and | |
|
Technologies, | |
|
Selling | |
|
|
Public | |
|
Commissions | |
|
Inc. | |
|
Stockholders | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Per Share
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
To the extent that the underwriters sell more
than shares
of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up
to an
additional shares
from Synchronoss and selling stockholders at the initial public
offering price less the underwriting discount.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock on
or
about ,
2006.
|
|
Goldman, Sachs & Co. |
Deutsche Bank Securities |
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
Prospectus
dated ,
2006.
You should rely only on information contained in this document
or that information to which we have referred you. We have not
authorized anyone to provide you with information that is
different. This document may only be used where it is legal to
sell these securities. The information in this document may only
be accurate on the date of this document.
3
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
You should read the following summary together with the more
detailed information regarding Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.
and the common stock being sold in this offering in our
financial statements and notes appearing elsewhere in this
prospectus and our risk factors beginning on
page .
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.
Our Business
We are a leading provider of
e-commerce transaction
management solutions to the communications services marketplace
based on our penetration into key providers of communications
services. Our proprietary on-demand software platform enables
communications service providers, or CSPs, to take, manage and
provision orders and other customer-oriented transactions and
create complex service bundles. We target complex and
high-growth industry segments including wireless, Voice over
Internet Protocol, or VoIP, wireline and other markets. We have
designed our solution to be flexible, allowing us to meet the
rapidly changing and converging services offered by CSPs. By
simplifying technological complexities through the automation
and integration of disparate systems, we enable CSPs to acquire,
retain and service customers quickly, reliably and
cost-effectively. Our industry-leading customers include
Cingular Wireless, Vonage Holdings, Cablevision Systems,
Level 3 Communications, Verizon Business, Clearwire,
360networks, Time Warner Cable, Comcast and AT&T. In
particular, we have a long-standing relationship with Cingular
Wireless, from whom we currently derive a substantial portion of
our revenues. Our CSP customers use our platform and technology
to service both consumer and business customers, including over
300 of the Fortune 500 companies.
Our CSP customers rely on our services to speed, simplify and
automate the process of activating their customers and
delivering communications services across interconnected
networks, focusing particularly on customers acquired through
Internet-based channels. In addition, we offer and are targeting
growth in services that automate other aspects of the CSPs
ongoing customer relationships, such as product upgrades and
customer care. Our
ActivationNow®
software platform provides seamless integration between
customer-facing CSP applications and back-office or
infrastructure-related systems and processes. Our platform
streamlines these business processes, enhancing the customer
experience and allowing us to offer reliable, guaranteed levels
of service, which we believe is an important differentiator of
our service offering.
The majority of our revenues are generated from fees earned on
each transaction processed utilizing our platform. We have
increased our revenues rapidly, growing at a compound annual
growth rate of 76% from 2001 to 2005. For 2005, we generated
revenues of $54.2 million, a 99.4% increase over 2004. Our
net income for the period was $12.4 million, versus a loss
of approximately $0.01 million for the prior year.
Demand Drivers for Our
E-Commerce Transaction
Management Solutions
Our services are capable of managing a wide variety of
transactions across multiple CSP delivery models, allowing us to
benefit from increased growth, complexity and technological
change in the communications industry. As communications
technology has evolved, new access networks, end-devices and
applications with multiple features have emerged. This
proliferation of services and advancement of technologies are
accelerating subscriber growth and increasing the number of
transactions between CSPs and their customers. Currently, growth
in wireless services, the adoption of VoIP and the increasing
importance of
e-commerce are strongly
driving demand for our transaction management solutions. In
addition, we see an opportunity to provide our services to the
high-growth market of bundled services (including voice, video,
data and wireless) resulting from converging technology markets.
We support and target transactions ranging from initial service
activations to ongoing customer lifecycle transactions, such as
additions, subtractions and changes
4
to services. The need for CSPs to deliver these transactions
efficiently increases demand for our on-demand software delivery
model.
The rapid emergence of all-digital, IP-based networks is causing
the creation of telecommunications services to be less dependent
on particular elements of network infrastructure. In this
environment, CSPs are increasingly relying on intelligent
software platform solutions such as our own to quickly develop
new packages of service offerings. The critical driver of
adoption of our services is shifting from cost reduction at CSPs
to generating new revenues via on-demand service creation. In
this environment, we believe our on-demand capabilities will be
a major value-added difference to our CSPs and their largest
customers.
Our Solution
Our
ActivationNow®
software platform provides comprehensive
e-commerce order
processing, transaction management and provisioning. We have
designed
ActivationNow®
to be a flexible, open and on-demand platform, offering a unique
solution for managing transactions relating to a wide range of
existing communications services as well as the rapid deployment
of new services. In addition to handling large volumes of
customer transactions quickly and efficiently, our solution is
designed to recognize, isolate and address transactions when
there is insufficient information or other erroneous process
elements. Our solution also offers a centralized reporting
platform that provides intelligent, real-time analytics around
the entire workflow related to an
e-commerce transaction.
Our platforms automation and ease of integration allows
CSPs to lower the cost of new customer acquisition, enhance the
accuracy and reliability of customer transactions, and respond
rapidly to competitive market conditions. The following key
strengths differentiate us:
|
|
|
Leading Provider of Transaction Management Solutions to
the Communications Services Market. We offer what we
believe to be the most advanced
e-commerce customer
transaction management solution to the communications market.
Our industry leading position is built upon the strength of our
platform and our extensive experience and expertise in
identifying and addressing the complex needs of leading CSPs. |
|
|
Well Positioned to Benefit from High Industry Growth Areas
and E-Commerce.
We believe we are positioned to capitalize on the development,
proliferation and convergence of communications services,
including wireless and VoIP and the adoption of
e-commerce as a
critical customer channel. Our
ActivationNow®
platform is designed to be flexible and scalable to meet the
demanding requirements of the evolving communications services
industry, allowing us to participate in the highest growth and
most attractive industry segments. |
|
|
Differentiated Approach to Non-Automated
Processes. Due to a variety of factors, CSP systems
frequently encounter customer transactions with insufficient
information or other erroneous process elements. These so-called
exceptions, which tend to be particularly common in the early
phases of a service roll-out, require non-automated, often
time-consuming handling. We believe our ability to address what
we refer to as exception handling is one of our key
differentiators. Our solution identifies, corrects and processes
non-automated transactions and exceptions in real-time.
Importantly, as exception handling matures within a service, an
increasing number of transactions can become automated, which
can result in increased operating leverage for our business. |
|
|
|
Transaction-Based Model with High Revenue
Visibility. We believe the characteristics of our
business model enhance the predictability of our revenues. We
are generally the exclusive provider of the services we offer to
our customers and benefit from contracts of 12 to
48 months. The majority of our revenues are
transaction-based, allowing us to gauge future revenues against
patterns of transaction volumes and growth. |
|
|
|
Trusted Partner, Deeply Embedded with Major, Influential
Customers. We provide our services to market-leading
wireline, wireless, cable, broadband and VoIP service providers |
5
|
|
|
|
including Cingular Wireless, Vonage Holdings, Cablevision
Systems, Level 3 Communications, Verizon Business,
Clearwire, 360networks, Time Warner Cable, Comcast and AT&T.
The high value-added nature of our services and our proven
performance track record make us an attractive, valuable and
important partner for our customers. Our transaction management
solution is tightly integrated into our customers critical
infrastructure and embedded into their workflows, enabling us to
develop deep and collaborative relationships with them. |
|
|
|
On-Demand Offering that Enables Rapid, Cost-Effective
Implementations. We provide our
e-commerce customer
transaction management solutions through an on-demand business
model, which enables us to deliver our proprietary technology
over the Internet as a service. Our customers do not have to
make large and risky upfront investments in software, additional
hardware, extensive implementation services and additional IT
staff at their sites. |
|
|
Experienced Senior Management Team. Each member of
our senior management team has over 12 years of relevant
industry experience, including prior employment with companies
in the CSP, communications software and communications
infrastructure industries. |
Our Growth Strategy
Our growth strategy is to establish our
ActivationNow®
platform as the premium platform for leading providers of
communications services, while investing in extensions of the
services portfolio. Key elements of this strategy are:
|
|
|
Expand Customer Base and Target New and Converged Industry
Segments. The
ActivationNow®
platform is designed to address service providers and business
models across the range of the communications services market, a
capability we intend to exploit by targeting new industry
segments such as cable operators, or MSOs, wireless broadband/
WiMAX operators and online content providers. Due to our deep
domain expertise and ability to integrate our services across a
variety of CSP networks, we believe we are well positioned to
provide services to converging technology markets, such as
providers offering integrated packages of voice, video, data
and/or wireless service. |
|
|
Continue to Exploit VoIP Industry Opportunities.
We believe that customer demand for our existing VoIP services
will continue to grow. Continued rapid VoIP industry growth will
expand the market and demand for our services. Being the trusted
partner to VoIP industry leaders, including Vonage Holdings,
positions us well to benefit from the evolving needs,
requirements and opportunities of the VoIP industry. |
|
|
Enhance Current Wireless Industry Leadership. We
currently process hundreds of thousands of wireless transactions
every month, which are driven by increasing wireless subscribers
and wireless subscriber churn resulting from local number
portability, or LNP, service provider competition and other
factors. Beyond traditional wireless service providers, we
believe the fast-growing mobile virtual network operator, or
MVNO, marketplace presents us with attractive growth
opportunities. |
|
|
Further Penetrate our Existing Customer Base. We
derive significant growth from our existing customers as they
continue to expand into new distribution channels, require new
service offerings and increase transaction volumes. As CSPs
expand consumer, business and indirect distribution, they
require new transaction management solutions which drive
increasing amounts of transactions over our platform. Many
customers purchase multiple services from us, and we believe we
are well-positioned to cross-sell additional services to
customers who do not currently purchase our full services
portfolio. In addition, the increasing importance and expansion
of Internet-based
e-commerce has led to
increased focus by CSPs on their
e-channel distribution,
thus providing another opportunity for us to further penetrate
existing customers. |
6
|
|
|
|
Expand Into New Geographic Markets. Our current
customers operate primarily in North America. We intend to
utilize our extensive experience and expertise in North America
to penetrate new geographic markets. |
|
|
|
Maintain Technology Leadership. We intend to build
upon our technology leadership by continuing to invest in
research and development to increase the automation of processes
and workflows, thus driving increased interest in our solutions
by making it more economical for CSPs to use us as a third party
solutions provider. |
Our Corporate Information
We were incorporated in Delaware in 2000. Our principal
executive offices are located at 750 Route 202 South,
Sixth Floor, Bridgewater, New Jersey 08807 and our telephone
number is
(866) 620-3940.
Our Web site address is www.synchronoss.com. The information on,
or that can be accessed through, our Web site is not part of
this prospectus.
7
The Offering
|
|
|
Common stock offered by us |
|
shares. |
|
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders |
|
shares. |
|
Total |
|
shares. |
|
Over-allotment option offered by us |
|
shares. |
|
Over-allotment option offered by the selling stockholders |
|
shares. |
|
Total |
|
shares. |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
Working capital and general corporate purposes. See Use of
Proceeds. |
|
Dividend policy |
|
Currently, we do not anticipate paying cash dividends. |
|
Risk factors |
|
You should read the Risk Factors section of this
prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider
carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common
stock. |
|
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol |
|
SNCR |
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding
following this offering is based on 23,971,651 shares of
our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2005
assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of
our preferred stock into 13,549,256 shares of our common
stock upon the closing of this offering, excluding:
|
|
|
|
|
1,079,480 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
options outstanding as of December 31, 2005 at a weighted
average exercise price of $1.40 per share; |
|
|
|
980,923 shares of common stock reserved as of
December 31, 2005 for future issuance under our stock-based
compensation plans; and |
|
|
|
94,828 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of
a warrant, with an exercise price of $2.90 per share. |
Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our
preferred stock into 13,549,256 shares of common stock,
upon the closing of the offering; |
|
|
|
the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation and the
adoption of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to
the effectiveness of this offering; and |
|
|
|
no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option. |
8
Summary Financial Data
The following selected financial data should be read in
conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, the
financial statements and related notes and
Managements Discussions and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations appearing elsewhere in
this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands, except per | |
|
|
share data) | |
Statements of Operations
Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$ |
16,550 |
|
|
$ |
27,191 |
|
|
$ |
54,218 |
|
Costs and expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of services ($9, $2,610 and
$8,089 were purchased from a related party in 2003, 2004 and
2005, respectively)*
|
|
|
7,655 |
|
|
|
17,688 |
|
|
|
30,205 |
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
3,160 |
|
|
|
3,324 |
|
|
|
5,689 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
4,053 |
|
|
|
4,340 |
|
|
|
7,544 |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
2,919 |
|
|
|
2,127 |
|
|
|
2,305 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
17,787 |
|
|
|
27,479 |
|
|
|
45,743 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from operations
|
|
|
(1,237 |
) |
|
|
(288 |
) |
|
|
8,475 |
|
Interest and other income
|
|
|
321 |
|
|
|
320 |
|
|
|
258 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(128 |
) |
|
|
(39 |
) |
|
|
(133 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before income tax
benefit
|
|
|
(1,044 |
) |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
8,600 |
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,829 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(1,044 |
) |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
12,429 |
|
Preferred stock accretion
|
|
|
(35 |
) |
|
|
(35 |
) |
|
|
(34 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income attributable to
common stockholders
|
|
$ |
(1,079 |
) |
|
$ |
(42 |
) |
|
$ |
12,395 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net (loss) income per share
|
|
$ |
(0.11 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.00 |
) |
|
$ |
0.53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net (loss) income per share
|
|
$ |
(0.11 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.00 |
) |
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing basic net
(loss) income per share**
|
|
|
9,838 |
|
|
|
10,244 |
|
|
|
23,508 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing diluted
net (loss) income per share**
|
|
|
9,838 |
|
|
|
10,244 |
|
|
|
26,204 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
12,429 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted average common
shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,508 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,204 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
Forma | |
|
as adjusted | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and
marketable securities
|
|
$ |
13,556 |
|
|
$ |
10,521 |
|
|
$ |
16,002 |
|
|
$ |
16,002 |
|
|
|
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
7,944 |
|
|
|
8,077 |
|
|
|
21,774 |
|
|
|
21,774 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
22,402 |
|
|
|
22,784 |
|
|
|
40,208 |
|
|
|
40,208 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
(deficiency)
|
|
|
(17,783 |
) |
|
|
(17,916 |
) |
|
|
(4,864 |
) |
|
|
30,073 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Cost of services excludes depreciation and amortization which is
shown separately. |
|
** |
See Note 2 in our audited financial statements for the
basis of our EPS presentation. |
9
The pro forma column in the balance sheet data table above
reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of
our Series A and Series 1 convertible preferred stock
into an aggregate of 13,549,256 shares of common stock upon
completion of our initial public offering.
Pro forma net income per share is computed using the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding, including the
effects of the automatic conversion of all outstanding
Series A and Series 1 convertible preferred stock into
shares of the Companys common stock as if such conversion
had occurred on January 1, 2005.
The pro forma as adjusted column in the balance sheet data table
above reflects (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares
of preferred stock into common stock upon the effectiveness of
this offering and (ii) our sale
of shares
of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public
offering price of
$ per
share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and offering expenses payable by us and the
application of our net proceeds from this offering.
10
RISK FACTORS
This offering and an investment in our common stock involve a
high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following
risk factors and the other information in this prospectus before
investing in our common stock. Our business and results of
operations could be seriously harmed by any of the following
risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline due
to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your
investment.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
We have Substantial Customer Concentration, with One
Customer Accounting for a Substantial Portion of our 2005
Revenues.
We currently derive a significant portion of our revenues from
one customer, Cingular Wireless. Our relationship with Cingular
Wireless dates back to January 2001 when we began providing
service to AT&T Wireless, which was subsequently acquired by
Cingular Wireless. For the three months ended December 31,
2005, Cingular Wireless accounted for approximately 75% of our
revenues, compared to 74% for the three months ended
September 30, 2005, 84% for the three months ended
June 30, 2005 and 89% for the three months ended
March 31, 2005. Our three largest customers, Cingular
Wireless, Vonage and Cablevision, accounted for between
approximately 94% and 98% of our revenues in each of the
quarters of 2005. For the three months ended December 31,
2005, and for the three months ended September 30, 2005,
Vonage and Cablevision accounted for approximately 20% of our
revenues. For the three months ended June 30, 2005, MCI and
Cablevision accounted for approximately 12% of our revenues, and
for the three months ended March 31, 2005, MCI and Level 3
accounted for the 9% of our revenues.
A Slow Down in Market Acceptance and Government Regulation
of Voice over Internet Protocol Technology Could Negatively
Impact Our Ability to Grow Our Revenues.
Serving providers of Voice over Internet Protocol is an
important part of our business plan. A slow down in market
acceptance and increased government regulation of VoIP
technology could negatively impact our ability to achieve and
maintain profitability and grow our revenues. The success of one
key element of our growth strategy depends upon the success of
VoIP as an alternative to traditional forms of telephone
communication. We began targeting the VoIP market in 2004. VoIP
customers attributed approximately 5.33% or $2.9 million to our
total revenues in 2005 and 0% or $0 in 2004.
The regulatory status of VoIP is not clear and, in early 2004,
the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) opened a
proceeding to establish the regulatory framework for Internet
Protocol-enabled services, including VoIP. In this proceeding,
the FCC will address various regulatory issues, including
universal service, intercarrier compensation, numbering,
disability access, consumer protection, and customer access to
911 emergency services. The outcome that the FCC reaches on
these issues could have a material impact on our customers and
potential customers and an adverse effect on our business. In
addition, if access charges and tariffs are imposed on the use
of Internet Protocol-enabled service, including VoIP, the cost
of providing VoIP services would increase, which could have an
adverse effect on our business.
Market reluctance to embrace VoIP as an alternative to
traditional forms of telephone communication and limitations
and/or expenses incurred as a result of increased governmental
regulation could negatively impact the growth prospects of a key
target customer base, potentially impacting in a negative way
our ability to successfully market certain of our products and
services.
11
If We Do Not Adapt to Rapid Technological Change in the
Communications Industry, We Could Lose Customers or Market
Share.
Our industry is characterized by rapid technological change and
frequent new service offerings. Significant technological
changes could make our technology and services obsolete, less
marketable or less competitive. We must adapt to our rapidly
changing market by continually improving the features,
functionality, reliability and responsiveness of our transaction
management services, and by developing new features, services
and applications to meet changing customer needs. We may not be
able to adapt to these challenges or respond successfully or in
a cost-effective way. Our failure to do so would adversely
affect our ability to compete and retain customers or market
share.
The Success of Our Business Depends on the Continued
Growth of Consumer and Business Transactions Related to
Communications Services on the Internet.
The future success of our business depends upon the continued
growth of consumer and business transactions on the Internet,
including attracting consumers who have historically purchased
wireless services and devices through traditional retail stores.
Specific factors that could deter consumers from purchasing
wireless services and devices on the Internet include concerns
about buying wireless devices without a
face-to-face
interaction with sales personnel and the ability to physically
handle and examine the devices.
Our business growth would be impeded if the performance or
perception of the Internet was harmed by security problems such
as viruses, worms and other malicious
programs, reliability issues arising from outages and damage to
Internet infrastructure, delays in development or adoption of
new standards and protocols to handle increased demands of
Internet activity, increased costs, decreased accessibility and
quality of service, or increased government regulation and
taxation of Internet activity. The Internet has experienced, and
is expected to continue to experience, significant user and
traffic growth, which has, at times, caused user frustration
with slow access and download times. If Internet activity grows
faster than Internet infrastructure or if the Internet
infrastructure is otherwise unable to support the demands placed
on it, or if hosting capacity becomes scarce, our business
growth may be adversely affected.
Compromises to Our Privacy Safeguards Could Impact Our
Reputation.
Names, addresses, telephone numbers, credit card data and other
personal identification information, or PII, is collected,
processed and stored in our systems. The steps we have taken to
protect PII may not be sufficient to prevent the
misappropriation or improper disclosure of such PII. If such
misappropriation or disclosure were to occur our business could
be harmed through reputational injury, litigation and possible
damages claimed by the affected end customers. We do not
currently carry insurance to protect us against this risk.
Concerns about the security of online transactions and the
privacy of personal information could deter consumers from
transacting business with us on the Internet.
Fraudulent Internet Transactions Could Negatively Impact
Our Business.
Our business may be exposed to risks associated with Internet
credit card fraud and identity theft, that could cause us to
incur unexpected expenditures and loss of revenues. Under
current credit card practices, a merchant is liable for
fraudulent credit card transactions when, as is the case with
the transactions we process, that merchant does not obtain a
cardholders signature. Although our CSP customers
currently bear the risk for a fraudulent credit card
transaction, in the future we may be forced to share some of
that risk and the associated costs with our CSP customers. To
the extent that technology upgrades or other expenditures are
required to prevent credit card fraud and identity theft, we may
be required to bear the costs associated with such expenditures.
In addition, to the extent that credit card fraud and/or
identity theft cause a decline in business transactions over the
Internet generally, both the business of the CSP and our
business could be adversely affected.
12
If the Wireless Services Industry Experiences a Decline in
Subscribers, Our Business May Suffer.
The wireless services industry has faced an increasing number of
challenges, including a slowdown in new subscriber growth.
According to the Telephone Industry Associations 2005
Telecommunications Market Review and Forecast, because a
majority of the U.S. population is already subscribing to
mobile phone service, growth in the number of wireless
communications subscribers will begin to slow and drop to
single-digit increases beginning in 2005, with growth averaging
5.2% on a compound annual growth rate basis through 2008,
resulting in roughly 200 million wireless communications
subscribers in 2008. This reduction in the potential pool of
transactions to be handled by Synchronoss is compounded by
reduced wireless industry churn rates, which translate into
fewer churn-related transactions for us to process. Revenues
from services performed for customers in the wireless services
industry accounted for 80% of our revenues in 2005 and 84% in
2004.
We Have a Short Operating History and Have Incurred Net
Losses and We May Not Be Profitable in the Future.
We have a limited operating history and have experienced net
losses through 2004. Although we were profitable during 2005, as
of December 31, 2005, we had an accumulated deficit of
$5.7 million. We may continue to incur losses and we cannot
assure you that we will be profitable in future periods. We may
not be able to adequately control costs and expenses or achieve
or maintain adequate operating margins. As a result, our ability
to achieve and sustain profitability will depend on our ability
to generate and sustain substantially higher revenues while
maintaining reasonable cost and expense levels. If we fail to
generate sufficient revenues or achieve profitability, we will
continue to incur significant losses. We may then be forced to
reduce operating expenses by taking actions not contemplated in
our business plan, such as discontinuing sales of certain of our
wireless services, curtailing our marketing efforts or reducing
the size of our workforce.
If We are Unable to Expand Our Sales Capabilities, We May
Not Be Able to Generate Increased Revenues.
We must expand our sales force to generate increased revenues
from new customers. We currently have a very small team of
dedicated sales professionals. Our services require a
sophisticated sales effort targeted at the senior management of
our prospective customers. New hires will require training and
will take time to achieve full productivity. We cannot be
certain that new hires will become as productive as necessary or
that we will be able to hire enough qualified individuals in the
future. Failure to hire qualified sales personnel will preclude
us from expanding our business and growing our revenues.
The Consolidation in the Communications Industry Can
Reduce the Number of Customers and Adversely Affect Our
Business.
The communications industry continues to experience
consolidation and an increased formation of alliances among
communications service providers and between communications
services providers and other entities. Should one of our
significant customers consolidate or enter into an alliance with
an entity and decide to either use a different service provider
or to manage its transactions internally, this could have a
negative material impact on our business. These consolidations
and alliances may cause us to lose customers or require us to
reduce prices as a result of enhanced customer leverage, which
would have a material adverse effect on our business. We may not
be able to offset the effects of any price reductions. We may
not be able to expand our customer base to make up any revenue
declines if we lose customers or if our transaction volumes
decline.
13
If We Fail to Compete Successfully With Existing or New
Competitors, Our Business Could Be Harmed.
If we fail to compete successfully with established or new
competitors, it could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations and financial condition. The
communications industry is highly competitive and fragmented,
and we expect competition to increase. We compete with
independent providers of information systems and services and
with the in-house departments of communications services
companies. Rapid technological changes, such as advancements in
software integration across multiple and incompatible systems,
and economies of scale may make it more economical for CSPs to
develop their own in-house processes and systems, which may
render some of our products and services less valuable or
eventually obsolete. Our competitors include firms that provide
comprehensive information systems and managed services
solutions, systems integrators, clearinghouses and service
bureaus. Many of our competitors have long operating histories,
large customer bases, substantial financial, technical, sales,
marketing and other resources, and strong name recognition.
Current and potential competitors have established, and may
establish in the future, cooperative relationships among
themselves or with third parties to increase their ability to
address the needs of our prospective customers. In addition, our
competitors have acquired, and may continue to acquire in the
future, companies that may enhance their market offerings.
Accordingly, new competitors or alliances among competitors may
emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share. As a
result, our competitors may be able to adapt more quickly than
us to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer
requirements, and may be able to devote greater resources to the
promotion and sale of their products. These relationships and
alliances may also result in transaction pricing pressure which
could result in large reductions in the selling price of our
services. Our competitors or our customers in-house
solutions may also provide services at a lower cost,
significantly increasing pricing pressure on us. We may not be
able to offset the effects of this potential pricing pressure.
Our failure to adapt to changing market conditions and to
compete successfully with established or new competitors may
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and
financial condition. In particular, a failure to offset
competitive pressures brought about by competitors or in-house
solutions developed by Cingular Wireless could result in a
substantial reduction in or the outright termination of our
contract with Cingular Wireless, which would have a significant
negative material impact on our business.
Failures or Interruptions of Our Systems and Services
Could Materially Harm Our Revenues, Impair Our Ability to
Conduct Our Operations and Damage Relationships with Our
Customers.
Our success depends on our ability to provide reliable services
to our customers and process a high volume of transactions in a
timely and effective manner. Although Synchronoss is in the
process of constructing a disaster recovery facility, our
network operations are currently located in a single facility in
Bethlehem, Pennsylvania that is susceptible to damage or
interruption from human error, fire, flood, power loss,
telecommunications failure, terrorist attacks and similar
events. We could also experience failures or interruptions of
our systems and services, or other problems in connection with
our operations, as a result of:
|
|
|
|
|
damage to or failure of our computer software or hardware or our
connections and outsourced service arrangements with third
parties; |
|
|
|
errors in the processing of data by our system; |
|
|
|
computer viruses or software defects; |
|
|
|
physical or electronic break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of
vandalism and similar events; |
|
|
|
increased capacity demands or changes in systems requirements of
our customers; or |
|
|
|
errors by our employees or third-party service providers. |
14
In addition, our business interruption insurance may be
insufficient to compensate us for losses that may occur. Any
interruptions in our systems or services could damage our
reputation and substantially harm our business and results of
operations.
If We Fail to Meet Our Service Level Obligations Under Our
Service Level Agreements, We Would Be Subject to Penalties and
Could Lose Customers.
We have service level agreements with many of our customers
under which we guarantee specified levels of service
availability. These arrangements involve the risk that we may
not have adequately estimated the level of service we will in
fact be able to provide. If we fail to meet our service level
obligations under these agreements, we would be subject to
penalties, which could result in higher than expected costs,
decreased revenues and decreased operating margins. We could
also lose customers.
The Financial and Operating Difficulties in the
Telecommunications Sector May Negatively Affect Our Customers
and Our Company.
Recently, the telecommunications sector has been facing
significant challenges resulting from excess capacity, poor
operating results and financing difficulties. The sectors
financial status has at times been uncertain and access to debt
and equity capital has been seriously limited. The impact of
these events on us could include slower collection on accounts
receivable, higher bad debt expense, uncertainties due to
possible customer bankruptcies, lower pricing on new customer
contracts, lower revenues due to lower usage by the end customer
and possible consolidation among our customers, which will put
our customers and operating performance at risk. In addition,
because we operate in the communications sector, we may also be
negatively impacted by limited access to debt and equity capital.
Our Reliance on Third-Party Providers for Communications
Software, Services, Hardware and Infrastructure Exposes Us to a
Variety of Risks We Cannot Control.
Our success depends on software, equipment, network connectivity
and infrastructure hosting services supplied by our vendors and
customers. In addition, we rely on third party vendors to
perform a substantial portion of our exception handling
services. We may not be able to continue to purchase the
necessary software, equipment and services from vendors on
acceptable terms or at all. If we are unable to maintain current
purchasing terms or ensure service availability with these
vendors and customers, we may lose customers and experience an
increase in costs in seeking alternative supplier services.
Our business also depends upon the capacity, reliability and
security of the infrastructure owned and managed by third
parties, including our vendors and customers, that is used by
our technology interoperability services, network services,
number portability services, call processed services and
enterprise solutions. We have no control over the operation,
quality or maintenance of a significant portion of that
infrastructure and whether those third parties will upgrade or
improve their software, equipment and services to meet our and
our customers evolving requirements. We depend on these
companies to maintain the operational integrity of our services.
If one or more of these companies is unable or unwilling to
supply or expand its levels of services to us in the future, our
operations could be severely interrupted. In addition, rapid
changes in the communications industry have led to industry
consolidation. This consolidation may cause the availability,
pricing and quality of the services we use to vary and could
lengthen the amount of time it takes to deliver the services
that we use.
15
Our Failure to Protect Confidential Information and Our
Network Against Security Breaches Could Damage Our Reputation
and Substantially Harm Our Business and Results of
Operations.
A significant barrier to online commerce is concern about the
secure transmission of confidential information over public
networks. The encryption and authentication technology licensed
from third parties on which we rely to securely transmit
confidential information, including credit card numbers, may not
adequately protect customer transaction data. Any compromise of
our security could damage our reputation and expose us to risk
of loss or litigation and possible liability which could
substantially harm our business and results of operation.
Although we carry general liability insurance, our insurance may
not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate
to cover all costs incurred in defense of potential claims or to
indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. In addition,
anyone who is able to circumvent our security measures could
misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in
our operations. We may need to expend significant resources to
protect against security breaches or to address problems caused
by breaches.
If We Are Unable to Protect Our Intellectual Property
Rights, Our Competitive Position Could Be Harmed or We Could Be
Required to Incur Significant Expenses to Enforce Our
Rights.
Our success depends to a significant degree upon the protection
of our software and other proprietary technology rights,
particularly our
ActivationNow®
software platform. We rely on trade secret, copyright and
trademark laws and confidentiality agreements with employees and
third parties, all of which offer only limited protection. The
steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property may not
prevent misappropriation of our proprietary rights or the
reverse engineering of our solutions. Legal standards relating
to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of
intellectual property rights in other countries are uncertain
and may afford little or no effective protection of our
proprietary technology. Consequently, we may be unable to
prevent our proprietary technology from being exploited abroad,
which could require costly efforts to protect our technology.
Policing the unauthorized use of our products, trademarks and
other proprietary rights is expensive, difficult and, in some
cases, impossible. Litigation may be necessary in the future to
enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, to protect
our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the
proprietary rights of others. Such litigation could result in
substantial costs and diversion of management resources, either
of which could harm our business. Accordingly, despite our
efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from
infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property.
Claims By Others That We Infringe Their Proprietary
Technology Could Harm Our Business.
Third parties could claim that our current or future products or
technology infringe their proprietary rights. We expect that
software developers will increasingly be subject to infringement
claims as the number of products and competitors providing
software and services to the communications industry increases
and overlaps occur. Any claim of infringement by a third party,
even those without merit, could cause us to incur substantial
costs defending against the claim, and could distract our
management from our business. Furthermore, a party making such a
claim, if successful, could secure a judgment that requires us
to pay substantial damages. A judgment could also include an
injunction or other court order that could prevent us from
offering our services. Any of these events could seriously harm
our business. Third parties may also assert infringement claims
against our customers. These claims may require us to initiate
or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our
customers, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of
these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf
of our customers. We also generally indemnify our customers if
our services infringe the proprietary rights of third parties.
If anyone asserts a claim against us relating to proprietary
technology or information, while we might seek to license their
intellectual property, we might not be able to obtain a license
on commercially reasonable terms or on any terms. In addition,
any efforts to develop non-infringing
16
technology could be unsuccessful. Our failure to obtain the
necessary licenses or other rights or to develop non-infringing
technology could prevent us from offering our services and could
therefore seriously harm our business.
We May Seek to Acquire Companies or Technologies, Which
Could Disrupt Our Ongoing Business, Disrupt Our Management and
Employees and Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations.
We may acquire companies where we believe we can acquire new
products or services or otherwise enhance our market position or
strategic strengths. We have not made any acquisitions to date,
and therefore our ability as an organization to make
acquisitions is unproven. We may not be able to find suitable
acquisition candidates and we may not be able to complete
acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do complete
acquisitions, we cannot be sure that they will ultimately
enhance our products or strengthen our competitive position. In
addition, any acquisitions that we make could lead to
difficulties in integrating personnel and operations from the
acquired businesses and in retaining and motivating key
personnel from these businesses. Acquisitions may disrupt our
ongoing operations, divert management from
day-to-day
responsibilities, increase our expenses and harm our results of
operations or financial condition. Future acquisitions could
result in potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities
and the incurrence of debt, which may reduce our cash available
for operations and other uses, and contingent liabilities and an
increase in amortization expense related to identifiable assets
acquired, which could harm our business, financial condition and
results of operation.
Our Potential Expansion into International Markets May Be
Subject to Uncertainties That Could Increase Our Costs to Comply
with Regulatory Requirements in Foreign Jurisdictions, Disrupt
Our Operations, and Require Increased Focus from Our
Management.
Our growth strategy involves the growth of our operations in
foreign jurisdictions. International operations and business
expansion plans are subject to numerous additional risks,
including economic and political risks in foreign jurisdictions
in which we operate or seek to operate, the difficulty of
enforcing contracts and collecting receivables through some
foreign legal systems, unexpected changes in regulatory
requirements, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, potential
difficulties in enforcing intellectual property rights in
foreign countries, and the difficulties associated with managing
a large organization spread throughout various countries. If we
continue to expand our business globally, our success will
depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and
effectively manage these and other risks associated with our
international operations. However, any of these factors could
adversely affect our international operations and, consequently,
our operating results.
We May Need Additional Capital in the Future and it May
Not Be Available on Acceptable Terms.
We have historically relied on outside financing and cash flow
from operations to fund our operations, capital expenditures and
expansion. However, we may require additional capital in the
future to fund our operations, finance investments in equipment
or infrastructure, or respond to competitive pressures or
strategic opportunities. We cannot assure you that additional
financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all.
In addition, the terms of available financing may place limits
on our financial and operating flexibility. If we are unable to
obtain sufficient capital in the future, we may not be able to
continue to meet customer demand for service quality,
availability and competitive pricing. We also may be forced to
reduce our operations or may not be able to expand or acquire
complementary businesses or be able to develop new services or
otherwise respond to changing business conditions or competitive
pressures.
17
All of Our Assets Serve as Collateral to Secure Loan
Obligations.
We are a party to a Loan and Security Agreement with a bank in
which we granted a first priority security interest in all of
our assets to the bank. Should we default on our loan
obligations the bank may control some or all of our assets.
Our Senior Management is Important to Our Customer
Relationships, and the Loss of One or More of Our Senior
Managers Could Have a Negative Impact on Our Business.
We believe that our success depends in part on the continued
contributions of our Chairman of the Board of Directors,
President and Chief Executive Officer, Stephen G. Waldis, and
other members of our senior management. We rely on our executive
officers and senior management to generate business and execute
programs successfully. In addition, the relationships and
reputation that members of our management team have established
and maintain with our customers and our regulators contribute to
our ability to maintain good customer relations. The loss of
Mr. Waldis or any other members of senior management could
impair our ability to identify and secure new contracts and
otherwise to manage our business.
If We Are Unable to Manage Our Growth, Our Revenues and
Profits Could Be Adversely Affected.
Sustaining our growth will place significant demands on our
management as well as on our administrative, operational and
financial resources. For us to continue to manage our growth, we
must continue to improve our operational, financial and
management information systems and expand, motivate and manage
our workforce. If we are unable to manage our growth
successfully without compromising our quality of service and our
profit margins, or if new systems that we implement to assist in
managing our growth do not produce the expected benefits, our
revenues and profits could be adversely affected.
We Will Incur Significant Increased Costs as a Result of
Operating as a Public Company, and Our Management Will Be
Required to Devote Substantial Time to New Compliance
Initiatives.
We have never operated as a public company. As a public company,
we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses
that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules subsequently
implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
Nasdaq Stock Markets National Market, have imposed various
new requirements on public companies, including requiring
changes in corporate governance practices. Our management and
other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time
to these new compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and
regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance
costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and
costly. For example, we expect these new rules and regulations
to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain
director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required
to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur
substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage.
These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult
for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our
board of directors, our board committees or as executive
officers.
In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other
things, that we report on the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and
procedures. In particular, for the year ending on
December 31, 2007, we must perform system and process
evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial
reporting to allow management and our independent registered
public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting, as required by
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our testing, or the
subsequent testing by our independent registered public
accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control
over financial reporting that are deemed to be material
weaknesses. Our compliance with Section 404 will require
that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend
18
significant management time on compliance related issues. We
currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will
evaluate the need to hire additional accounting and financial
staff with appropriate public company experience and technical
accounting knowledge. Moreover, if we are not able to comply
with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or
if we or our independent registered public accounting firm
identifies deficiencies in our internal control over financial
reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market
price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to
sanctions or investigations by the Nasdaq Stock Markets
National Market, the Securities and Exchange Commission or other
regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial
and management resources.
Government Regulation of the Internet and
e-commerce is Evolving
and Unfavorable Changes Could Substantially Harm Our Business
and Results of Operations.
We and our customers are subject to general business regulations
and laws as well as regulations and laws specifically governing
the Internet and
e-commerce. Existing
and future laws and regulations may impede the growth of the
Internet and other online services. These regulations and laws
may cover taxation, restrictions on imports and exports,
customs, tariffs, user privacy, data protection, pricing,
content, copyrights, distribution, electronic contracts and
other communications, consumer protection, the provision of
online payment services, broadband residential Internet access
and the characteristics and quality of products and services. It
is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property
ownership, sales and other taxes, libel and personal privacy
apply to the Internet and
e-commerce. Unfavorable
resolution of these issues may cause the demand for our services
to change in ways that we cannot easily predict and our revenues
could decline.
Changes in the Accounting Treatment of Stock Options Could
Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations.
The Financial Accounting Standards Board has recently made stock
option expensing mandatory in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)
No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, for financial
reporting purposes, effective in 2006
(SFAS 123(R)). Such stock option expensing
would require us to value our employee stock option grants and
then amortize that value against our reported earnings over the
vesting period in effect for those options. We have not been
required to fair value our stock options through
December 31, 2005. When we are required to expense employee
stock options, this change in accounting treatment could
materially and adversely affect our reported results of
operations as the stock-based compensation expense would be
charged directly against our reported earnings. Participation by
our employees in our employee stock purchase plan may trigger
additional compensation charges when SFAS 123(R) is adopted.
Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common
Stock
The Trading Price of Our Common Stock is Likely to Be
Volatile, and You Might Not Be Able to Sell Your Shares at or
Above the Initial Public Offering Price.
The trading prices of the securities of technology companies
have been highly volatile. Accordingly, the trading price of our
common stock is likely to be subject to wide fluctuations.
Further, our common stock has no prior trading history. Factors
affecting the trading price of our common stock will include:
|
|
|
|
|
variations in our operating results; |
|
|
|
announcements of technological innovations, new services or
service enhancements, strategic alliances or significant
agreements by us or by our competitors; |
|
|
|
the gain or loss of significant customers; |
|
|
|
recruitment or departure of key personnel; |
19
|
|
|
|
|
changes in the estimates of our operating results or changes in
recommendations by any securities analysts that elect to follow
our common stock; |
|
|
|
market conditions in our industry, the industries of our
customers and the economy as a whole; and |
|
|
|
adoption or modification of regulations, policies, procedures or
programs applicable to our business. |
In addition, if the market for technology stocks or the stock
market in general experiences continued or greater loss of
investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could
decline for reasons unrelated to our business, operating results
or financial condition. The trading price of our common stock
might also decline in reaction to events that affect other
companies in our industry even if these events do not directly
affect us. Each of these factors among others, could have a
material adverse effect on your investment in our common stock.
Some companies that have had volatile market prices for their
securities have had securities class actions filed against them.
If a suit were filed against us, regardless of the outcome, it
could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our
managements attention and resources. This could have a
material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial
condition and results of operations.
Our Securities Have No Prior Market and We Cannot Assure
You That Our Stock Price Will Not Decline After the
Offering.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for
shares of our common stock. Although we have applied to have our
common stock quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Markets National
Market, an active public trading market for our common stock may
not develop or, if it develops, may not be maintained after this
offering, and the market price could fall below the initial
public offering price. Factors such as quarterly variations in
our financial results, announcements by us or others,
developments affecting us, our customers and our suppliers,
acquisition of products or businesses by us or our competitors,
and general market volatility could cause the market price of
our common stock to fluctuate significantly. As a result, you
could lose all or part of your investment. Our company, the
selling stockholders, and the representatives of the
underwriters will negotiate to determine the initial public
offering price. The initial public offering price may be higher
than the trading price of our common stock following this
offering.
As a New Investor, You Will Experience Substantial
Dilution as a Result of This Offering and Future Equity
Issuances.
The initial public offering price per share is substantially
higher than the current/pro forma net tangible book value per
share of our common stock outstanding prior to this offering. As
a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering
will experience immediate substantial dilution of
$ a
share. In addition, we have issued options to acquire common
stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering
price. To the extent outstanding options are ultimately
exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this
offering. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that
our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial
public offering price when they purchased their shares of common
stock. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment option, or if outstanding options and warrants to
purchase our common stock are exercised, you will experience
additional dilution.
Future Sales of Shares By Existing Stockholders Could
Cause Our Stock Price to Decline.
If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to
sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public
market after the
180-day contractual
lock-up and other legal
restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the
trading price of our common stock could decline below the
initial public offering price. Based on shares outstanding as of
December 31, 2005, upon completion of this offering, we
will have
outstanding shares
of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters
over-allotment option. Of these shares, only
the shares
of
20
common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable,
without restriction, in the public market. Goldman,
Sachs & Co. may, in its sole discretion, permit our
officers, directors, employees and current stockholders who are
subject to the 180-day
contractual lock-up to
sell shares prior to the expiration of the
lock-up agreements.
After the lock-up
agreements pertaining to this offering expire 180 days from
the date of this prospectus, up to an additional
23,199,839 shares will be eligible for sale in the public
market, 17,358,151 of which are held by directors, executive
officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume
limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and
various vesting agreements. In addition, the 94,828 shares
subject to outstanding warrants and
the shares
that are either subject to outstanding options or reserved for
future issuance under our 2000 Stock Option Plan, 2006 Equity
Incentive Plan and Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become
eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted
by the provisions of various vesting agreements, the
lock-up agreements and
Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, or the Securities Act. If these additional shares are
sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the
public market, the trading price of our common stock could
decline.
Some of our existing stockholders have demand and piggyback
rights to require us to register with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, or SEC, up to 13,549,256 shares of our
common stock that they own. In addition, our existing warrant
holders have piggyback rights to require us to register with the
SEC up to 94,828 shares of our common stock that they
acquire upon exercise of their warrants. If we register these
shares of common stock, the stockholders can freely sell the
shares in the public market. All of these shares are subject to
lock-up agreements
restricting their sale for 180 days after the date of this
prospectus.
After this offering, we intend to register
approximately shares
of our common stock that we have issued or may issue under our
equity plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely
sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the
lock-up agreements, if
applicable, described above.
Our Management Will Have Broad Discretion Over the Use of
the Proceeds We Receive in This Offering and Might Not Apply the
Proceeds in Ways That Increase the Value of Your
Investment.
Our management will have broad discretion to use the net
proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the
judgment of our management regarding the application of these
proceeds. They might not apply the net proceeds of this offering
in ways that increase the value of your investment. We expect to
use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate
purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures,
and for possible investments in, or acquisitions of,
complementary businesses, services or technologies. We have not
allocated these net proceeds for any specific purposes. Our
management might not be able to yield a significant return, if
any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have
the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use the
proceeds.
If Securities or Industry Analysts Do Not Publish Research
or Reports or Publish Unfavorable Research About Our Business,
Our Stock Price and Trading Volume Could Decline.
The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on
the research and reports that securities or industry analysts
publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and
may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry
analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence
coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would
be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or
industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who
covers us downgrades our stock, our stock price would likely
decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our
company or fails to regularly publish reports on us, interest in
the purchase of our stock could decrease, which could cause our
stock price or trading volume to decline.
21
Existing Stockholders Significantly Influence Us and Could
Delay or Prevent an Acquisition By a Third Party.
Upon completion of this offering, executive officers, key
employees and directors and their affiliates will beneficially
own, in the aggregate,
approximately % of our outstanding
common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters
over-allotment option. As a result, these stockholders will be
able to exercise significant influence over all matters
requiring stockholder approval, including the election of
directors and approval of significant corporate transactions,
which could have the effect of delaying or preventing a third
party from acquiring control over us. For information regarding
the ownership of our outstanding stock by our executive officers
and directors and their affiliates, please see Principal
Stockholders.
Delaware Law and Provisions in Our Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws Could Make a Merger,
Tender Offer or Proxy Contest Difficult, Therefore Depressing
the Trading Price of Our Common Stock.
We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions
of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or
prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a
business combination with an interested stockholder for a period
of three years after the person becomes an interested
stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to
our existing stockholders. For more information, see
Description of Capital Stock Anti-Takeover
Effects of Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation, Bylaws and Delaware Law. In addition, our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may
discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or
control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. Our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws:
|
|
|
|
|
authorize the issuance of blank check preferred
stock that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a
takeover attempt; |
|
|
|
prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors, which
would otherwise allow holders of less than a majority of the
stock to elect some directors; |
|
|
|
establish a classified board of directors, as a result of which
the successors to the directors whose terms have expired will be
elected to serve from the time of election and qualification
until the third annual meeting following election; |
|
|
|
require that directors only be removed from office for cause; |
|
|
|
provide that vacancies on the board of directors, including
newly-created directorships, may be filled only by a majority
vote of directors then in office; |
|
|
|
limit who may call special meetings of stockholders; |
|
|
|
prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all
actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders; and |
|
|
|
establish advance notice requirements for nominating candidates
for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters
that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings. |
For information regarding these and other provisions, please see
Description of Capital Stock. We are also currently
considering other anti-takeover measures, including a
stockholders rights plan.
Completion of This Offering May Limit Our Ability to Use Our
Net Operating Loss Carryforwards.
As of December 31, 2005, we had substantial federal and
state net operating loss carryforwards. Under the provisions of
the Internal Revenue Code, substantial changes in our ownership
may limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that
can be utilized annually in the future to offset taxable income.
We believe that, as a result of this offering, it is possible
that a change in our ownership will be deemed to have occurred.
If such a change in our ownership occurs, our ability to use our
net operating loss carryforwards in any fiscal year may be
limited under these provisions.
22
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus includes forward-looking statements,
as defined by federal securities laws, with respect to our
financial condition, results of operations and business, and our
expectations or beliefs concerning future events, including
increases in operating margins. Words such as, but not limited
to, believe, expect,
anticipate, estimate,
intend, plan, targets,
likely, will, would,
could, and similar expressions or phrases identify
forward-looking statements.
All forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties.
The occurrence of the events described, and the achievement of
the expected results, depend on many events, some or all of
which are not predictable or within our control. Actual results
may differ materially from expected results.
Factors that may cause actual results to differ from expected
results include, among others:
|
|
|
|
|
loss of customers; |
|
|
|
lack of market acceptance of VoIP and/or government regulation
of VoIP; |
|
|
|
our failure to anticipate and adapt to future changes in our
industry; |
|
|
|
a lack of growth in communications services transactions on the
Internet; |
|
|
|
|
compromises to our privacy safeguards; |
|
|
|
|
|
the occurrence of fraudulent internet transactions; |
|
|
|
|
a decline in subscribers in the wireless industry; |
|
|
|
our inability to stay profitable; |
|
|
|
our inability to expand our sales capabilities; |
|
|
|
consolidation in the communications services industry; |
|
|
|
competition in our industry and innovation by our competitors; |
|
|
|
failures and/or interruptions of our systems and services; |
|
|
|
failure to meet obligations under service level agreements; |
|
|
|
financial and operating difficulties in the telecommunications
sector; |
|
|
|
failure of our third party providers of software, services,
hardware and infrastructure to provide such items; |
|
|
|
our failure to protect confidential information; |
|
|
|
our inability to protect our intellectual property rights; |
|
|
|
claims by others that we infringe their proprietary technology; |
|
|
|
our inability to successfully identify and manage our
acquisitions; |
|
|
|
our inability to manage expansion into international markets; |
|
|
|
our inability to obtain capital in the future on acceptable
terms; |
|
|
|
the loss of key personnel or qualified technical staff; |
|
|
|
our inability to manage growth; |
|
|
|
the increased expenses and administrative workload associated
with being a public company; |
|
|
|
government regulation of the Internet and
e-commerce; and |
|
|
|
changes in accounting treatment of stock options. |
23
All future written and verbal forward-looking statements
attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are
expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary
statements contained or referred to in this section. We
undertake no obligation, and specifically decline any
obligation, to publicly update or revise any forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new information, future
events or otherwise. In light of these risks, uncertainties and
assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this
prospectus might not occur.
See the section entitled Risk Factors for a more
complete discussion of these risks and uncertainties and for
other risks and uncertainties. These factors and the other risk
factors described in this prospectus are not necessarily all of
the important factors that could cause actual results to differ
materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking
statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could
harm our results. Consequently, there can be no assurance that
the actual results or developments anticipated by us will be
realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have
the expected consequences to, or effects on, us. Given these
uncertainties, prospective investors are cautioned not to place
undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.
Synchronoss,
ActivationNow®
and
PerformancePartner®
are trademarks of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. FORTUNE
500®
is a registered trademark of Time Inc. This prospectus also
includes other registered and unregistered trademarks of
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. and other persons.
Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms
Synchronoss, the Company,
we, us and our in this
prospectus to refer to Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.
24
USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds to us of the sale of the
common stock that we are offering will be approximately
$ million,
assuming an initial public offering price of
$ per
share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover
page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses that we must pay. We will not receive any of the
proceeds of the sale of shares of common stock by the selling
stockholders.
We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for
working capital and other general corporate purposes, including
to finance our growth, develop new products and fund capital
expenditures. We may use a portion of the net proceeds to us to
expand our current business through strategic alliances with, or
acquisitions of, other businesses, products or technologies. We
do not presently have any plans, proposals or arrangements,
written or otherwise, to acquire companies or technologies.
Pending use of proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest
the proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments,
including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing
instruments.
DIVIDEND POLICY
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common or
preferred equity. We currently intend to retain all available
funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our
business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the
foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash
dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of
directors, subject to compliance with certain covenants under
our credit facilities, which restrict or limit our ability to
declare or pay dividends, and will depend on our financial
condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general
business conditions, and other factors that our board of
directors may deem relevant.
25
CAPITALIZATION
(in thousands, except per share data)
The table below sets forth the following information:
|
|
|
|
|
our actual capitalization as of December 31, 2005; |
|
|
|
our pro forma capitalization after giving effect to the
conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into
common stock upon the effectiveness of this offering; and |
|
|
|
our pro forma capitalization as adjusted to reflect (i) the
conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into
common stock upon the effectiveness of this offering and
(ii) the receipt of the estimated net proceeds from our
sale
of shares
of common stock in this offering and the filing of a new
certificate of incorporation after the closing of this offering. |
The table below excludes the following shares:
|
|
|
|
|
1,079 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2005 at a
weighted average exercise price of $1.40 per share; |
|
|
|
981 shares of common stock available for issuance under our
2000 Stock Plan; |
|
|
|
shares
of common stock available for issuance under our 2006 Equity
Incentive Plan; and |
|
|
|
shares
of common stock available for issuance under our Employee Stock
Purchase Plan. |
See Management Employee Benefit Plans,
and Note 8 of Notes to Financial Statements for
a description of our equity plans.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
Actual | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
As Adjusted | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Equipment loan payable
|
|
$ |
1,333 |
|
|
$ |
1,333 |
|
|
|
|
|
Series A, redeemable
convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value,
13,103 shares authorized, 11,549 shares issued and
outstanding actual; 13,103 shares authorized, no shares
outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
33,493 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series 1, convertible
preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 2,000 shares
authorized, issued and outstanding actual; 2,000 shares
authorized, no shares outstanding pro forma and pro forma as
adjusted
|
|
|
1,444 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders (deficit)/equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.0001 par
value, 30,000 shares authorized, 10,518 shares issued
and 10,423 shares outstanding actual, 23,971 proforma
shares
outstanding, proforma
as adjusted shares outstanding
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury stock, at cost,
96 shares
|
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
1,661 |
|
|
|
36,597 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
(702 |
) |
|
|
(702 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(114 |
) |
|
|
(114 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(5,691 |
) |
|
|
(5,691 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders
(deficiency) equity
|
|
|
(4,864 |
) |
|
|
30,073 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$ |
31,406 |
|
|
$ |
31,406 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
DILUTION
Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31,
2005 was
$ million,
or approximately
$ per
share. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount
of stockholders equity, divided
by shares
of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the
conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into
shares of common stock upon completion of this offering.
Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors
represents the difference between the amount per share paid by
purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the
net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately
after completion of this offering. After giving effect to our
sale
of shares
of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public
offering price of
$ per
share and after deducting the underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses, our net tangible
book value as of December 31, 2005 would have been
$ million
or
$ per
share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible
book value of
$ per
share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net
tangible book value of
$ per
share to purchasers of common stock in the offering, as
illustrated in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed initial public offering
price per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Historical net tangible book value
per share
|
|
$ |
(0.46 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Increase attributable to the
conversion of the convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
1.71 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value
per share before this offering
|
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase per share attributable to
new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value
per share after the offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional
shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro
forma net tangible book value per share after the offering would
be
$ per
share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per
share to existing stockholders would be
$ per
share and the dilution to new investors purchasing shares in
this offering would be
$ per
share.
The following table presents on a pro forma basis as of
December 31, 2005, after giving effect to the conversion of
all outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock upon
completion of this offering, the differences between the
existing stockholders and the purchasers of shares in the
offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us,
the total consideration paid and the average price paid per
share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Consideration | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased | |
|
(in thousands, except | |
|
Average | |
|
|
| |
|
per share data) | |
|
Price Per | |
|
|
Number | |
|
Percent | |
|
Amount | |
|
Percent | |
|
Share | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
23,971,651 |
|
|
|
|
% |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
$ |
|
|
New stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Totals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2005, there were options outstanding to
purchase a total of 1,079,480 shares of common stock at a
weighted average exercise price of $1.40 per share. In
addition, as of December 31, 2005 there were warrants
outstanding to purchase 94,828 shares of preferred
stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.90 per
share. To the extent outstanding options or warrants are
exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. For
a description of our equity plans, please see
Management Employee Benefit Plans and
Note 8 of Notes to the Financial Statements.
27
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected financial
data should be read in conjunction with our financial statements
and related notes and the Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and other financial data included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The selected statement of operations data for 2003, 2004 and
2005 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31,
2004 and 2005 are derived from our audited financial statements
and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
selected statement of operations data for 2001 and 2002 and the
selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2001, 2002
and 2003 are derived from our audited financial statements and
related notes not included in this prospectus. Historical
results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected
in any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands except per share data) | |
Statements of Operations
Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$ |
5,621 |
|
|
$ |
8,185 |
|
|
$ |
16,550 |
|
|
$ |
27,191 |
|
|
$ |
54,218 |
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of services ($2,072, $100, $9,
$2,610 and $8,089 were purchased from related parties in 2001,
2002, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively)*
|
|
|
4,876 |
|
|
|
3,715 |
|
|
|
7,655 |
|
|
|
17,688 |
|
|
|
30,205 |
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
3,923 |
|
|
|
3,029 |
|
|
|
3,160 |
|
|
|
3,324 |
|
|
|
5,689 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
5,308 |
|
|
|
5,169 |
|
|
|
4,053 |
|
|
|
4,340 |
|
|
|
7,544 |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
2,138 |
|
|
|
2,726 |
|
|
|
2,919 |
|
|
|
2,127 |
|
|
|
2,305 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
16,245 |
|
|
|
14,639 |
|
|
|
17,787 |
|
|
|
27,479 |
|
|
|
45,743 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from operations
|
|
|
(10,624 |
) |
|
|
(6,454 |
) |
|
|
(1,237 |
) |
|
|
(288 |
) |
|
|
8,475 |
|
Interest and other income
|
|
|
928 |
|
|
|
584 |
|
|
|
321 |
|
|
|
320 |
|
|
|
258 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(96 |
) |
|
|
(184 |
) |
|
|
(128 |
) |
|
|
(39 |
) |
|
|
(133 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before income tax
benefit
|
|
|
(9,792 |
) |
|
|
(6,054 |
) |
|
|
(1,044 |
) |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
8,600 |
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,829 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(9,792 |
) |
|
|
(6,054 |
) |
|
|
(1,044 |
) |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
12,429 |
|
Preferred stock accretion
|
|
|
(33 |
) |
|
|
(35 |
) |
|
|
(35 |
) |
|
|
(35 |
) |
|
|
(34 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income attributable to
common stockholders
|
|
$ |
(9,825 |
) |
|
$ |
(6,089 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,079 |
) |
|
$ |
(42 |
) |
|
$ |
12,395 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net (loss) income per share
|
|
$ |
(1.29 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.68 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.11 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.00 |
) |
|
$ |
0.53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net (loss) income per share
|
|
$ |
(1.29 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.68 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.11 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.00 |
) |
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used
in computing net (loss) income per share attributable to common
stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic**
|
|
|
7,594 |
|
|
|
8,932 |
|
|
|
9,838 |
|
|
|
10,244 |
|
|
|
23,508 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted**
|
|
|
7,594 |
|
|
|
8,932 |
|
|
|
9,838 |
|
|
|
10,244 |
|
|
|
26,204 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
12,429 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted average common
shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,508 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,204 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Balance sheet data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents, and
marketable securities
|
|
$ |
20,071 |
|
|
$ |
16,620 |
|
|
$ |
13,556 |
|
|
$ |
10,521 |
|
|
$ |
16,002 |
|
Working capital
|
|
|
12,960 |
|
|
|
3,802 |
|
|
|
7,944 |
|
|
|
8,077 |
|
|
|
21,774 |
|
Total assets
|
|
|
30,041 |
|
|
|
22,255 |
|
|
|
22,402 |
|
|
|
22,784 |
|
|
|
40,208 |
|
Total stockholders
(deficiency)
|
|
|
(10,787 |
) |
|
|
(16,752 |
) |
|
|
(17,783 |
) |
|
|
(17,916 |
) |
|
|
(4,864 |
) |
|
|
* |
Cost of services excludes depreciation and amortization which is
shown separately. |
|
|
** |
See Note 2 in our audited financial statements for the
basis of our EPS presentation. |
Pro forma net income per share is computed using the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding, including the
effects of the automatic conversion of all outstanding
Series A and Series 1 convertible preferred stock into
shares of the Companys common stock as if such conversion
had occurred on January 1, 2005.
29
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis in
conjunction with the information set forth under Selected
Financial Data and our financial statements and related
notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. All numbers are
expressed in thousands unless otherwise stated. The statements
in this discussion regarding our expectations of our future
performance, liquidity and capital resources, and other
non-historical statements in this discussion, are
forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are
subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not
limited to, the risks and uncertainties described under
Risk Factors and elsewhere in the prospectus. Our
actual results may differ materially from those contained in or
implied by any forward-looking statements.
Overview
We are a leading provider of
e-commerce transaction
management solutions to the communications services marketplace
based on our penetration with key CSPs. Our proprietary
on-demand software platform enables communications service
providers, or CSPs, to take, manage and provision orders and
other customer-oriented transactions and create complex service
bundles. We target complex and high-growth industry segments
including wireless, Voice over Internet Protocol, or VoIP,
wireline and other markets. We have designed our solution to be
flexible, allowing us to meet the rapidly changing and
converging services offered by CSPs. By simplifying
technological complexities through the automation and
integration of disparate systems, we enable CSPs to acquire,
retain and service customers quickly, reliably and
cost-effectively. Our industry-leading customers include
Cingular Wireless, Vonage Holdings, Cablevision Systems, Level 3
Communications, Verizon Business, Clearwire, 360networks, Time
Warner Cable, Comcast and AT&T. Our CSP customers use our
platform and technology to service both consumer and business
customers, including over 300 of the Fortune 500 companies.
Synchronoss was formed on September 19, 2000 as a spin off
from Vertek Corporation. During 2001, we completed a private
placement of our Series A convertible preferred stock. The
net proceeds received from our Series A round of financing
totaled approximately $34 million. There have been no
subsequent rounds of financing. Our revenue stream has grown as
demand in the telecommunications and other related emerging
markets has continued to evolve. In 2001, we expanded our
revenue base from wireline to wireless services. In 2003, we
began to offer a more
end-to-end
solution in the wireless markets for our customers. During the
third quarter of 2003, we expanded our services to include
exception handling services. The addition of this service has
allowed us to focus on our customers entire business
processes. In 2004, we further expanded our offerings to include
local number portability services for broadband companies and in
2005 we added customers in the VoIP markets. As our services
have evolved, we have been able to offer these services bundled
in a transactional price.
We generate a substantial portion of our revenues on a
per-transaction basis, most of which is derived from long-term
contracts. We have increased our revenues rapidly, growing at a
compound annual growth rate of 76% from 2001 to 2005. Over the
last three years we have derived an increasing percentage of our
revenues from transactions. For 2003, we derived approximately
47% of our revenues from transactions processed; and for 2004,
we derived approximately 63% of our revenues from transactions
processed. For 2005, we derived approximately 83% of our
revenues from transactions processed. The remainder of our
revenues is generated by professional services and subscription
revenues which have been decreasing as a percentage of net
revenues. We expect that this trend will continue and that we
will derive an increasing percentage of our net revenues from
transaction processing in future years.
Our costs and expenses consist of cost of services, research and
development, selling, general and administrative and
depreciation and amortization.
30
Cost of services includes all direct materials, direct labor and
those indirect costs related to revenues such as indirect labor,
materials and supplies. Our primary cost of services is related
to our information technology and systems department, including
network costs, data center maintenance, database management and
data processing costs, as well as personnel costs associated
with service implementation, customer deployment and customer
care. Also included in cost of services are costs associated
with our exception handling centers and the maintenance of those
centers. Currently, we utilize a combination of employees and
third party providers to process transactions through these
centers.
Research and development expense consists primarily of costs
related to personnel, including salaries and other
personnel-related expense, consulting fees and the costs of
facilities, computer and support services used in service and
technology development. We also expense costs relating to
developing modifications and enhancements of our existing
technology and services.
Selling, general and administrative expense consists of
personnel costs including salaries, sales commissions, sales
operations and other personnel-related expense, travel and
related expense, trade shows, costs of communications equipment
and support services, facilities costs, consulting fees and
costs of marketing programs, such as Internet and print. General
and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and
other personnel-related expense for our executive,
administrative, legal, finance and human resources functions,
facilities, professional services fees, certain audit, tax and
license fees and bad debt expense.
Depreciation and amortization relates primarily to our property
and equipment and includes our network infrastructure and
facilities related to our services.
Current Trends Affecting Our Results of Operations
We have experienced increased demand for our services, which has
been driven by market trends such as local number portability,
the implementation of new technologies such as Voice over
Internet Protocol, subscriber growth, competitive churn, network
changes and consolidations. In particular, the emergence of
Voice over Internet Protocol and local number portability has
increased the need for our services and will continue to be a
factor contributing to competitive churn. As a result of market
trends, our revenue stream has expanded from primarily wireline
customers to the addition of wireless customers and services. In
2004, local number portability services were added and in 2005
we have further expanded into the VoIP markets.
To support the growth driven by the favorable industry trends
mentioned above, we continue to look for opportunities to
improve our operating efficiencies, such as the utilization of
offshore technical and non-technical resources for our exception
handling center management. We believe that this program will
continue to provide future benefits and position us to support
revenue growth. In addition, we anticipate further automation of
the transactions generated by our more mature customers and
additional transaction types. These development efforts are
expected to reduce exception handling costs.
Upon becoming a public company, we will experience increases in
certain general and administrative expenses to comply with the
laws and regulations applicable to public companies. These laws
and regulations include the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the Nasdaq Stock Markets National Market. To comply
with the corporate governance and operating requirements of
being a public company, we will incur increases in such items as
personnel costs, professional services fees, fees for
independent directors and the cost of directors and officers
liability insurance. We believe that these costs will
approximate $1.8 million to $2.5 million annually.
In 2005, we are able to utilize net operating loss carryforwards
from previous years to offset taxable income and income tax
expense related to U.S. federal income taxes, assuming that
we do not trigger a change in control provision in connection
with the initial public offering. These
31
carryforwards are estimated to be exhausted in 2006. In future
years, we expect our profits to be subject to U.S. federal
income taxes at the statutory rates.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and
results of operations are based on our financial statements,
which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. The
preparation of these financial statements in accordance with
U.S. GAAP requires us to utilize accounting policies and
make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of
contingencies as of the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of revenues and expense during a fiscal period.
The Securities and Exchange Commission considers an accounting
policy to be critical if it is important to a companys
financial condition and results of operations, and if it
requires significant judgment and estimates on the part of
management in its application. We have discussed the selection
and development of the critical accounting policies with the
audit committee of our board of directors, and the audit
committee has reviewed our related disclosures in this
prospectus. Although we believe that our judgments and estimates
are appropriate and correct, actual results may differ from
those estimates.
We believe the following to be our critical accounting policies
because they are important to the portrayal of our financial
condition and results of operations and they require critical
management judgments and estimates about matters that are
uncertain. If actual results or events differ materially from
those contemplated by us in making these estimates, our reported
financial condition and results of operations for future periods
could be materially affected. See Risk Factors for
certain matters bearing risks on our future results of
operations.
Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue
We provide services principally on a transactional basis or, at
times, on a fixed fee basis and recognize the revenues as the
services are performed or delivered as discussed below:
Transactional service arrangements: Transaction
service revenues consists of revenues derived from the
processing of transactions through our service platform and
represent approximately 83% of net revenues for 2005.
Transaction service arrangements include services such as
equipment orders, new account setup, number port requests,
credit checks and inventory management.
Transaction revenues are principally based on a set price per
transaction and revenues are recognized based on the number of
transactions processed during each reporting period. For these
contracts, revenues are recorded based on the total number of
transactions processed at the applicable price established in
the contract. The total amount of revenues recognized is based
primarily on the volume of transactions. At times, transaction
revenues may also include billings to customers based on the
number of individuals dedicated to processing transactions. For
these contracts, the Company records revenues based on the
applicable hourly rate per employee for each reporting period.
Many of our contracts have guaranteed minimum volume
transactions from our customers. In these instances, if the
customers total transaction volume for the period is less
than the contractual amount, we record revenues at the minimum
guaranteed amount.
Set up fees for transactional service arrangements are deferred
and recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the
contract since these amounts would not have been paid by the
customer without the related transactional service arrangement.
Revenue is presented net of a provision for discounts, which are
customer volume level driven, or credits, which are performance
driven, and are determined in the period in which the volume
thresholds are met or the services are provided.
32
Deferred revenues represents billings to customers for services
in advance of the performance of services, with revenues
recognized as the services are rendered.
Subscription Service Arrangements: Subscription
service arrangements represent approximately 6% of our net
revenues for 2005 and relate principally to our
ActivationNow®
platform service which the customer accesses through a graphical
user interface. The Company records revenues on a straight line
basis over the life of the contract for our subscription service
contracts.
Professional Service and Other Service
Arrangements: Professional services and other service
revenues represent approximately 11% of our net revenues for
2005. Professional services, when sold with transactional
service arrangements, are accounted for separately when these
services have value to the customer on a standalone basis and
there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value of each
deliverable. When accounted for separately, professional service
(i.e. consulting services) revenues are recognized as the
services are rendered for time and material contracts. The
majority of our consulting contracts are billed monthly and
revenues are recognized as our services are performed.
In determining whether professional services can be accounted
for separately from transaction support revenues, we consider
the following factors for each professional services agreement:
availability of the consulting services from other vendors,
whether objective and reliable evidence for fair value exists of
the undelivered elements, the nature of the consulting services,
the timing of when the consulting contract was signed in
comparison to the transaction service start date, and the
contractual dependence of the transactional service on the
customers satisfaction with the consulting work.
If a professional service arrangement does not qualify for
separate accounting, we would recognize the professional service
revenues ratably over the remaining term of the transaction
contract. There were no such arrangements for 2003, 2004 and
2005, or for any other period presented.
Service Level Standards
Pursuant to certain contracts, we are subject to service level
standards and to corresponding penalties for failure to meet
those standards. We record a provision for those
performance-related penalties for failure to meet those
standards. All performance-related penalties are reflected as a
corresponding reduction of our revenues. These penalties, if
applicable, are recorded in the month incurred.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated
losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make
required payments. The amount of the allowance account is based
on historical experience and our analysis of the accounts
receivable balance outstanding. While credit losses have
historically been within our expectations and the provisions
established, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to
experience the same credit losses that we have in the past. If
the financial condition of one of our customers were to
deteriorate, resulting in their inability to make payments,
additional allowances may be required which would result in an
additional expense in the period that this determination was
made.
Valuation Allowance
We record a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets when
it is more likely than not that an asset will not be realized.
Determining when we will recognize our deferred tax assets is a
matter of judgment based on facts and circumstances. We
determined that it was appropriate to record our deferred tax
assets at full value during the fourth quarter of 2005, based on
our recent cumulative earnings history and our expected future
earnings. However, if there were a significant change in facts,
such as a loss of a significant customer, we may determine that
a valuation allowance is appropriate.
33
Stock-Based Compensation
We account for our employee stock-based compensation in
accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees
(APB 25) and related interpretations, which
require us to recognize compensation cost for the excess of the
fair value of the stock at the grant date over the exercise
price, if any, and to recognize that cost over the vesting
period of the option. Approximately $0.1 million relating
to stock-based employee compensation cost for stock options is
reflected in net income for 2005. In addition, the remaining
$0.7 million of deferred compensation is anticipated to be
expensed as follows: $0.2 million in 2006,
$0.2 million in 2007, $0.2 million in 2008 and
$0.1 million in 2009.
The exercise prices for options granted in 2005 were set by our
board of directors, with input from our management, based on our
determination of the fair market value of our common stock at
the time of the grants. During 2003, 2004 and part of 2005, we
estimated the value of our stock options using a simple
enterprise value allocation method that is similar to the
current value method described in the AICPA Technical
Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity
Securities Issued as Compensation ([Practice Aid]) since we
believed this allocation method was consistent with most
similarly-situated private technology companies. However, as we
moved closer to a possible initial public offering, we
determined in the fourth quarter of 2005 that it was more
appropriate to use more sophisticated models to estimate
enterprise value and that various enterprise allocation methods
should also be evaluated. We believe that all options issued
prior to 2005 were issued with exercise prices that equaled at
least fair value at the time of the grants. In establishing the
retrospective estimates of fair value of our common stock issued
in 2005, we considered the guidance set forth in the Practice
Aid, and performed a retrospective determination of the fair
value of our common stock, utilizing a combination of valuation
methods. Information on stock option grants during 2005 is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retrospective | |
|
|
|
|
Number of | |
|
|
|
Determination | |
|
|
|
|
Options Granted | |
|
|
|
of Fair Value of | |
|
Intrinsic | |
Grant Date |
|
(in thousands) | |
|
Exercise Price | |
|
Common Stock | |
|
Value | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
April 12, 2005
|
|
|
207 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
|
$ |
1.84 |
|
|
$ |
1.39 |
|
July 14, 2005
|
|
|
98 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
|
$ |
6.19 |
|
|
$ |
5.74 |
|
October 21, 2005
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
|
$ |
7.85 |
|
|
$ |
0.00 |
|
Determining the fair value of the common stock of a private
enterprise requires complex and subjective judgments. Our
estimates of the Companys enterprise value at each of the
grant dates during 2005 used the weighted results from both the
income approach and the market approach.
Under the income approach, the enterprise value of the Company
was based on the present value of our forecasted operating
results. Our revenue forecasts were based on expected annual
growth rates while our expenses, although expected to remain
fairly consistent with current results, are expected to decrease
as a percentage of revenues as our revenues grow. The
assumptions underlying the estimates are consistent with our
business plan. The risks associated with achieving our forecasts
were assessed in selecting the appropriate discount rates, which
was approximately 18% to 19%, as well as the timing of a new
VoIP contract and the renewal of a significant customer
agreement.
Under the market approach, the Company was compared to a peer
group and an estimated enterprise value was developed based on
multiples of revenues and earnings from companies in that peer
group. When we achieved or exceeded a significant milestone, a
premium or discount was applied to determine the enterprise
value of the Company.
Once the enterprise value of the Company is established, an
allocation method must be used to allocate the enterprise value
to the different classes of equity instruments. During our
retrospective review, we used the probability weighted expected
returns (PWER) method to allocate the enterprise
34
value of the Company to our common stock. Under the PWER method,
the value of common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of
future values for the enterprise assuming various future
outcomes. In our specific fact pattern, the future outcomes
included two scenarios: (i) the company becomes a public
company and; (ii) the company remains a private company. In
general, the closer a company gets to an initial public offering
scenario, the higher the probability assessment weighting is for
that scenario. We used a 25% probability assumption for our
April 2005 grants and this percentage increased as discussions
with our investment bankers began and continued to increase
through the drafting of our registration statement. An increase
in the probability assessment for an initial public offering has
a significant increase in value ascribed to our common stock.
For each of the two scenarios, estimated future and present
value for the common shares were calculated using assumptions
including:
|
|
|
|
|
The expected pre-IPO valuation of the Company |
|
|
|
A risk adjusted discount rate associated with the
IPO scenario |
|
|
|
As if conversion values for the Series A and
Series 1 shares |
|
|
|
Appropriate discount for lack of marketability under both
scenarios for each valuation date given the length of time until
expected IPO |
|
|
|
A minority interest discount associated to be applied to the
private company scenario |
|
|
|
The expected probability of achieving IPO versus remaining a
private company |
Upon the completion of the re-valuation performed in connection
with the grants above, our management presented its findings to
our board of directors, who then approved the retrospectively
determined fair values. Our board of directors is considering
various actions in response to the retrospectively determined
fair value, including actions to reduce potential adverse tax
consequences to employees who were granted options to purchase
our common stock at exercise prices below the fair value at the
time of grant.
The increase in the fair value of our common stock during 2005
principally reflects a significant increase in our probability
weighting for an initial public offering scenario and the
continued growth of our revenues and income, which resulted in
an increase in our projections of future earnings. The following
is a summary of the factors that led us to determine that there
had been an increase in the value of our common stock at each
grant date:
Options Granted on April 12, 2005
The fair value of the common stock underlying 207 options
granted to employees on April 12, 2005 was determined to be
$1.84 per share. The principal factors considered in
determining the increase in fair value of our common stock as
compared to the December 31, 2004 value were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Our operating income estimates continued to reflect projections
consistent with the approved business plan; |
|
|
|
We achieved our third consecutive quarter of profitability. |
|
|
|
|
The possibility of an initial public offering remained
consistent with our business plan and a relatively low
probability estimate (25%) for the IPO scenario was assumed
under the PWER (probability weighted expected returns) method. |
|
Options Granted on July 14, 2005
The fair value of the common stock underlying 98 options granted
to employees on July 14, 2005 was determined to be $6.19
per share. The principal factors considered in determining the
increase in fair value of our common stock were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
For the six months ended June 30, 2005, revenues and net
income exceeded forecasts in our business plan; |
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discussions began with our investment bankers around the
possibility of an initial public offering earlier than
anticipated in our business plan; in light of these discussions,
a higher probability (60%) was assured under the PWER method. |
|
|
|
|
We signed a leading VoIP provider as a new customer. |
Options Granted on October 21, 2005
Although we had originally determined the fair value of the
common stock underlying 120 options granted to employees on
October 21, 2005 to be $10.00 at the time, based upon a
contemporaneous sale of common stock to an unrelated third party
by certain stockholders of the Company, including Stephen G.
Waldis and James McCormick, we determined that the value of the
common stock was $7.85 per share. The principal factors
considered in determining the increase in fair value of our
common stock over the July determination were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
For the nine months ended September 30, 2005, revenues and
net income exceeded forecasts in our business plan; |
|
|
|
|
During the third quarter we initiated the process of an initial
public offering and began drafting a registration statement; as
a result we increased the probability used under the PWER method
to 75%. |
|
|
|
|
Anticipated renewal of a contract with a large customer for an
additional two years. |
Results of Operations
2005 Compared to 2004
The following table presents an overview of our results of
operations for 2004 and 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 vs 2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
% of | |
|
|
|
% of | |
|
|
|
|
$ | |
|
Revenue | |
|
$ | |
|
Revenue | |
|
$ Change | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Net Revenue
|
|
$ |
27,191 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
54,218 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
27,027 |
|
|
|
99.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of services ($2,610 and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$8,089 were purchased from a
related party in 2004 and 2005, respectively)*
|
|
|
17,688 |
|
|
|
65.1 |
% |
|
|
30,205 |
|
|
|
55.7 |
% |
|
|
12,517 |
|
|
|
70.8 |
% |
Research and development
|
|
|
3,324 |
|
|
|
12.2 |
% |
|
|
5,689 |
|
|
|
10.5 |
% |
|
|
2,365 |
|
|
|
71.2 |
% |
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
4,340 |
|
|
|
16.0 |
% |
|
|
7,544 |
|
|
|
13.9 |
% |
|
|
3,204 |
|
|
|
73.8 |
% |
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
2,127 |
|
|
|
7.8 |
% |
|
|
2,305 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
% |
|
|
178 |
|
|
|
8.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,479 |
|
|
|
101.1 |
% |
|
|
45,743 |
|
|
|
84.4 |
% |
|
|
18,264 |
|
|
|
66.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) Income from
operations
|
|
$ |
(288 |
) |
|
|
(1.1 |
)% |
|
$ |
8,475 |
|
|
|
15.6 |
% |
|
$ |
8,763 |
|
|
|
NM |
** |
|
|
|
|
* |
Cost of services excludes depreciation and amortization which is
shown separately. |
Net Revenue. Net revenues increased
$27.0 million for 2005 compared to 2004. This increase was
made up of the following: $24.0 million of additional
revenues from our existing customer base and the remaining
$3.0 million of additional revenues generated by new CSP
customers. The increase in revenues for 2005 is primarily
related to the additional transaction
36
revenues recognized in the period. Transaction revenues
recognized for the year represented 83% of net revenues compared
to 63% for the same period in 2004. In 2005 we expanded our
transaction types to include LNP and VoIP transactions; the
increases in these areas have added $5.6 million and
$2.9 million in revenues, respectively. We also began
processing additional wireless transactions; these transactions
accounted for $20.4 million in additional revenues for
2005. Our services continue to offer the latest technologies to
allow our customers the ability to expand their business with us.
Cost of Services. Cost of service increased
$12.5 million to $30.2 million due to growth in third
party costs required to support higher transaction volumes
submitted to us by our customers and due to increases in
personnel and related costs. In particular, third party costs
increased $9.6 million to manage exception handling.
Approximately $5.9 million of the increase in
third-party costs was
due to services provided from a related party. Also, additional
personnel and employee related expense in our managed data
facility, service implementation and customer deployment areas
contributed $1.0 million to the increase in cost of
services as well. Cost of services as a percentage of revenues
decreased to 55.7% for 2005, as compared to 65.1% for 2004. This
decrease in cost of services as a percentage of revenues is
attributable to operating efficiencies, which has allowed us to
increase the number of transactions we processed without
proportional increases in personnel costs.
Research and Development. Research and development
expense increased $2.4 million to $5.7 million due to
the further development of the
ActivationNow®
platform to enhance our service offerings and increases in
automation that have allowed us to gain operational
efficiencies. Research and development expense as a percentage
of revenues decreased to 10.5% for 2005, as compared to 12.2%
for 2004.
Selling, General and Administrative. Selling,
general and administrative expense increased $3.2 million
to $7.5 million due to increases in personnel and related
costs totaling $1.9 million. These costs were attributable
to increases in the sales and marketing staff and increases in
incentive compensation. Selling, general and administrative
expense as a percentage of revenues decreased to 13.9% for 2005,
as compared to 16% for 2004.
Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and
amortization expense increased $0.2 million to
$2.3 million due to fixed asset additions in 2005.
Income Tax. In years prior to 2005, we recorded a
full valuation allowance for temporary differences as we
believed it was more likely than not that our deferred tax
assets would not be realized. During 2005, we generated
substantial taxable income and expect to continue to generate
taxable income for the foreseeable future. As such, we
determined that it is more likely than not that we will realize
our future tax benefits and have reduced the valuation allowance
to zero during the fourth quarter of 2005. The effect of this
reduction was an increase in net income of $4.6 million.
This income tax benefit was offset by our income tax provision
of $0.8 million. We did not need to provide for income
taxes in 2004.
37
2004 compared to 2003
The following table presents an overview of our results of
operations for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2004 vs 2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
% of | |
|
|
|
% of | |
|
|
|
|
$ | |
|
Revenue | |
|
$ | |
|
Revenue | |
|
$ Change | |
|
% Change | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Net Revenue
|
|
$ |
16,550 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
27,191 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
10,641 |
|
|
|
64.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of services ($9 and $2,610
were purchased from a related party in 2003 and 2004,
respectively)*
|
|
|
7,655 |
|
|
|
46.3 |
% |
|
|
17,688 |
|
|
|
65.1 |
% |
|
|
10,033 |
|
|
|
131.1 |
% |
Research and development
|
|
|
3,160 |
|
|
|
19.1 |
% |
|
|
3,324 |
|
|
|
12.2 |
% |
|
|
164 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
% |
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
4,053 |
|
|
|
24.5 |
% |
|
|
4,340 |
|
|
|
16.0 |
% |
|
|
287 |
|
|
|
7.1 |
% |
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
2,919 |
|
|
|
17.6 |
% |
|
|
2,127 |
|
|
|
7.8 |
% |
|
|
(792 |
) |
|
|
(27.1 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,787 |
|
|
|
107.5 |
% |
|
|
27,479 |
|
|
|
101.1 |
% |
|
|
9,692 |
|
|
|
54.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
$ |
(1,237 |
) |
|
|
(7.5 |
)% |
|
$ |
(288 |
) |
|
|
(1.1 |
)% |
|
$ |
949 |
|
|
|
NM |
** |
|
|
* |
Cost of services excludes depreciation and amortization which is
shown separately. |
Net Revenue. Net revenues increased
$10.6 million due to the continued expansion of our service
offerings through our
ActivationNow®
platform, additional customers and the increase in the
transactions processed. Transaction revenues recognized in 2004
represented 63% of net revenues compared to 47% in 2003. This
increase is due to the addition of our exception handling
centers which began in late 2003. The addition of these centers
further enhanced our transactional service offerings
particularly in the wireless market. Further addition of local
number portability transactions and the addition of a CSP
provider in 2004 also contributed to the increase in
transactional revenues in 2004. Our customers continued to add
feature functionality, increase their competitive churn, further
develop new technologies and consolidate; all of which
contributed to the increases in revenues for 2004, as compared
to 2003.
Cost of Services. Cost of service increased
$10.0 million to $17.7 million due to growth in third
party costs related to the exception handling processing
required to support higher transaction volumes received from our
customers. Costs associated with exception handling performed by
third parties increased $7.3 million due to increased
transactions volumes. Approximately $2.6 million of the
increase in third-party costs was due to services provided from
a related party. Personnel and employee related expense in our
managed data facility, service implementation and customer
deployment areas increased $2.0 million. Cost of services
as a percentage of revenues increased to 65.1% for 2004, as
compared to 46.3% for 2003. This increase in cost of services as
a percentage of revenues is attributable to the addition of
several CSPs and the addition of new transactions processed
through our gateway and exception handling centers, particularly
in the LNP and wireless markets.
Research and Development. Research and development
expense increased $0.2 million due to the further
development of the
ActivationNow®
platform to develop and enhance our service
38
offerings. Research and development expense as a percentage of
revenues decreased to 12.2% for 2004, as compared to 19.1% for
2003.
Selling, General and Administrative. Selling,
general and administrative expense increased $0.3 million
due to the addition of a Redmond, Washington office and a New
Jersey office (both leased facilities) totaling
$0.2 million.
Selling, general and administrative expense as percentage of
revenues decreased to 16.0% for 2004, as compared to 24.5% for
2003.
Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and
amortization expense decreased $0.8 million due to a large
portion of assets becoming fully depreciated throughout 2004. It
is our policy to depreciate all software and hardware over a
three year period. Depreciation and amortization expense as a
percentage of revenues decreased to 7.8% of revenues for 2004,
as compared to 17.6% for 2003.
Unaudited Quarterly Results of Operations
The following tables set forth our statements of operations data
for the twelve quarters ended December 31, 2005, as well as
this data expressed as a percentage of our net revenues
represented by each item. We believe this information has been
prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements
appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and believe that all
necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments, have been included in the amounts stated below and
present fairly the results of such periods when read in
conjunction with the audited financial statement and notes
thereto.
Selected Quarterly Data
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Mar 31 | |
|
Jun 30 | |
|
Sept 30 | |
|
Dec 31 | |
|
Mar 31 | |
|
Jun 30 | |
|
Sept 30 | |
|
Dec 31 | |
|
Mar 31 | |
|
Jun 30 | |
|
Sept 30 | |
|
Dec 31 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net Revenues
|
|
$ |
3,007 |
|
|
$ |
3,623 |
|
|
$ |
4,102 |
|
|
$ |
5,818 |
|
|
$ |
5,819 |
|
|
$ |
6,265 |
|
|
$ |
6,381 |
|
|
$ |
8,726 |
|
|
$ |
11,350 |
|
|
$ |
13,776 |
|
|
$ |
14,115 |
|
|
$ |
14,977 |
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of services*
|
|
|
1,098 |
|
|
|
1,288 |
|
|
|
1,946 |
|
|
|
3,323 |
|
|
|
3,768 |
|
|
|
4,313 |
|
|
|
4,141 |
|
|
|
5,466 |
|
|
|
6,281 |
|
|
|
7,947 |
|
|
|
7,976 |
|
|
|
8,001 |
|
Research & development
|
|
|
668 |
|
|
|
818 |
|
|
|
881 |
|
|
|
793 |
|
|
|
877 |
|
|
|
847 |
|
|
|
779 |
|
|
|
821 |
|
|
|
1,047 |
|
|
|
1,358 |
|
|
|
1,614 |
|
|
|
1,670 |
|
Selling, general &
administrative
|
|
|
979 |
|
|
|
1,121 |
|
|
|
915 |
|
|
|
1,038 |
|
|
|
982 |
|
|
|
866 |
|
|
|
922 |
|
|
|
1,570 |
|
|
|
1,796 |
|
|
|
1,879 |
|
|
|
1,716 |
|
|
|
2,153 |
|
Depreciation & amortization
|
|
|
700 |
|
|
|
745 |
|
|
|
806 |
|
|
|
668 |
|
|
|
584 |
|
|
|
542 |
|
|
|
488 |
|
|
|
513 |
|
|
|
510 |
|
|
|
526 |
|
|
|
624 |
|
|
|
645 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
3,445 |
|
|
|
3,972 |
|
|
|
4,548 |
|
|
|
5,822 |
|
|
|
6,211 |
|
|
|
6,568 |
|
|
|
6,330 |
|
|
|
8,370 |
|
|
|
9,634 |
|
|
|
11,710 |
|
|
|
11,930 |
|
|
|
12,469 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) Income from
operations
|
|
$ |
(438 |
) |
|
$ |
(349 |
) |
|
$ |
(446 |
) |
|
$ |
(4 |
) |
|
$ |
(392 |
) |
|
$ |
(303 |
) |
|
$ |
51 |
|
|
$ |
356 |
|
|
$ |
1,716 |
|
|
$ |
2,066 |
|
|
$ |
2,185 |
|
|
$ |
2,508 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Mar 31 | |
|
Jun 30 | |
|
Sept 30 | |
|
Dec 31 | |
|
Mar 31 | |
|
Jun 30 | |
|
Sept 30 | |
|
Dec 31 | |
|
Mar 31 | |
|
Jun 30 | |
|
Sept 30 | |
|
Dec 31 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net Revenues
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of services*
|
|
|
36.5 |
% |
|
|
35.6 |
% |
|
|
47.4 |
% |
|
|
57.1 |
% |
|
|
64.8 |
% |
|
|
68.8 |
% |
|
|
64.9 |
% |
|
|
62.6 |
% |
|
|
55.3 |
% |
|
|
57.7 |
% |
|
|
56.5 |
% |
|
|
53.4 |
% |
Research & development
|
|
|
22.2 |
% |
|
|
22.6 |
% |
|
|
21.5 |
% |
|
|
13.6 |
% |
|
|
15.1 |
% |
|
|
13.5 |
% |
|
|
12.2 |
% |
|
|
9.4 |
% |
|
|
9.2 |
% |
|
|
9.9 |
% |
|
|
11.4 |
% |
|
|
11.1 |
% |
Selling, general &
administrative
|
|
|
32.6 |
% |
|
|
30.9 |
% |
|
|
22.3 |
% |
|
|
17.8 |
% |
|
|
16.9 |
% |
|
|
13.8 |
% |
|
|
14.4 |
% |
|
|
18.0 |
% |
|
|
15.8 |
% |
|
|
13.6 |
% |
|
|
12.2 |
% |
|
|
14.4 |
% |
Depreciation & amortization
|
|
|
23.3 |
% |
|
|
20.6 |
% |
|
|
19.6 |
% |
|
|
11.5 |
% |
|
|
10.0 |
% |
|
|
8.7 |
% |
|
|
7.6 |
% |
|
|
5.9 |
% |
|
|
4.5 |
% |
|
|
3.8 |
% |
|
|
4.4 |
% |
|
|
4.3 |
% |
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
114.6 |
% |
|
|
109.6 |
% |
|
|
110.9 |
% |
|
|
100.1 |
% |
|
|
106.8 |
% |
|
|
104.8 |
% |
|
|
99.2 |
% |
|
|
95.9 |
% |
|
|
84.9 |
% |
|
|
85.0 |
% |
|
|
84.5 |
% |
|
|
83.3 |
% |
(Loss) Income from
operations
|
|
|
(14.6) |
% |
|
|
(9.6) |
% |
|
|
(10.9) |
% |
|
|
(0.1) |
% |
|
|
(6.7) |
% |
|
|
(4.8) |
% |
|
|
0.8 |
% |
|
|
4.1 |
% |
|
|
15.1 |
% |
|
|
15.0 |
% |
|
|
15.5 |
% |
|
|
16.7 |
% |
|
|
* |
Exclusive of depreciation and amortization |
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our principal source of liquidity has been through our
Series A convertible preferred stock financing, which
closed in 2001, and financing for certain equipment purchases.
Total net proceeds from
39
the Series A financing were approximately $34 million.
There have been no subsequent rounds of equity financing.
On October 6, 2004, we entered into a Loan and Security
Agreement with a bank which expires on December 1, 2007.
The Agreement includes a Revolving Promissory Note for up to
$2.0 million and an Equipment Term Note for up to
$3.0 million. This replaced a previous loan which was fully
paid in 2004. Availability under the Agreement for the Revolving
Promissory Note is based on defined percentages of eligible
accounts receivable. Borrowings on the revolving credit
agreement bear interest at the prime rate plus 1.25% (6.5% at
December 31, 2004 and 8.5% at December 31, 2005)
payable monthly. Interest only on the unpaid principal amount is
due and payable monthly in arrears, commencing January 1,
2005 and continuing on the first day of each calendar month
thereafter until maturity, at which point all unpaid principal
and interest related to the revolving advances will be payable
in full. There were no draws against the Revolving Promissory
Note as of December 31, 2004 or 2005. As of
December 31, 2004 and 2005, we had outstanding borrowings
of $2.0 million and $1.3 million, respectively,
against the Equipment Term Note to fund purchases of eligible
equipment. Borrowings on the equipment line bear interest at the
prime rate plus 1.75% (7% at December 31, 2004 and 9% at
December 31, 2005) and principal and interest is payable
monthly. The Loan and Security Agreement requires us to meet one
liquidity financial covenant that must be maintained as of the
last day of each month. This calculation and a certification of
compliance, along with our monthly financial statements are
reported to the bank on a monthly basis. We were in compliance
with the covenant at December 31, 2004 and
December 31, 2005 and borrowings under the Loan and
Security Agreement are collateralized by all of our assets.
We anticipate that our principal uses of cash in the future will
be facility expansion, capital expenditures and working capital.
Total cash and cash equivalents and investments in marketable
securities were $16.0 million at December 31, 2005, as
compared to $10.5 million at December 31, 2004. As of
December 31, 2005, we had $2.0 million available under
the revolving promissory note of our bank, subject to the terms
and conditions of that facility.
Discussion of Cash Flows
Cash flows from operations. Net cash provided by
operating activities for 2005 was $8.0 million compared to
net cash used of $1.6 million for 2004. The increase of
$9.6 million is the result of increased profits generated
from increased business volume across all of our service
offerings. In addition, our increases in receivables were
partially offset by increases in our accruals for incentive
compensation and commissions of approximately $2.5 million.
Payments for these accrued expenses are expected to occur in
2006.
Net cash used in operating activities for 2004 and 2003 was
$1.6 million and $0.01 million, respectively. This
increase of $1.6 million is primarily due to a timing difference
between cash payments to our vendors and cash collected from
customers. In many cases, we have different payment terms with
our vendors than we have with our customers.
Cash flows from investing. Net cash used in
investing activities for 2005 was $2.0 million compared to
net cash used of $1.8 million for 2004. Our decreased
spending of fixed assets in 2005 was offset by a comparable
decrease in net cash provided from sales of marketable
securities.
Net cash used in investing activities for 2004 was
$1.8 million compared to $0.2 million for 2003. The
increase of $1.6 million was due to the increased purchase
of fixed assets of $0.9 million offset by less sales of
marketable securities.
Cash flows from financing. Net cash used in
financing activities for 2005 was $0.6 million compared to
$2.0 million of net cash provided by financing activities
for 2004. This $2.6 million decrease in net cash used in
financing activities was principally due to $2.0 million of
equipment loan proceeds in 2004 and none in 2005.
40
Net cash provided in financing activities for 2004 was
$2.0 million compared to $0.6 million of net cash used
for 2003. This $2.6 million increase in net cash provided
in financing activities was principally due to proceeds from an
equipment loan.
We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents,
short-term investments and cash from operations will be
sufficient to fund our operations for the next twelve months.
Contractual Obligations
Our commitments consist of obligations under leases for office
space, computer equipment and furniture and fixtures. The
following table summarizes our long-term contractual obligations
as of December 31, 2005 (in thousands).
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than | |
|
|
|
|
|
More than | |
|
|
Total | |
|
1 year | |
|
1-3 years | |
|
4-5 years | |
|
5 Years | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Operating lease obligations
|
|
$ |
5,546 |
|
|
$ |
1,167 |
|
|
$ |
3,192 |
|
|
$ |
1,055 |
|
|
$ |
132 |
|
Equipment loan
|
|
|
1,431 |
|
|
|
739 |
|
|
|
692 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase obligation*
|
|
|
350 |
|
|
|
350 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
7,327 |
|
|
$ |
2,256 |
|
|
$ |
3,884 |
|
|
$ |
1,055 |
|
|
$ |
132 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*As of December 31, 2005, we had agreements with Omniglobe
International, L.L.C. (for more details regarding Omniglobe
please reference the Certain Relationships and Related
Party Transactions section). One of these agreements
provides for minimum levels of staffing at a specific price
level resulting in an overall minimum commitment of $0.4 million
over the next six months. Fees paid for services rendered
related to these agreements were $8.0 million and $2.2 million
for 2005 and 2004 respectively. Services provided by Omniglobe
include data entry and related services as well as development
and testing services. The current agreements may be terminated
by either party without cause with 30 or 60 days written
notice prior to the end of the term. Unless terminated, the
agreements will automatically renew in six month
increments. As of December 31, 2005 we do not intend to
terminate our arrangements with Omniglobe.
Effect of Inflation
Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor
and equipment. We do not believe that inflation has had any
material effect on our results of operations during 2003, 2004
and 2005.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
The primary objective of our investment activities is to
preserve our capital for the purpose of funding operations,
while at the same time maximizing the income we receive from our
investments without significantly increasing risk. To achieve
these objectives, our investment policy allows us to maintain a
portfolio of cash equivalents and short-term investments in a
variety of securities, including commercial paper, money market
funds and corporate debt securities. Our cash and cash
equivalents at December 31, 2004 and 2005 included liquid
money market accounts.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB,
issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial
Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity
(SFAS No. 150). SFAS No. 150 requires that
an issuer classify certain financial instruments as a liability
because they embody an obligation of the issuer. The remaining
provisions of SFAS No. 150 revise the definition of a
liability to encompass certain obligations that a reporting
entity can or must settle by issuing its own equity shares,
depending on the nature of the relationship established between
the holder and the issuer. The provisions of this statement
require that any financial
41
instruments that are mandatorily redeemable on a fixed or
determinable date or upon an event certain to occur be
classified as liabilities. Our convertible preferred stock may
be converted into common stock at the option of the stockholder,
and therefore, it is not classified as a liability under the
provisions of SFAS No. 150.
On December 16, 2004, the FASB issued FASB Statement
No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment
(SFAS 123(R)), which is a revision of
SFAS No. 123. SFAS 123(R) supersedes APB
No. 25, and amends SFAS No. 95, Statement of Cash
Flows. Generally the approach in SFAS 123(R) is similar to
the approach described in SFAS No. 123. However,
SFAS 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees,
including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in
the statement of operations based on their fair values. Pro
forma disclosure is no longer an alternative upon adopting
SFAS 123(R).
SFAS 123(R) must be adopted no later than January 1,
2006. Early adoption was permitted in periods in which financial
statements were not yet issued. Because we were a private
company that used the minimum value method to determine values
of our pro forma stock based compensation disclosures, we
adopted SFAS 123(R) using the prospective method on
January 1, 2006. Although we cannot fully determine the
amount of the impact of this new standard since it will be
dependent upon the extent of stock based compensation awards
issued in the future as well as the fair value attributed to the
awards, we expect that adoption of the new standard will
decrease earnings in the future.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We had no off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31,
2004 and 2005.
42
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a leading provider of
e-commerce transaction
management solutions to the communications services marketplace
based on our penetration with key CSPs. Our proprietary
on-demand software platform enables communications service
providers, or CSPs, to take, manage and provision orders and
other customer-oriented transactions and create complex service
bundles. We target complex and high-growth industry segments
including wireless, Voice over Internet Protocol, or VoIP,
wireline and other markets. We have designed our solution to be
flexible, allowing us to meet the rapidly changing and
converging services offered by CSPs. By simplifying
technological complexities through the automation and
integration of disparate systems, we enable CSPs to acquire,
retain and service customers quickly, reliably and
cost-effectively. Our industry-leading customers include
Cingular Wireless, Vonage Holdings, Cablevision Systems,
Level 3 Communications, Verizon Business, Clearwire,
360networks, Time Warner Cable, Comcast and AT&T. Our CSP
customers use our platform and technology to service both
consumer and business customers, including over 300 of the
Fortune 500 companies.
Our CSP customers rely on our services to speed, simplify and
automate the process of activating their customers and
delivering communications services across interconnected
networks, focusing particularly on customers acquired through
Internet-based channels. In addition, we offer and are targeting
growth in services that automate other aspects of the CSPs
ongoing customer relationships, such as product upgrades and
customer care. Our
ActivationNow®
software platform provides seamless integration between
customer-facing CSP applications and back-office or
infrastructure-related systems and processes. Our platform
streamlines these business processes, enhancing the customer
experience and allowing us to offer reliable, guaranteed levels
of service, which we believe is an important differentiator of
our service offering.
The majority of our revenues is generated from fees earned on
each transaction processed utilizing our platform. We have
increased our revenues rapidly, growing at a compound annual
growth rate of 76% from 2001 to 2005. For 2005, we generated
revenues of $54.2 million, a 99.4% increase over 2004. Our
net income for that period was $12.4 million, versus a loss
of approximately $0.01 million for the prior year.
Industry Background
Communications Market
The communications industry has undergone substantial
regulatory, technological and competitive changes in recent
years. Beginning with the court-ordered divestiture of the Bell
Operating System in the 1980s and increasing with the
implementation of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, government
regulation has encouraged the proliferation of service providers
and service delivery models. The opportunity created by opening
the communications services market has encouraged new
participants to enter and incumbent service providers to expand
into new geographies and segments, thereby increasing overall
competitive intensity. As a result, CSPs are facing significant
operational and business opportunities and challenges as they
are increasingly required to interoperate and share network
resources. In addition, technological developments have
increased the range of communications standards and protocols.
These changes are causing CSPs to integrate multiple and often
incompatible and complex processes and systems that make it
difficult to provide a seamless end-user experience.
Transactions, such as provisioning new services and porting
customers between CSPs, present significant technological and
operational challenges. Many CSPs have responded by developing
their own in-house processes and systems which are frequently
manual, time-consuming, costly and inflexible.
These changes in the communications industry present
particularly acute challenges and complexities in high-growth
market segments such as wireless and VoIP.
43
|
|
|
Wireless The wireless communications
industry has grown rapidly over the past decade due to the
increasing demand from businesses and consumers for mobile and
high-speed or broadband wireless voice and data
systems. The expanding subscriber base and the corresponding
growth in industry revenues have been driven by improved service
quality, greater national and international roaming coverage,
lower prices and the introduction of new messaging, data and
content services. Wireless carriers face increasing competition
and costs to acquire and retain subscribers. For CSPs to remain
competitive and minimize customer churn, transactions such as
activations, number porting, technology migrations, service plan
changes, new feature requests and many others must be made
available seamlessly, conveniently and cost-effectively. |
|
|
Voice over Internet Protocol VoIP is
realizing dramatic growth as a leading alternative to
traditional voice services. VoIP enables voice information to be
sent in digital form in discrete packets rather than in the
traditional circuit-committed protocols of the public switched
telephone network, or PSTN. VoIP offers numerous benefits to
both enterprises and consumers including lower cost than
traditional voice services, a common transmission medium for
voice and data (e.g. via broadband subscription to the home) and
integrated applications such as unified messaging. The rapid
growth in VoIP has attracted numerous CSP participants, both
next-generation service providers with packet-based networks and
existing telecom service providers with circuit-switched
networks. This combination of traditional switched and
packet-based network technologies is driving the development of
hybrid and converged networks that create new operational
challenges. VoIP service providers are faced with a highly
competitive environment for customer acquisition and challenges
associated with provisioning new services efficiently and
cost-effectively. |
E-commerce
The growth of the Internet is changing the way businesses and
individuals use the telecommunications network. For example,
Internet-based e-commerce has expanded the role of
the telecommunications network from a transportation system for
communications traffic to a medium for conducting business
transactions. The broader role for the network creates new
opportunities for both established and new CSPs. In addition,
e-commerce is becoming
an important tool for CSP customer acquisition and ongoing
service delivery, such as ongoing additions and changes to
services, allowing CSPs to connect with end-users over the
course of the customer lifecycle.
On-demand software delivery
CSPs have historically used significant amounts of costly IT
infrastructure and software to manage complex transactions and
streamline workflows. Although many businesses have invested
heavily in a wide range of enterprise software applications, the
challenges associated with implementing and maintaining these
applications have delayed or reduced the benefits of ownership.
Challenges such as the difficulty of deploying complex
applications across a distributed, heterogeneous IT
infrastructure and the high cost of ownership of software
licenses and support have motivated enterprises to seek out
alternative application usage models. On-demand software is
delivery of software as a service over the Internet or a private
network, enabling a vendor to host and provide the application
to multiple customers. CSPs are increasingly leveraging
on-demand software to simplify their IT infrastructure and
streamline complex workflows in a cost-effective manner.
On-demand software typically eliminates large upfront license
costs and requires little or no hardware or IT personnel to
install, configure or maintain at the customer site and is
growing in popularity among large corporations and small
businesses alike.
44
* * *
The substantial regulatory, technological and competitive
changes in the communications industry, combined with the growth
of e-commerce and the
emergence of on-demand software delivery as a valuable
application usage model have created a significant market
opportunity for third-party solutions vendors. CSPs can reduce
costs and increase customer satisfaction with cost-effective,
automated and scalable third-party customer transaction
management solutions that have guaranteed levels of service
delivery.
The Synchronoss Solution
Our
ActivationNow®
software platform provides comprehensive
e-commerce order
processing, transaction management and service provisioning. We
have designed
ActivationNow®
to be a flexible, open and on-demand platform, offering a unique
solution for managing transactions relating to a wide range of
existing communications services as well as the rapid deployment
of new services. In addition to handling large volumes of
customer transactions quickly and efficiently, our solution is
designed to recognize, isolate and address transactions when
there is insufficient information or other erroneous process
elements. Our solution also offers a centralized reporting
platform that provides intelligent, real-time analytics around
the entire workflow related to an
e-commerce transaction.
Our platforms automation and ease of integration allows
CSPs to lower the cost of new customer acquisition, enhance the
accuracy and reliability of customer transactions, and respond
rapidly to competitive market conditions.
Examples of customer-oriented transactions we automate and
manage include:
|
|
|
|
|
New account setup and activations including credit
checks, address validation and equipment availability; |
|
|
|
Feature requests adding new functionality to
existing services; |
|
|
|
Contract renewals for consumers and enterprises; |
|
|
|
Number port requests local number portability; |
|
|
|
Customer migration between technologies and
networks; and |
|
|
|
Equipment orders wireless handsets, accessories, etc. |
Our solution is also designed to recognize, isolate and address
transactions when there is insufficient information or other
erroneous process elements, through a suite of capabilities we
refer to as exception handling. Our exception
handling service is designed to consistently meet service level
agreements, or SLAs, for transactions that are not fully
automated or have erroneous process elements. Our exception
handling service utilizes two tiers of our platform, the
Workflow Manager and the Real-Time Visibility Manager, to
identify, correct and process non-automated transactions and
exceptions in real-time. Critical functions provided by our
exception handling service center include streamlining
operations by reducing the number of transactions processed with
human intervention.
Our flexible solution can manage transactions relating to a wide
range of existing communications services across the many
segments of CSPs. For example, we enable wireless providers to
conduct
business-to-consumer,
or B2C, and
business-to-business,
or B2B, e-commerce
transactions. We also furnish VoIP providers with
customer-branded portals, as well as the gateway to service
their retail customers and subscribers. The capabilities of our
ActivationNow®
platform allow CSPs to improve operational performance and
efficiencies and rapidly deploy new services.
Our solution is designed to be:
|
|
|
Automated: We designed our
ActivationNow®
platform to eliminate manual processes and to automate otherwise
labor-intensive tasks, thus improving operating efficiencies and |
45
|
|
|
reducing costs. By tracking every order and identifying those
that are not provisioned properly, we substantially reduce the
need for manual intervention. Our technology automatically
guides a customers request for service through the entire
series of required steps. |
|
|
Reliable: We are committed to providing
high-quality, dependable services to our customers. To ensure
reliability, system uptime and other service offerings are
guaranteed through our commitment to service level agreements,
or SLAs. Our product is a complete customer management solution,
including exception handling, which we believe is one of the
main factors that differentiates us from our competitors. In
performing exception handling, our software platform recognizes
and isolates transaction orders that are not configured to
specifications, processes them in a timely manner and
communicates these orders back to our customers, thereby
improving efficiency and reducing backlog. If manual
intervention is required, our exception handling is outsourced
to centers located in India, Canada and the United States. In
addition, our database design preserves data integrity while
ensuring fast, efficient, transaction-oriented data retrieval
methods. As a demonstration of resilience, the database design
has remained constant during the life and evolution of other
components of the software platform. This stability provides
reusability of the business functionality as new, updated
graphical user interfaces are developed. |
|
|
Seamless: Our
ActivationNow®
platform integrates information across the service
providers entire operation, including customer
information, order information, product and service information,
network inventory and workflow information. We have built our
ActivationNow®
platform using an open design with fully-documented software
interfaces, commonly referred to as application programming
interfaces, or APIs. Our APIs make it easier for our customers,
partners and other third parties to integrate the
ActivationNow®
platform with other software applications and to build Web-based
applications incorporating third-party or CSP designed
capabilities. Through our open design and alliance program, we
provide our customers with superior solutions that combine
best-of-breed
applications with the efficiency and cost-effectiveness of
commercial, packaged interfaces. |
|
|
Scalable: Our
ActivationNow®
platform is designed to process expanding transaction volumes
reliably and cost-effectively. Transaction volume has increased
rapidly since our inception. For 2005, we managed
5.3 million transactions, compared to 1.6 million for
the same period in 2004. We anticipate substantial future growth
in transaction volumes and believe our platform is capable of
scaling its output commensurately, requiring principally routine
computer hardware and software updates. In addition, our
platform enables service providers to offer a variety of
services more quickly and to package and price their services
cost-effectively by integrating them with available network
capacity and resources. |
|
|
Value-added: Our
ActivationNow®
platform attributes are tightly integrated into the critical
workflows of our customers. The
ActivationNow®
platform has analytical reporting capabilities that provide
real-time information for every step of the relevant transaction
processes. In addition to improving end-user customer
satisfaction, these capabilities provide our customers with
value-added insights into historical and current transaction
trends. We also offer mobile reporting capabilities for key
users to receive critical data about their
e-commerce transactions
on their mobile devices. |
Our platforms capabilities combine to provide what we
believe to be a more cost-effective, efficient and productive
approach to e-commerce.
Our solutions allow our customers to reduce overhead costs
associated with building and operating their own
e-commerce and customer
transaction management infrastructure. We also provide our
customers with the information and tools to more efficiently
manage marketing and operational aspects of their business. In
addition, the automation and ease of integration of our
on-demand software allows CSPs to accelerate the deployment of
their services and new service offerings by shortening the time
between a customers order and the provisioning of service.
46
Demand Drivers for Our
E-Commerce Transaction
Management Solutions
Our services are capable of managing a wide variety of
transactions across multiple CSP delivery models, allowing us to
benefit from increased growth, complexity and technological
change in the communications industry. As communications
technology has evolved, new access networks, end-devices and
applications with multiple features have emerged. This
proliferation of services and advancement of technologies are
accelerating subscriber growth and increasing the number of
transactions between CSPs and their customers. Currently, growth
in wireless services, the adoption of VoIP and the increasing
importance of
e-commerce are strongly
driving demand for our transaction management solutions. In
addition, we see an opportunity to provide our services to the
high-growth market of bundled services (including voice, video,
data and wireless) resulting from converging technology markets.
We support and target transactions ranging from initial service
activations to ongoing customer lifecycle transactions, such as
additions, subtractions and changes to services. The need for
CSPs to deliver these transactions efficiently increases demand
for our on-demand software delivery model. The rapid emergence
of all-digital,
IP-based networks is
causing the creation of telecommunications services to be less
dependent on particular elements of network infrastructure. In
this environment, CSPs are increasingly relying on intelligent
software platform solutions such as our own in order to quickly
develop new packages of service offerings. The critical driver
of adoption of our services is shifting from cost reduction at
CSPs to generating new revenues via on-demand service creation.
In this environment, we believe that our on-demand capabilities
will be a major value-added difference to our CSPs and their
largest customers.
|
|
|
|
Growth in wireless services. Wireless subscribers
and services have grown rapidly in recent years. According to
In-Stat/ MDR, the global wireless market is expected to add an
average of 186 million new subscribers each year, resulting
in a total wireless population of more than 2 billion by
2007. Not only are more people using wireless phones, but there
are entirely new kinds of wireless service providers entering
the market, such as mobile virtual network operators (MVNO). An
MVNO is a mobile operator that does not own its own spectrum and
usually does not have its own network infrastructure, instead
relying on business arrangements with traditional mobile
operators. Demand for advanced services in the United States,
such as next generation wireless technology for multi-media
voice and content delivery, grew at a compound annual rate of
36% from 56.7 million users in 2004 to 77.2 million
users in 2005, according to Yankee Group. We believe that the
next-generation of wireless services and fast-growing MVNO
marketplace present us with excellent growth opportunities.
According to the Yankee Group, by 2010 the MVNO market will
comprise more than 10 million subscribers with
$10.7 billion in service provider revenues. |
|
|
|
|
Adoption of VoIP. Internet Protocol-based network
technologies are transforming the communications marketplace and
VoIP applications are just starting to be deployed. The total
number of residential US VoIP customers is expected to grow from
3 million in 2005 to 27 million in 2009, representing
a compound annual growth rate of 173% according to IDC. This
forecast is further supported by Gartner, who predicts that
consumer VoIP services spending in the United States will jump
from $1.9 billion in 2005 to $9.5 billion in 2008. Our
strong 2005 market capture across new entrants, cable companies,
and traditional communications providers positions us well to
leverage our existing base and maximize capture of new
transaction types. |
|
|
|
|
Continued growth of
e-commerce.
Internet-based commerce provides CSPs with the opportunity to
cost-effectively gain new customers, provide service and
interact more effectively. Forrester Research projects
e-commerce sales in the United States to grow from $172 billion
in 2005 to $329 billion in 2010. With the dramatic increase in
Internet usage and desire to directly connect with end-users
over the course of the customer lifecycle, CSPs are increasingly
focusing on e-commerce
as a channel for customer acquisition and delivery of ongoing
services. |
|
47
|
|
|
|
Growth in on-demand software delivery model. Our
on-demand business model enables delivery of proprietary
software solutions over the Internet as a service. Customers do
not have to make large and risky upfront investments in
software, additional hardware, extensive implementation services
and additional IT staff. Because we implement all upgrades to
software on our servers, they automatically become part of our
service and available to benefit all customers immediately.
According to International Data Corporation, or IDC, the
on-demand software market in the United States is expected to
grow from $3 billion in 2003 to $9 billion by 2008, a
compound annual rate of 25%. |
|
|
|
Pressure on CSPs to improve efficiency. Increased
competition and excess network capacity have placed significant
pressure on CSPs to reduce costs and increase revenues. At the
same time, due to deregulation, the emergence of new network
technologies and the proliferation of services, the complexity
of back-office operations has increased significantly. As a
result, CSPs are looking for ways to offer new communications
services more rapidly and efficiently to existing and new
customers. CSPs are increasingly turning to transaction-based,
cost-effective, scalable and automated third-party solutions
that can offer guaranteed levels of service delivery. |
Our Strengths
We believe the following key strengths differentiate us:
|
|
|
Leading Provider of Transaction Management Solutions to
the Communications Services Market. We offer what we
believe to be the most advanced
e-commerce customer
transaction management solution to the communications markets.
Our industry leading position is built upon the strength of our
platform and our extensive experience and expertise in
identifying and addressing the complex needs of leading CSPs. We
believe our customer transaction management solution is uniquely
effective in enabling service providers to offer B2C and B2B
e-commerce provisioning
solutions and rapidly deploy new services, which many of our
competitors are unable to offer or offer as efficiently or
cost-effectively. We also provide customers with real-time
workflow information at every step of the transaction process,
allowing visibility into the entire customer experience. Our
established and collaborative relationships with respected and
innovative service providers such as Cingular Wireless and
Vonage Holdings are indicators of, and contributors to, our
industry-leading position. |
|
|
Well Positioned to Benefit from High Industry Growth Areas
and E-Commerce.
We believe we are positioned to capitalize on the development,
proliferation and convergence of communications services,
including wireless and VoIP and the adoption of
e-commerce as a
critical customer channel. Our
ActivationNow®
platform is designed to be flexible and scalable to meet the
demanding requirements of the evolving communications services
industry, allowing us to participate in the highest growth and
most attractive industry segments. We intend to leverage the
flexibility and scalability of the platform and our track record
of serving existing customers to extend our services in pursuit
of opportunities arising from additional technologies and
business models, including cable operators (MSOs), WiMAX
operators, MVNOs and online content providers. |
|
|
Differentiated Approach to Non-Automated
Processes. Due to a variety of factors, CSP systems
frequently encounter customer transactions with insufficient
information or other erroneous process elements. These so-called
exceptions, which tend to be particularly common in the early
phases of a service roll-out, require non-automated, often time
consuming handling. We believe our ability to address what we
refer to as exception handling is one of our key
differentiators. Our solution identifies, corrects and processes
non-automated transactions and exceptions in real-time. Our
exception handling service is designed to consistently meet SLAs
for transactions that are not fully automated. Critical
functions provided by our exception handling service center
include streamlining operations by reducing the number of
transactions processed with human interaction. Importantly, as
exception handling matures within a service, an increasing
number of transactions can become automated, which can result in
increased operating leverage for our business. |
48
|
|
|
|
Transaction-Based Model with High Revenue
Visibility. We believe the characteristics of our
business model enhance the predictability of our revenues. We
are generally the exclusive provider of the services we offer to
our customers and benefit from contracts of 12 to
48 months. All of our significant customers may terminate
their contracts for convenience upon written notice and payment
of contractual penalties. The majority of our revenues is
transaction-based, allowing us to gauge future revenues against
patterns of transaction volumes and growth. In addition, our
customers provide us monthly rolling transaction forecasts and
our contracts guarantee us the higher of (i) a percentage
ranging from 75%-90% of these forecasts and (ii) certain
specified monthly minimum revenues levels. We have also grown
our revenues rapidly, at a 76% compound annual growth rate from
2001-2005. Our platform and systems are designed to accommodate
further substantial increases in transaction volumes and
transaction types. Our ability to leverage our technology to
serve additional customers and develop new product offerings has
enabled us to reduce costs and increase operating margins, a
trend which we expect to continue. |
|
|
|
|
Trusted Partner, Deeply Embedded with Major, Influential
Customers. We provide our services to market-leading
wireline, wireless, cable, broadband and VoIP service providers
including Cingular Wireless, Vonage Holdings, Cablevision
Systems, Level 3 Communications, Verizon Business,
Clearwire, 360networks, Time Warner Cable, Comcast and AT&T.
The high value-added nature of our services and our proven
performance track record make us an attractive, valuable and
important partner for our customers. Our transaction management
solution is tightly integrated into our customers critical
infrastructure and embedded into their workflows, enabling us to
develop deep and collaborative relationships with them. We
believe this leads to higher reliability and more tailored
product offerings with reduced development times and decreases
the risk of our customers defecting to competing platforms. We
work to deepen our customer relationships through on-going
consultation, including quarterly customer advisory councils or
discussion groups. This helps us to deliver higher quality
services to our existing customers and anticipate the evolving
requirements of the industry as a whole. |
|
|
|
|
On-Demand Offering that Enables Rapid, Cost-Effective
Implementations. We provide our
e-commerce customer
transaction management solutions through an on-demand business
model, which enables us to deliver our proprietary technology
over the Internet as a service. Our customers do not have to
make large and risky upfront investments in software, additional
hardware, extensive implementation services and additional IT
staff at the their sites. This increases the attractiveness of
our transaction management solution to CSPs. Our expertise in
the CSP marketplace coupled with our open, scalable and secure
multi-tenant application architecture enables rapid
implementations and allows us to serve customers
cost-effectively. In addition, because all upgrades to our
software technology are implemented by us on our servers, they
automatically become part of our service and therefore benefit
all of our customers immediately. This typically results in a
lower total cost of ownership and increased return on investment
for our customers, as well as an infrastructure that can easily
be manipulated to provide our customers a rapid time to market
with new services by leveraging our interfaces to a plethora of
Operational Support Systems (OSS) and Business Support Systems
(BSS) of Service Providers. |
|
|
|
Experienced Senior Management Team. Each member of
our senior management team has over 12 years of relevant
industry experience, including prior employment with companies
in the CSP, communications software, and communications
infrastructure industries. This experience has enabled us to
develop strong relationships with our customers. Our senior
management team has been working together for the last three to
seven years, with Messrs. Waldis, Berry and Garcia having
worked together at Vertek Corporation prior to joining
Synchronoss. The collective experience of the Synchronoss
management team has also resulted in the receipt of various
awards, the most recent of which include the New Jersey
Technology Council 2005 Software/ Information Technology Company
of the Year and the |
49
|
|
|
naming of Synchronoss as one of the 50 fastest growing companies
in New Jersey for 2005 by NJBiz. In addition, Mr. Waldis
was named as the Ernst &Young Entrepreneur of the Year
in 2004 in Pennsylvania. |
Our Growth Strategy
Our growth strategy is to establish our
ActivationNow®
platform as the premium platform for leading providers of
communications services, while investing in extensions of the
services portfolio. Key elements of this strategy are:
|
|
|
Expand Customer Base and Target New and Converged Industry
Segments. The
ActivationNow®
platform is designed to address service providers and business
models across the range of the communications services market, a
capability we intend to exploit by targeting new industry
segments such as cable operators (MSOs), wireless broadband/
WiMAX operators and online content providers. Due to our deep
domain expertise and ability to integrate our services across a
variety of CSP networks, we believe we are well positioned to
provide services to converging technology markets, such as
providers offering integrated packages of voice, video, data
and/or wireless service. |
|
|
|
Continue to Exploit VoIP Industry Opportunities.
Continued rapid VoIP industry growth will expand the market and
demand for our services. Being the trusted partner to VoIP
industry leaders, including Vonage Holdings, Time Warner Cable
and Cablevision, positions us well to benefit from the evolving
needs, requirements and opportunities of the VoIP industry.
TeleGeographys VoIP 2005 Second Quarter Market Update
reported that the number of voice-over-broadband subscribers
increased 40% in the second quarter of 2005, from
1.9 million to 2.7 million. Voice-over-Broadband, or
VoB, is a relatively new service offering based on VoIP
technology. According to the same source, VoB subscribers have
grown 600% since the second quarter of 2004, when only 440,000
VoIP lines were in service. Quarterly voice-over-broadband
revenues grew from $151 million in the first quarter of
2005 to $220 million in the second quarter of 2005 and
revenues have grown 655% since the second quarter of 2004, when
voice-over-broadband subscribers generated just
$33 million. This information is consistent with the
Infonetics Research projection of VoIP subscribers in the North
American market growing to over 24 million subscribers in
2008. |
|
|
|
Enhance Current Wireless Industry Leadership.
Spending in the global wireless industry has grown significantly
in recent years. A Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA)
report states that spending in the US wireless market grew at a
double-digit growth rate in 2004. By 2008, the sector is
expected to have revenues of $212.5 billion representing a
10 percent compound annual growth rate from 2005 to 2008.
The up-tick in spending is happening because myriad advanced
applications are being offered, including wireless Internet
access, multimedia messaging, games and Wi-Fi. These
applications translate into new transaction types that we can
meld into our workflow management system. |
|
|
We currently process hundreds of thousands of wireless
transactions every month, which are driven by increasing
wireless subscribers and wireless subscriber churn resulting
from local number portability, service provider competition and
other factors. Beyond traditional wireless service providers, we
believe the fast-growing mobile virtual network operator, or
MVNO, marketplace presents us with attractive growth
opportunities. We believe that our ability to enable rapid
time-to-market through
deep domain expertise sets us apart from our competition in
attracting potential MVNO customers. |
|
|
Further Penetrate our Existing Customer Base. We
derive significant growth from our existing customers as they
continue to expand into new distribution channels, require new
service offerings and increase transaction volumes. As CSPs
expand consumer, business and indirect distribution they require
new transaction management solutions which drive increasing
amounts of transactions over our platform. Many customers
purchase multiple services from us, |
50
|
|
|
and we believe we are well-positioned to cross-sell additional
services to customers who do not currently purchase our full
services portfolio. In addition, the increasing importance and
expansion of Internet-based
e-commerce has led to
increased focus by CSPs on their
e-channel distribution,
thus providing another opportunity for us to further penetrate
existing customers. |
|
|
|
Expand Into New Geographic Markets. Our current
customers operate primarily in North America. We believe there
is an opportunity for us to obtain new customers outside of
North America. We currently intend to take our business global
by penetrating new geographic markets within the next two years,
particularly Europe, Asia/ Pacific and Latin America, as these
markets experience similar trends to those that have driven
growth in North America. |
|
|
|
Maintain Technology Leadership. Our proprietary
technology allows CSPs to bring together disparate systems and
manage the ordering, activation and provisioning of
communications services, allowing them to lower the cost of new
customer acquisition and product lifecycle management. We intend
to build upon our technology leadership by continuing to invest
in research and development to increase the automation of
processes and workflows, thus driving increased interest in our
solutions by making it more economical for CSPs to use us as a
third party solutions provider. In addition, we believe our
close relationships with our tier one CSPs will continue to
provide us with valuable insights into the challenges that are
creating demand for next-generation solutions. |
Products and Services
We are a leading provider of
e-commerce transaction
management solutions to the communications services marketplace
based on our penetration with key CSPs. Our offerings are
designed to allow our customers to respond to market demand
quickly and efficiently, to optimize service offerings and to
build stronger relationships with their customers.
ActivationNow®
Software Platform
Our
ActivationNow®
software platform addresses a service providers needs and
requirements with a flexible design which can scale with their
expanding business operations. The
ActivationNow®
platform is engineered to meet volume, speed to market and
service guarantees which are important differentiators of the
Synchronoss transaction management solution. The
ActivationNow®
platform is a fully hosted service delivered over the Internet
or a dedicated communication channel. Each new customer addition
comes with a fixed operation cost and with guaranteed service
levels. In addition,
ActivationNow®
provides complete work flow management, including exception
handling. Our
ActivationNow®
software platform:
|
|
|
|
|
Provides what we believe to be one of the lowest cost per gross
adds in the wireless
e-commerce market; |
|
|
|
Handles extraordinary transaction volumes with our scalable
platform; |
|
|
|
Delivers speed to market on new and existing offerings; and |
|
|
|
Guarantees performance backed by solid business metrics and SLAs. |
The
ActivationNow®
platform is designed to integrate with back-office systems,
allowing work to flow electronically across the service
providers organization while providing ready access to
performance and resource usage information. Our integrated
approach provides comprehensive support for current and emerging
services, network technologies and evolving business processes.
The
ActivationNow®
software platform is comprised of four distinct tiers, each
providing solutions to the most common and critical needs of our
customers.
51
|
|
|
PerformancePartner®Portal |
Our
PerformancePartner®
portal, the first tier of the
ActivationNow®
platform, is a graphical user interface that allows entry of
transaction data into the gateway. Through the
PerformancePartner®
portal, the CSPs can set up accounts, renew contracts and update
and submit new transactions for transaction management
processing.
Our gateways, the service provisioning subsystems and second
tier of the
ActivationNow®
platform, provide the capability to fulfill multiple
transactions. These gateways are the engines that support our
clients front-end portals, handling hundreds of thousands
of transactions on a monthly basis. Our gateways deliver
flexible architecture, supporting seamless entry and rapid time
to market for our CSP customers. In addition, these gateways
contain business rules to interact with the CSPs
back-office and third party trading partners.
Our WorkFlow Manager provides a seamless interaction with all
third party relationships, and enables CSPs to have a single
transaction view, including all relevant data from third-party
systems.
52
The Workflow Manager is designed to ensure that each customer
transaction is fulfilled accurately. The third tier of our
ActivationNow®
platform, the WorkFlow Manager, offers:
|
|
|
|
|
Flexible configuration to meet individual CSP requirements; |
|
|
|
Centralized queue management for maximum productivity; |
|
|
|
Real-time visibility for transaction revenues management; |
|
|
|
Exception handling management; |
|
|
|
Order view available during each stage of the transactional
process; and |
|
|
|
Uniform look and integrated experience. |
By streamlining all procurement processes from pre-order through
service activation and billing, our WorkFlow Manager reduces
many costs and time impediments that often delay the process of
delivering products and services to end-users.
|
|
|
Real-Time Visibility Manager |
Our Real-Time Visibility Manager provides historical trending
and mobile reporting to our CSP customers. The fourth tier of
our
ActivationNow®
platform supports best business practices and processes and
allows CSPs to assess whether daily metrics are met or exceeded.
The Real-Time Visibility Manager offers:
|
|
|
|
|
A centralized reporting platform that provides intelligent
analytics around entire workflow; |
|
|
|
Transaction management information; |
|
|
|
Historical trending; and |
|
|
|
Mobile reporting for key users to receive critical
e-commerce transaction
data on mobile devices. |
The Gateway Manager, WorkFlow Manager and Real-Time Visibility
Manager tiers are typically deployed by all of our customers.
The
PerformancePartner®
portal is deployed only if our customer does not have a
front-end portal to interact with end-user customers. All of our
four tiers are designed to be open and flexible to enable rapid
deployments. One critical function provided by our
ActivationNow®
platform design is information management. By making information
more accessible and useful, our
ActivationNow®
platform enables a service provider to manage its business more
efficiently, to provide more services with the highest possible
quality and to deliver superior customer care.
Our
ActivationNow®
platform is designed to recognize, isolate and address
transactions when there is insufficient information or other
erroneous process elements, through a suite of capabilities we
refer to as exception handling. Our solution offers
a centralized reporting platform that provides intelligent,
real-time analytics around the entire workflow related to an
e-commerce transaction.
The two tiers of our platform, the Workflow Manager and the
Real-Time Visibility Manager, identify, correct and process
non-automated transactions and exceptions in real-time, which we
believe are key differentiators for our solution.
Customers
Our typical customers are providers of communications services,
from traditional local and long-distance services to
Internet-based services. We serve wireless service providers,
such as Cingular Wireless; providers of VoIP services, such as
Vonage Holdings and Cablevision Systems Corporation; VoIP
enablers, such as Level 3 Communications and long distance
carriers, such as Verizon Business. We also serve emerging CSPs,
such as Clearwire. We maintain strong and collaborative
relationships with our customers, which we believe to be one of
our core competencies
53
and critical to our success. We are generally the only provider
of the services we offer to our customers. Our contracts
typically extend from 12 to 48 months in length and include
minimum transaction or revenues commitments from our customers.
All of our significant customers may terminate their contracts
for convenience upon written notice and payment of contractual
penalties. We have a long-standing relationship with Cingular
Wireless dating back to January 25, 2001 when we began
providing service to AT&T Wireless, which was subsequently
acquired by Cingular Wireless. In addition to other on-going
arrangements with Cingular Wireless, we are the primary provider
of e-commerce transaction management solutions for Cingular
Wireless under an agreement which was renewed and is effective
as of September 1, 2005 and runs through January of 2008.
Under the terms of this agreement, Cingular Wireless may
terminate its relationship with us for convenience, although we
believe it would encounter substantial costs in replacing our
transaction management solution.
For 2004, we received 82% of our revenues from AT&T
Wireless. Following the merger of AT&T Wireless and Cingular
Wireless on November 15, 2004, we received 80% of our
revenues from Cingular Wireless in 2005. Our three largest
customers, Cingular Wireless, Vonage and Cablevision, accounted
for between approximately 94% and 98% of our revenues in each of
the quarters of 2005.
Sales and Marketing
Sales
We market and sell our services primarily through a direct sales
force. To date, we have concentrated our sales efforts on a
range of CSPs that offer wireless, broadband, VoIP and wireline
services.
Following each sale, we assign account managers to provide
ongoing support and to identify additional sales opportunities.
We generate leads from contacts made through trade shows,
seminars, conferences, market research, our Web site, customers,
partners and our ongoing public relations program.
Our sales effort has thus far been focused on North American
customers. However, because of ongoing privatization and the
increasing competition among CSPs in international markets, we
intend to expand our sales and marketing efforts outside of
North America, through a combination of direct sales in selected
markets; continued partnerships; and the extension of our
relationships with existing customers as they expand into
international markets.
Marketing
We focus our marketing efforts on product initiatives, creating
awareness of our services and generating new sales
opportunities. We base our product management strategy on an
analysis of market requirements, competitive offerings and
projected cost savings. Our product managers are active in
numerous technology and industry forums at which we demonstrate
our e-commerce
transaction management solutions.
In addition, through our product marketing and marketing
communications functions, we manage and maintain our Web site,
publish product-related communications and educational white
papers and conduct seminars and user-group meetings. We also
have an active public-relations program and maintain
relationships with recognized industry analysts. We also
actively sponsor technology-related conferences and demonstrate
our solution at trade shows targeted at providers of
communications services.
Operations and Technology
Synchronoss leverages a common, proprietary
e-commerce information
technology platform, to deliver carrier-grade services to our
customers across communication market segments. Constructed
using a combination of internally developed and licensed
technologies, our
e-commerce platform
54
integrates our order management, gateway, workflow and reporting
into a unified system. The platform is a secure foundation to
build and offer additional services and to maximize performance,
scalability and reliability.
Exception Handling Services
We differentiate our services from both the internal and
competitive offerings by handling exceptions through both our
technology and human touch solutions, a substantial portion of
which is provided by third party vendors. Our business process
engineers optimize each workflow; however, there will be
exceptions and we handle these to ensure the highest quality
customer experience at the lowest cost. Our exception handling
services handle the customer communication touchpoints including
provisioning orders, inbound calls, automated IVR responses
(e.g., order status, address changes), web forums, inbound and
outbound email, proactive outbound calls (e.g., out of stock,
backorders, exceptions), and self-correct order tools. These
services are continuously reviewed for improved workflow and
automation. The primary third party vendors providing exception
handling services are Omniglobe International, L.L.C. and
HelpDesk Now, both of whom provide services under automatically
renewable contracts.
Data Center Facilities
For over five years, we have operated and maintained a data
center in Bethlehem, PA, and have consistently focused on the
security, technology, maintenance, staffing and reliability of
the data center facility. This secure facility houses all
customer-facing, production, test and development systems that
are the backbone of the services delivered to our customers. The
facility and all systems are monitored 7 days a week,
24 hours a day, and are protected via multiple layers of
physical and electronic security measures. In addition, a
redundant power supply ensures constant, regulated power into
the Managed Data Facility and a back-up generator system
provides power indefinitely to the facility in the event of a
utility power failure. All systems in the Managed Data Facility
are monitored for availability and performance using industry
standard tools such as HP
OpenView®,
Big
Brother®,
Oracle Enterprise
Manager®,
CiscoWorks®
and Empirix
OneSight®.
To ensure customer responsiveness, Synchronoss technical
staff members are available 7 days a week, 24 hours a
day, 365 days a year to ensure the continuous availability
of our systems.
Disaster Recovery Facility
Construction has begun on a second data center facility at the
companys corporate headquarters in Bridgewater, New
Jersey, and will be completed in the end of June, 2006. Physical
construction of the facility is nearly complete, and we have
begun the process of installing critical hardware and
back-up equipment. This
facility will be used to provide a hot site for disaster
recovery purposes. In the event of a major service disruption at
our primary facility, production application services will be
activated at the secondary facility and services will be
restored in a period of time required to meet all customer
facing service level agreements (SLAs) for availability and
service delivery.
Network
Synchronoss uses AT&T, a tier one service provider, to
provide a managed, fully-redundant network solution to deliver
enterprise scale services to its customers. Specifically,
Synchronoss has two OC-3 fiber optic rings, delivering 115MB/sec
of highly redundant bandwidth to the Bethlehem and Bridgewater
facilities. We are in the final phases of implementing a
significant upgrade to our wide area network infrastructure that
will support future business growth and strategy. This fiber
optic based solution will be fully operational in the first
quarter of 2006.
Customer Support
The Synchronoss Customer Service Center (CSC) acts as an
initial point of contact for all customer related issues and
requests. The CSC staff is available 7 days a week via
phone, email or pager to facilitate the diagnosis and resolution
of application and service related issues with which they are
presented. Issues that require further investigation are
immediately escalated to
55
Synchronoss product and infrastructure support teams on behalf
of the customer to provide the greatest speed of problem
resolution and highest levels of customer service.
Competition
Competition in our markets is intense and involves
rapidly-changing technologies and customer requirements, as well
as evolving industry standards and frequent product
introductions. We compete primarily on the basis of the breadth
of our domain expertise and our proprietary exception handling,
as well as on the basis of price,
time-to-market,
functionality, quality and breadth of product and service
offerings. We believe the most important factors making us a
strong competitor include:
|
|
|
|
|
the breadth and depth of our transaction management solutions,
including our exception handling technology; |
|
|
|
the quality and performance of our product; |
|
|
|
our high-quality customer service; |
|
|
|
our ability to implement and integrate solutions; |
|
|
|
the overall value of our software; and |
|
|
|
the references of our customers. |
The following summarizes the principal products and services
that compete with our solutions:
Our solutions compete with CSPs internally developed IT
systems. While many CSPs continue to rely upon their internal
solutions, we believe that due to the complexity of
telecommunications networking infrastructure, systems developed
in-house are often inefficient, costly and provide unreliable
results. We believe our solutions provide a lower total cost of
ownership, faster
time-to-market and the
ability to scale more rapidly based on end-user demand than
internally developed solutions.
Our solutions compete with gateway systems vendors such as
Neustar and VeriSign, which offer clearinghouse-type services
such as managing area codes and phone numbers, routing telephone
calls, managing Internet domain directories and securing
electronic commerce and communications. We do not currently
provide such services and therefore do not directly compete with
the clearinghouse-type services offered by gateway systems
vendors. In areas where we compete with gateway systems vendors,
we believe we differentiate ourselves by deploying exception
handling and managing transactions ranging from initial
subscription to customer lifecycle transactions, such as
on-going additions, subtractions and changes to services. We
believe our expertise and proprietary technology enable CSPs to
rely on us for complete transaction management solutions.
Our solutions also compete with systems integrators such as
Accenture. These vendors develop customized solutions for CSPs,
which typically involves building and operating a custom
e-commerce transaction
management solution. We believe our solutions provide lower
startup and ongoing maintenance costs, faster
time-to-market and
better economies of scale versus these vendors. In addition, we
differentiate ourselves with our ability to deploy exception
handling and manage transactions ranging from initial
subscription to customer lifecycle transactions.
We are aware of other software developers and smaller
entrepreneurial companies that are focusing significant
resources on developing and marketing products and services that
will compete with our
ActivationNow®
platform. We anticipate continued growth in the communications
industry and the entrance of new competitors in the order
processing and transaction management solution market and that
the market for our products and services will remain intensely
competitive.
56
Government Regulation
We are not currently subject to direct federal, state or local
government regulation, other than regulations that apply to
businesses generally. Our CSP customers are subject to
regulation by the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC.
Changes in FCC regulations that affect our existing or potential
customers could lead them to spend less on
e-commerce transaction
management solutions, which would reduce our revenues and could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
Intellectual Property
To establish and protect our intellectual property, we rely on a
combination of copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, as
well as confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions.
Synchronoss®,
the Synchronoss logo,
PerformancePartner®
and
ActivationNow®
are registered trademarks of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. In
addition to legal protections, we rely on the technical and
creative skills of our employees, frequent product enhancements
and improved product quality to maintain a technology-leadership
position. We cannot be certain that others will not develop
technologies that are similar or superior to our technology.
We generally enter into confidentiality and invention assignment
agreements with our employees and confidentiality agreements
with our alliance partners and customers, and generally control
access to and distribution of our software, documentation and
other proprietary information.
Employees
We believe that our growth and success is attributable in large
part to our employees and an experienced management team, many
members of which have years of industry experience in building,
implementing, marketing and selling transaction management
solutions critical to business operations. We intend to continue
training our employees as well as developing and promoting our
culture and believe such efforts provide us with a sustainable
competitive advantage. We offer a work environment that enables
employees to make meaningful contributions, as well as incentive
programs to continue to motivate and reward our employees.
As of February 9, 2006, we had 117 full-time employees
of whom:
|
|
|
|
|
7 were in sales and marketing; |
|
|
|
45 were in research and development; |
|
|
|
10 were in finance and administration; and |
|
|
|
55 were in operations. |
None of our employees are covered by any collective bargaining
agreements.
Facilities
We lease approximately 21,150 square feet of office space
in Bridgewater, New Jersey. In addition to our principal office
space in Bridgewater, New Jersey, we lease facilities and
offices in Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, Edison, New Jersey and
Redmond, Washington. Lease terms for these locations expire
between 2006 and 2009. We believe that the facilities we now
lease are sufficient to meet our needs through at least the next
12 months. However, we may require additional office space
after that time, and we now are evaluating expansion
possibilities.
Legal Proceedings
We are not currently subject to any legal proceedings; however,
we may from time to time become a party to various legal
proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business.
57
MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers and Directors
Our executive officers and directors, and their ages as of a
recent date, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age | |
|
Position |
|
|
| |
|
|
Stephen G. Waldis
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors,
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
Lawrence R. Irving
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer
|
David E. Berry
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
Vice President and Chief Technology
Officer
|
Robert Garcia
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
Executive Vice President of Product
Management and Service Delivery
|
Peter Halis
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
Executive Vice President of
Operations
|
Chris Putnam
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
Executive Vice President of Sales
|
William Cadogan(1)(2)(3)
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
Director
|
Thomas J. Hopkins(1)(2)
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
Director
|
James McCormick(2)(3)
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
Director
|
Scott Yaphe(1)(3)
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
Director
|
|
|
(1) |
Member of Audit Committee. |
|
(2) |
Member of Compensation Committee. |
|
(3) |
Member of Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. |
Stephen G. Waldis has served as President and
Chief Executive Officer of Synchronoss since founding the
company in 2000 and has served as Chairman of the Board of
Directors since February of 2001. Before founding Synchronoss,
from 1994 to 2000, Mr. Waldis served as Chief Operating
Officer at Vertek Corporation, a privately held professional
services company serving the telecommunications industry. From
1992 to 1994, Mr. Waldis served as Vice President of Sales
and Marketing of Logical Design Solutions, a provider of telecom
and interactive solutions. From 1989 to 1992, Mr. Waldis
worked in various technical and product management roles at
AT&T. Mr. Waldis received a degree in corporate
communications from Seton Hall University.
Lawrence R. Irving has served as Chief Financial
Officer and Treasurer of Synchronoss since July 2001. Before
joining Synchronoss, from 1998 to 2001, Mr. Irving served
as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer at CommTech
Corporation, a telecommunications software provider that was
acquired by ADC Telecommunications. From 1995 to 1998,
Mr. Irving served as Chief Financial Officer of Holmes
Protection Group, a publicly traded company which was acquired
by Tyco International. Mr. Irving is a certified public
accountant and a member of the New York State Society of
Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Irving received a degree
in accounting from Pace University.
David E. Berry has served as Vice President and
Chief Technology Officer of Synchronoss since 2000. Before
joining Synchronoss, Mr. Berry served as both technical
sales support and lead architect at Vertek Corporation from 1995
to 1998, where he developed the first generation of online
technologies for
e-commerce customers.
Mr. Berry received a bachelor of science degree in
mathematics and computer science from Fairfield University.
Robert Garcia has served as Executive Vice
President of Product Management and Service Delivery and General
Manager of the western office of Synchronoss since August 2000.
Before joining Synchronoss, Mr. Garcia was a Senior
Business Consultant with Vertek Corporation from January 1999 to
August 2000. Mr. Garcia has also held senior management
positions with Philips Lighting Company and Johnson &
Johnson Company. Mr. Garcia received a bachelor of science
degree in logistics and economics from St. Johns
University in New York.
58
Peter Halis has served as Executive Vice President
of Operations of Synchronoss since 2002. Before joining
Synchronoss, from 2000 to 2002, Mr. Halis was a worldwide
partner and practice leader of the Northeast Technology, Media
and Communications Practice of Arthur Andersen LLP, an
accounting and consulting company. Mr. Halis received a
bachelor of science degree in computer science and master of
business administration degree in corporate finance both from
New York University.
Chris Putnam has been with Synchronoss since
January 2004, and has served as Executive Vice President of
Sales of Synchronoss since April 2005. Mr. Putnam leads the
Companys new business initiatives and sales teams, and is
responsible for strategic account acquisitions such as Vonage
and Level 3 Communications. His background includes
supporting both the service provider and manufacturer
communities in sales, sales management and business development
capacities. Prior to joining Synchronoss, from 1999 to 2004,
Mr. Putnam served as Director of Sales for Perot
Systems Telecommunications business unit.
William Cadogan has been a member of our board of
directors since October 2005. In April of 2001, Mr. Cadogan
began serving as a Senior Managing Director with Vesbridge
Partners, LLC, formerly St. Paul Venture Capital, a venture
capital firm. Mr. Cadogan served as Chief Executive Officer
and Chairman of the board of directors of Mahi Networks, Inc., a
leading supplier of multi-service optical transport and
switching solutions, from November 2004 until its merger with
Meriton Networks in October 2005. Prior to joining St. Paul
Venture Capital in April 2001, Mr. Cadogan was Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer of Minnesota-based ADC, Inc., a leading
global supplier of telecommunications infrastructure products
and services. Mr. Cadogan received a bachelors degree
in electrical engineering from Northeastern University and a
master in business administration degree from the Wharton School
at the University of Pennsylvania.
Thomas J. Hopkins is a Managing Director of
Colchester Capital, LLC, an investment and advisory firm. Prior
to Colchester Capital, Mr. Hopkins was involved in
investment banking for over 17 years, principally at
Deutsche Bank (and its predecessor Alex. Brown & Sons),
Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Bear Stearns. He began his
investment banking career at Drexel Burnham Lambert. Prior to
investment banking, Mr. Hopkins was a lawyer for several
years. Mr. Hopkins received a bachelor of arts degree from
Dartmouth College, a juris doctorate from Villanova University
School of Law and a master in business administration degree
from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.
James McCormick is a founder of Synchronoss, has
been a member of our board of directors since the companys
inception and served as our Treasurer from September 2000 until
December 2001. Mr. McCormick is founder and Chief Executive
Officer of Vertek Corporation. Prior to founding Vertek in 1988,
Mr. McCormick was a member of the Technical Staff at
AT&T Bell Laboratories. Mr. McCormick was also a
founding member and director of Formity Systems, a provider of
telecommunications asset management software. Mr. McCormick
received a bachelor of science in computer science from the
University of Vermont and a master of science degree in computer
science from the University of California Berkeley.
Scott Yaphe has been a member of our board of
directors since July 2003. Mr. Yaphe is a Partner at ABS
Ventures, a venture capital firm. Prior to joining ABS Ventures,
from June 1999 to October 2000, Mr. Yaphe was Director of
Corporate Development at Saraide, a wireless software developer
that was acquired by Infospace Inc. Prior to 2000,
Mr. Yaphe was a management consultant at A.T. Kearney,
Inc., a consulting firm. Mr. Yaphe received a master in
business administration degree from the Harvard Business School
and a bachelor of commerce from McGill University.
Corporate Governance and Board Composition
Corporate governance is a system that allocates duties and
authority among a companys stockholders, board of
directors and management. The stockholders elect the board and
vote on
59
extraordinary matters; the board is the companys governing
body, responsible for hiring, overseeing and evaluating
management, including the Chief Executive Officer, and
management runs the companys
day-to-day operations.
Our board of directors is comprised of at least a majority of
independent directors, and believes that it is useful and
appropriate to have our Chief Executive Officer also serve as
our Chairman of the board.
Classification of Directors. We currently have
five directors, several of whom were elected as directors under
the board composition provisions of a stockholders agreement and
our restated certificate of incorporation that will be
terminated upon the closing of this offering. The board
composition provisions of the stockholders agreement and our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation will be
terminated upon the closing of this offering. Upon the
termination of these provisions, there will be no further
contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors.
Our directors hold office until their successors have been
elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation
or removal.
Following the offering, the board of directors will be divided
into three classes with members of each class of directors
serving for staggered three-year terms. The board of directors
will consist initially of two Class I directors (currently
Mr. and
Mr. ),
two Class II directors (currently
Mr. and
Mr. )
and one Class III director (currently
Mr. ),
whose initial terms will expire at the annual meetings of
stockholders held in 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Our
classified board could have the effect of making it more
difficult for a third party to acquire control of us. For more
information on the classified board, see Description of
Capital Stock.
Mr. Waldis, our President and Chief Executive Officer,
currently serves as the chairman of our board of directors and
will continue to do so following the offering.
Independent Directors. Each of our directors other
than Mr. Waldis and Mr. McCormick qualifies as an
independent director in accordance with the published listing
requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market, or Nasdaq. The Nasdaq
independence definition includes a series of objective tests,
such as that the director is not also one of our employees and
has not engaged in various types of business dealings with us.
In addition, as further required by the Nasdaq rules, our board
of directors has made a subjective determination as to each
independent director that no relationships exist which, in the
opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the
exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the
responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations,
our directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the
directors and us with regard to each directors business
and personal activities as they may relate to us and our
management.
Board Structure and Committees. Our board of
directors has established an audit committee, a compensation
committee and a nomination and corporate governance committee.
Our board of directors and its committees set schedules to meet
throughout the year, and also can hold special meetings and act
by written consent from time to time as appropriate. The
independent directors of our board of directors also will hold
separate regularly scheduled executive session meetings at least
twice a year at which only independent directors are present.
Our board of directors has delegated various responsibilities
and authority to its committees as generally described below.
The committees will regularly report on their activities and
actions to the full board of directors. With the exception of
James McCormick, each member of each committee of our board of
directors qualifies as an independent director in accordance
with the Nasdaq standards described above. Each committee of our
board of directors has a written charter approved by our board
of directors. Upon the effectiveness of the registration
statement of which this prospectus forms a part, copies of each
charter will be posted on our Web site at
http://www.synchronoss.com under the Investor Relations section.
The inclusion of our Web site address in this prospectus does
not include or incorporate by reference the information on our
Web site into this prospectus.
Audit Committee. The audit committee of our board
of directors reviews and monitors our corporate financial
statements and reporting and our external audits, including,
among other things,
60
our internal controls and audit functions, the results and scope
of the annual audit and other services provided by our
independent registered public accounting firm and our compliance
with legal matters that have a significant impact on our
financial statements. Our audit committee also consults with our
management and our independent registered public accounting firm
prior to the presentation of financial statements to
stockholders and, as appropriate, initiates inquiries into
aspects of our financial affairs. Our audit committee is
responsible for establishing procedures for the receipt,
retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting,
internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and for the
confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns
regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters, and has
established such procedures to become effective upon the
effectiveness of the registration statement of which this
prospectus forms a part. In addition, our audit committee is
directly responsible for the appointment, retention,
compensation and oversight of the work of our independent
auditors, including approving services and fee arrangements. All
related party transactions will be approved by our audit
committee before we enter into them. The current members of our
audit committee are Thomas J. Hopkins, William Cadogan and Scott
Yaphe.
In addition to qualifying as independent under the Nasdaq rules,
each member of our audit committee can read and has an
understanding of fundamental financial statements.
Our audit committee includes at least one member who has been
determined by our board of directors to meet the qualifications
of an audit committee financial expert in accordance with SEC
rules. Mr. Hopkins is the independent director who has been
determined to be an audit committee financial expert. This
designation is a disclosure requirement of the SEC related to
Mr. Hopkins experience and understanding with respect
to certain accounting and auditing matters. The designation does
not impose on Mr. Hopkins any duties, obligations or
liability that are greater than are generally imposed on him as
a member of our audit committee and our board of directors, and
his designation as an audit committee financial expert pursuant
to this SEC requirement does not affect the duties, obligations
or liability of any other member of our audit committee or board
of directors.
Compensation Committee. The compensation committee
of our board of directors reviews, makes recommendations to the
board and approves our compensation policies and all forms of
compensation to be provided to our executive officers and
directors, including, among other things, annual salaries,
bonuses, and stock option and other incentive compensation
arrangements. In addition, our compensation committee will
administer our stock option plans, including reviewing and
granting stock options, with respect to our executive officers
and directors, and may from time to time assist our board of
directors in administering our stock option plans with respect
to all of our other employees. Our compensation committee also
reviews and approves other aspects of our compensation policies
and matters. The current members of our compensation committee
are William Cadogan, Thomas J. Hopkins and James McCormick.
Nomination and Governance Committee. The
nomination and governance committee of our board of directors
will review and report to our board of directors on a periodic
basis with regard to matters of corporate governance, and will
review, assess and make recommendations on the effectiveness of
our corporate governance policies. In addition, our nomination
and governance committee will review and make recommendations to
our board of directors regarding the size and composition of our
board of directors and the appropriate qualities and skills
required of our directors in the context of the then current
make-up of our board of
directors. This will include an assessment of each
candidates independence, personal and professional
integrity, financial literacy or other professional or business
experience relevant to an understanding of our business, ability
to think and act independently and with sound judgment, and
ability to serve our stockholders long-term interests.
These factors, and others as considered useful by our nomination
and governance committee, will be reviewed in the context of an
assessment of the perceived needs of our board of directors at a
particular point in time. As a result, the priorities and
emphasis of our nomination and governance committee and of our
board of directors may change from time to time to take into
61
account changes in business and other trends, and the portfolio
of skills and experience of current and prospective directors.
Our nomination and governance committee will establish
procedures for the nomination process and lead the search for,
select and recommend candidates for election to our board of
directors (subject to legal rights, if any, of third parties to
nominate or appoint directors). Consideration of new director
candidates typically will involve a series of committee
discussions, review of information concerning candidates and
interviews with selected candidates. Candidates for nomination
to our board of directors typically have been suggested by other
members of our board of directors or by our executive officers.
From time to time, our nomination and governance committee may
engage the services of a third-party search firm to identify
director candidates. After this offering, our nomination and
governance committee will select the candidates for election to
our board of directors. Our nomination and governance committee
will consider candidates proposed in writing by stockholders,
provided such proposal meets the eligibility requirements for
submitting stockholder proposals for inclusion in our next proxy
statement and is accompanied by certain required information
about the candidate. Candidates proposed by stockholders will be
evaluated by our nomination and governance committee using the
same criteria as for all other candidates. The members of our
nomination and governance committee are William Cadogan, James
McCormick and Scott Yaphe.
Code of Ethics and Business Conduct. Our board of
directors has adopted a code of ethics and business conduct that
will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration
statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and that will
apply to all of our employees, officers (including our principal
executive officer, principal financial officer, principal
accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar
functions) and directors. Upon the effectiveness of the
registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part,
the full text of our code of ethics and business conduct will be
posted on our Web site at http://www.synchronoss.com under the
Investor Relations section. We intend to disclose future
amendments to certain provisions of our code of ethics and
business conduct, or waivers of such provisions, applicable to
our directors and executive officers (including our principal
executive officer, principal financial officer, principal
accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar
functions), at the same location on our Web site identified
above and also in a Current Report on
Form 8-K within
four business days following the date of such amendment or
waiver. The inclusion of our Web site address in this prospectus
does not include or incorporate by reference the information on
our Web site into this prospectus.
Director Compensation
Following this offering, each non-employee member of our board
of directors will be entitled to receive an annual retainer of
$25,000. In addition, each non-employee director serving on our
audit committee, compensation committee and nomination and
governance committee will be entitled to an annual retainer of
$7,500, $5,000 and $5,000, respectively, and the chair of each
such committee will be entitled to an additional annual retainer
of $7,500, $5,000 and $5,000, respectively. The retainer fees
will be paid in four quarterly payments on the first day of each
calendar quarter.
Non-employee directors will also be entitled to an initial stock
option award to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock
upon such directors election to our board of directors.
The option will become exercisable for 33% of the shares after
one year of service as a director and the balance vesting equal
monthly installments over the remaining two years. Each
year thereafter, beginning in January of 2007, each non-employee
director will receive an annual stock option award to
purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock on the
first day of every January, which will vest in equal
monthly installments over the following year. All such options
will be granted at the fair market value on the date of the
award. For further information regarding the equity compensation
of our non-employee directors, see Management
Automatic Option Grant Program.
We currently have a policy to reimburse directors for travel,
lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection
with their attendance at board and committee meetings.
62
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider
Participation
The compensation committee of the board of directors currently
consists of William Cadogan, Thomas J. Hopkins and James
McCormick. None of our executive officers has ever served as a
member of the board of directors or compensation committee of
any other entity that has or has had one or more executive
officers serving as a member of our board of directors or our
compensation committee.
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification
Prior to the effective date of this offering, we will enter into
indemnification agreements with each of our directors. The form
of agreement provides that we will indemnify each of our
directors against any and all expenses incurred by that director
because of his or her status as one of our directors, to the
fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws. In
addition, the form agreement provides that, to the fullest
extent permitted by Delaware law, but subject to various
exceptions, we will advance all expenses incurred by our
directors in connection with a legal proceeding.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws
contain provisions relating to the limitation of liability and
indemnification of directors. The amended and restated
certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will
not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary
damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except
for liability:
|
|
|
|
|
for any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to us or
our stockholders; |
|
|
|
for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; |
|
|
|
in respect of unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock
repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of
the Delaware General Corporation Law; or |
|
|
|
for any transaction from which the director derives any improper
personal benefit. |
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also
provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by
our stockholders of the certificate of incorporation to
authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the
personal liability of directors, then the liability of our
directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent
permitted by Delaware law. The foregoing provisions of the
amended and restated certificate of incorporation are not
intended to limit the liability of directors or officers for any
violation of applicable federal securities laws. As permitted by
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that
we may indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted
by Delaware law and the restated certificate of incorporation
provisions relating to indemnity may not be retroactively
repealed or modified so as to adversely affect the protection of
our directors.
In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law, our bylaws provide that we are
authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our
directors and officers and we are authorized to purchase
directors and officers liability insurance, which we
currently maintain to cover our directors and executive officers.
63
Executive Compensation
Compensation Earned
The following summarizes the compensation earned during 2005 by
our chief executive officer and our four other most highly
compensated executive officers who were serving as executive
officers on December 31, 2005. We refer to these
individuals as our named executive officers. In
accordance with SEC rules, the compensation in this table does
not include certain perquisites and other personal benefits
received by the named executive officers that did not exceed the
lesser of $50,000 or 10% of any officers aggregate salary
and bonus reported in this table.
Summary Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Compensation | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
All Other | |
|
|
|
|
Other Annual | |
|
Compensation(1) | |
Name and Principal |
|
|
|
Salary | |
|
Bonus | |
|
Compensation | |
|
| |
Position |
|
Year | |
|
$ | |
|
$ | |
|
($) | |
|
$ | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Stephen G. Waldis
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
249,984 |
|
|
|
652,789 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
Chairman of the Board of
Directors,
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lawrence R. Irving(2)
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
210,000 |
|
|
|
233,283 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David E. Berry
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
227,783 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
Vice President and
Chief Technology Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert Garcia
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
197,083 |
|
|
|
272,550 |
|
|
|
84,239 |
(3) |
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
Executive Vice
President of Product Management and
Service Delivery
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peter Halis(2)
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
204,000 |
|
|
|
227,709 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
Executive Vice President of
Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
The amount shown under All Other Compensation in the table above
represents 401(k) matching contributions. |
|
|
(2) |
No restricted stock grants were made to our named officers
during the year. As of December 31, 2005, Mr. Irving
held 4,839 restricted shares of our common stock, which had a
value as of that date of $21,000, based on the determination by
our board of directors of fair market value of our common stock
as of December 31, 2005. As of December 31, 2005,
Mr. Halis held 40,644 restricted shares of our common
stock, which had a value as of that date of $251,832. In each
case, the purchaser shall vest with respect to the number of
shares that would vest over a
12-month period if
Synchronoss is subject to a change in control before the
purchasers service terminates and the purchaser is subject
to an involuntary termination within 12 months following
such change in control. |
|
|
|
(3) |
The amount shown under Other Annual Compensation in the table
above represents relocation expenses paid by the Company. |
|
64
Stock Options
The following table presents for our named executive officers
the number and value of securities underlying unexercised
options that are held by these executive officers as of
December 31, 2005. No options or stock appreciation rights
were granted to or exercised by these executive officers in the
last fiscal year, and no stock appreciation rights were
outstanding at the end of that year. Subsequent to 2005, David
Berry exercised 30,000 shares at $0.29 per share.
Options granted to the named executive officers before
September 30, 2003 were immediately exercisable with the
underlying shares subject to our right of repurchase in the
event that the optionees employment terminated prior to
full vesting. Our right of repurchase lapses as to 25% of the
shares subject to the option on the one-year anniversary of the
date of grant and an additional 2.0833% each month thereafter.
The figures in the value of unexercised
in-the-money options at
fiscal year end column are based on the midpoint of our
initial public offering price range, less the exercise price
paid or payable for these shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities | |
|
|
|
|
Underlying Unexercised | |
|
Value of Unexercised | |
|
|
Options at | |
|
In-the-Money Options at | |
|
|
December 31, 2005 | |
|
December 31, 2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Name |
|
Exercisable | |
|
Unexercisable | |
|
Exercisable | |
|
Unexercisable | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Stephen G. Waldis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lawrence R. Irving
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David E. Berry
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
Peter Halis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert Garcia
|
|
|
110,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
Employee Benefit Plans
2006 Equity Incentive Plan
Our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan was adopted by our board of
directors
on ,
2006 and is expected to be approved by our stockholders. The
2006 Equity Incentive Plan will become effective on the
effective date of the registration statement of which this
prospectus is a part. Our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan replaces
our 2000 Stock Plan, our prior plan. No further option grants
will be made under our 2000 Stock Plan after this offering. The
options outstanding after this offering under the 2000 Stock
Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms.
Share Reserve. We have
reserved shares
of our common stock for issuance under the 2006 Equity Incentive
Plan, plus the number of shares remaining available for issuance
under our 2000 Stock Plan, of which no more
than shares
may be issued as direct stock awards. The number of shares
reserved for issuance under the stock incentive plan will be
increased automatically on January 1 of each year by a number
equal to the lesser of:
|
|
|
|
|
shares; or |
|
|
|
% of
the shares of common stock outstanding at that time. |
In general, if options or shares awarded under the 2000 Stock
Plan or the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan are forfeited or
repurchased, then those options or shares will again become
available for awards under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.
Administration. The compensation committee of our
board of directors administers the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.
The committee has the complete discretion to make all decisions
relating to our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. The compensation
committee may also reprice outstanding options and modify
outstanding awards in other ways.
65
Eligibility. Employees, members of our board of
directors who are not employees and consultants are eligible to
participate in our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.
Types of Award. Our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan
provides for the following types of awards:
|
|
|
|
|
incentive and nonstatutory stock options to purchase shares of
our common stock; |
|
|
|
restricted shares of our common stock; and |
|
|
|
stock appreciation rights and stock units. |
Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. The
exercise price for options granted under the 2006 Equity
Incentive Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market
value of our common stock on the option grant date. Optionees
may pay the exercise price by using:
|
|
|
|
|
cash; |
|
|
|
shares of common stock that the optionee already owns; |
|
|
|
a full-recourse promissory note, but this form of payment is not
available to executive officers or directors; |
|
|
|
an immediate sale of the option shares through a broker
designated by us; or |
|
|
|
a loan from a broker designated by us, secured by the option
shares. |
A participant who exercises a stock appreciation right receives
the increase in value of our common stock over the base price.
The base price for stock appreciation rights granted under the
2006 Equity Incentive Plan shall be determined by the
compensation committee. The settlement value of the stock
appreciation right may be paid in cash or shares of common
stock. Options and stock appreciation rights vest at the times
determined by the compensation committee. In most cases, our
options and stock appreciation rights will vest over a four-year
period following the date of grant. Options and stock
appreciation rights generally expire 10 years after they
are granted. The compensation committee may provide for a longer
term except that options and stock appreciation rights generally
expire earlier if the participants service terminates
earlier. No participant may receive options or stock
appreciation rights under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan
covering more
than shares
in one calendar year, except that a newly hired employee may
receive options or stock appreciation rights covering up
to shares
in the first year of employment.
Restricted Shares and Stock Units. Restricted shares may
be awarded under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan in return for:
|
|
|
|
|
cash; |
|
|
|
a full-recourse promissory note; |
|
|
|
services already provided to us; and |
|
|
|
in the case of treasury shares only, services to be provided to
us in the future. |
Restricted shares vest at the times determined by the
compensation committee. Stock units may be awarded under the
2006 Equity Incentive Plan. No cash consideration shall be
required of the award recipients. Stock units may be granted in
consideration of a reduction in the recipients other
compensation or in consideration of services rendered. Each
award of stock units may or may not be subject to vesting and
vesting, if any, shall occur upon satisfaction of the conditions
specified by the compensation committee. Settlement of vested
stock units may be made in the form of cash, shares of common
stock or a combination of both.
Change in Control. If a change in control of
Synchronoss occurs, an option or award under the 2006 Equity
Incentive Plan will generally not accelerate vesting unless the
surviving corporation does not assume the option or award or
replace it with a comparable award. Generally, if an option or
award is assumed or replaced on a change in control and if the
holders employment or service is
66
involuntarily terminated without cause within twelve months
following the change in control then the award will become
exercisable and vested as to an additional number of shares as
if the holder had remained in service for an additional twelve
months. A change in control includes:
|
|
|
|
|
a merger of Synchronoss after which our own stockholders own 50%
or less of the surviving corporation or its parent company; |
|
|
|
a sale of all or substantially all of our assets; |
|
|
|
a proxy contest that results in the replacement of more than
one-half of our directors over a
24-month period; or |
|
|
|
an acquisition of 50% or more of our outstanding stock by any
person or group, other than a person related to Synchronoss,
such as a holding company owned by our stockholders. |
Automatic Option Grant Program. On
October 21, 2005, our board of directors approved a program
of automatic option grants for non-employee directors under the
2006 Equity Incentive Plan on the terms specified below:
|
|
|
|
|
Each non-employee director who first joins our board of
directors after the effective date of the 2006 Equity Incentive
Plan will receive an initial option for 25,000 shares. The
initial grant of this option will occur when the director takes
office. The option will vest in three equal annual installments. |
|
|
|
Each January beginning with January of 2007, each non-employee
director who will continue to be a director after that meeting
will automatically be granted an option for 10,000 shares
of our common stock. However, a new non-employee director who is
receiving the initial option will not receive this option in the
same calendar year. The option will vest in equal monthly
installments over the one-year period following the option grant. |
|
|
|
A non-employee directors option granted under this program
will become fully vested upon a change in control of Synchronoss. |
|
|
|
The exercise price of each non-employee directors option
will be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on
the option grant date. A director may pay the exercise price by
using cash, shares of common stock that the director already
owns, or an immediate sale of the option shares through a broker
designated by us. The non-employee directors options have
a 10-year term, except
that they expire one year after the director leaves the board of
directors. |
Amendments or Termination. Our board of directors
may amend or terminate the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan at any
time. If our board of directors amends the plan, it does not
need to ask for stockholder approval of the amendment unless
applicable law requires it. The 2006 Equity Incentive Plan will
continue in effect indefinitely, unless the board of directors
decides to terminate the plan.
As of December 31, 2005, we had outstanding options under
the prior plan to purchase an aggregate of 1,079,480 shares
of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.29 to
$10.00 per share, or a weighted average per share exercise
price of $1.40. A total
of shares
of common stock are available for future issuance under the 2006
Equity Incentive Plan.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Our Employee Stock Purchase Plan was adopted by our board of
directors
on ,
2006 and is expected to be approved by our stockholders. The
Employee Stock Purchase Plan will become effective on a date
after the effective date of the registration statement of which
this prospectus is a part to be determined by our board of
directors. Our Employee Stock Purchase Plan is intended to
qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code.
67
Share Reserve. We have
reserved shares
of our common stock for issuance under the plan.
Administration. The compensation committee of our
board of directors will administer the plan.
Eligibility. All of our employees are eligible to
participate if we employ them for more than 20 hours per
week and for more than five months per year. Eligible employees
may begin participating in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan at
the start of any offering period.
Offering Periods. In general, each offering period
is 24 months long, but a new offering period begins every
six months or on such other date as determined by our board of
directors. Thus up to four overlapping offering periods may be
in effect at the same time. An offering period continues to
apply to a participant for the full 24 months, unless the
market price of common stock is lower when a subsequent offering
period begins. In that event, the subsequent offering period
automatically becomes the applicable period for purposes of
determining the purchase price. The first offering period is
expected to commence shortly after the effective date of this
offering and will end on January 31, 2008.
Amount of Contributions. Our Employee Stock
Purchase Plan permits each eligible employee to purchase common
stock through payroll deductions. Each employees payroll
deductions may not exceed 15% of the employees cash
compensation. Purchases of our common stock will generally occur
on January 31 and July 31 of each year, except that
the first purchase will occur at least 6 months after the
date of this prospectus. Each participant may purchase up to the
number of shares determined by our board of directors on any
purchase date, not to
exceed shares.
The value of the shares purchased in any calendar year may not
exceed $25,000. Participants may withdraw their contributions at
any time before stock is purchased.
Purchase Price. The price of each share of common
stock purchased under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan will not
be less than 85% of the lower of:
|
|
|
|
|
the fair market value per share of common stock on the date
immediately before the first day of the applicable offering
period, or |
|
|
|
the fair market value per share of common stock on the purchase
date. |
Other Provisions. Employees may end their
participation in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan at any time.
Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment
with Synchronoss. If a change in control of Synchronoss occurs,
our Employee Stock Purchase Plan will end and shares will be
purchased with the payroll deductions accumulated to date by
participating employees. Our board of directors may amend or
terminate the Employee Stock Purchase Plan at any time. Our
chief executive officer may also amend non-material provisions
of the plan. If our board of directors increases the number of
shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the plan,
except for the automatic increases described above, it must seek
the approval of our stockholders.
68
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Since January 1, 2003, there has not been, nor is there
currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar
transactions to which we were or are a party in which the amount
involved exceeded or exceeds $60,000 and in which any of our
directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any
class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate
family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a
direct or indirect material interest, other than:
|
|
|
|
|
compensation arrangements, which are described where required
under Management; and |
|
|
|
the transactions described below. |
We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set
forth below on terms no less favorable to us than we could have
obtained from unaffiliated third parties. It is our intention to
ensure that all future transactions between us and our officers,
directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates, are
approved by a majority of the board of directors, including a
majority of the independent and disinterested members of the
board of directors, and are on terms no less favorable to us
than those that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties.
Registration Rights Agreement
In November 2000, we entered into a registration rights
agreement with certain of our Series A stockholders
pursuant to which we granted such stockholders certain
registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock
issuable upon conversion of the shares of our Series A
convertible preferred stock held by them. The agreement was
approved by a majority of our board of directors, including a
majority of the independent and disinterested members of the
board of directors. For more information regarding this
agreement, see Description of Capital Stock
Registration Rights.
Investors Rights Agreement
In December 2000, we entered into an amended and restated
investors rights agreement with certain holders of our common
stock, Series 1 convertible preferred stock and
Series A convertible preferred stock. The agreement was
approved by a majority of our board of directors, including a
majority of the independent and disinterested members of the
board of directors. Pursuant to the agreement, certain
restrictions have been placed upon the sale of shares of common
stock by James McCormick and Stephen G. Waldis. The agreement
also provides for the election of certain stockholder-designated
directors to our board of directors and requires that we provide
certain information rights to selected stockholders of the
Company. The agreement will terminate upon a firm commitment
initial public offering with an aggregate offering price of at
least $20 million and per share price of at least $8.70. We
anticipate that the amended and restated investors rights
agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering.
Transactions with our Executive Officers and Directors
Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter
into indemnification agreements with each of our directors,
providing for indemnification against expenses and liabilities
reasonably incurred in connection with their service for us on
our behalf. For more information regarding these agreements, see
Management Limitation of Liability and
Indemnification.
Loans to Executive Officers.
We provided loans to the employees specified below for the
purpose of their exercise of options to purchase shares of our
common stock. Each loan was approved by a majority of our board
of directors, including a majority of the independent and
disinterested members of the board of directors. The loans bore
interest at rates ranging from 2.8% to 6.3%. The shares acquired
under the loan were pledged as security for the promissory note
evidencing such loan. All of the loans were repaid by
June 30, 2005.
69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of | |
|
|
|
Indebtedness | |
|
|
|
|
Principal | |
|
Shares Acquired | |
|
Date of | |
|
as of | |
|
Indebtedness | |
Name & Title |
|
Amount | |
|
with Loan | |
|
Loan | |
|
5/31/05* | |
|
as of 6/30/05 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Stephen G. Waldis
|
|
$ |
325,003 |
|
|
|
1,120,700 |
|
|
|
1/26/01 |
|
|
$ |
195,701 |
|
|
|
$ 0 |
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors,
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lawrence R. Irving
|
|
$ |
68,078 |
|
|
|
234,750 |
|
|
|
6/1/01 |
|
|
$ |
81,758 |
|
|
|
$ 0 |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and
|
|
$ |
22,454 |
|
|
|
77,428 |
|
|
|
7/9/02 |
|
|
$ |
24,311 |
|
|
|
$ 0 |
|
|
Treasurer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David E. Berry
|
|
$ |
31,000 |
|
|
|
155,000 |
|
|
|
10/27/00 |
|
|
$ |
39,979 |
|
|
|
$ 0 |
|
|
Vice President and Chief
|
|
$ |
5,800 |
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
1/26/01 |
|
|
$ |
7,288 |
|
|
|
$ 0 |
|
|
Technology Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peter Halis
|
|
$ |
113,152 |
|
|
|
390,178 |
|
|
|
7/9/02 |
|
|
$ |
122,512 |
|
|
|
$ 0 |
|
|
Executive Vice President of
Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert Garcia
|
|
$ |
6,200 |
|
|
|
31,000 |
|
|
|
10/27/00 |
|
|
$ |
7,996 |
|
|
|
$ 0 |
|
|
Executive Vice President of Product
Management and Service Delivery
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Such amount is the largest aggregate indebtedness outstanding to
the Registrant during 2005, the last fiscal year. |
Stock Option Awards
For information regarding stock options and stock awards granted
to our named executive officers and directors, see
Management Director Compensation and
Management Executive Compensation.
Omniglobe International, L.L.C.
Omniglobe International, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
company with operations in India, provides data entry services
relating to our exception handling management. We pay Omniglobe
an hourly rate for each hour worked by one of its data entry
agents. For these services, we paid Omniglobe $2.2 million
and $8.0 million during 2004 and 2005, respectively. For
information regarding minimum contractual commitments to
Omniglobe, see Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Contractual Obligations.
70
On March 12, 2004, certain of our executive officers and
their family members acquired indirect equity interests in
Omniglobe by purchasing an ownership interest in Rumson Hitters,
L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price of | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest in | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rumson | |
|
|
|
|
Indirect Equity | |
|
Hitters, | |
Name |
|
Position with Synchronoss |
|
Interest in Omniglobe | |
|
L.L.C. | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
Stephen G. Waldis
|
|
Chairman of the Board
|
|
|
12.23 |
% |
|
$ |
95,000 |
|
|
|
of Directors, President
and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lawrence R. Irving
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
2.58 |
% |
|
$ |
20,000 |
|
|
|
and Treasurer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David E. Berry
|
|
Vice President and Chief
|
|
|
2.58 |
% |
|
$ |
20,000 |
|
|
|
Technology Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert Garcia
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
|
|
1.29 |
% |
|
$ |
10,000 |
|
|
|
of Product Management and Service
Delivery
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Since the date that our officers and their family members
acquired their interests in Rumson Hitters, Omniglobe has paid
an aggregate of $1.3 million in distributions to all of its
interest holders, including Rumson Hitters. In turn, Rumson
Hitters has paid an aggregate of $0.7 million in
distributions to its interest holders, including $153,655 in
distributions to Stephen G. Waldis and his family members,
$32,348 in distributions to Lawrence R. Irving, $32,348 in
distributions to David E. Berry and his family members and
$16,174 in distributions to Robert Garcia.
Synchronoss considered making an investment in Omniglobe but
elected not to pursue the opportunity based on the
recommendation of our independent directors. Only after
Synchronoss declined to pursue the opportunity did members of
our management team make their investments. None of the members
of our management team devotes time to the management of
Omniglobe.
Upon completion of this offering, Rumson Hitters will
repurchase, at the original purchase price, the equity interests
in Rumson Hitters held by each of our employees and their family
members, such that no employee of Synchronoss or family member
of such employee will have any interest in Rumson Hitters or
Omniglobe after this offering. Neither Synchronoss nor any of
its employees will provide any of the funds to be used by Rumson
Hitters in repurchasing such equity interests.
Vertek Corporation
Vertek Corporation, a New Jersey corporation with principal
offices in New Jersey and Vermont, is a solutions provider to
the communications services industry. On October 2, 2000,
Vertek contributed to Synchronoss all of its application service
provider business (including rights to the intellectual
property, all current contracts and licenses related to that
business) and tangible assets with a book value of approximately
$2.1 million. In exchange, we issued to Vertek
2 million shares of our Series 1 convertible preferred
stock and 8 million shares of our common stock. Vertek
subsequently distributed its 8 million shares of our common
stock to its stockholders. Synchronoss also assumed and agreed
to perform, pay and discharge certain liabilities of Vertek
relating to the application service provider business, which
included a software contract payable over 30 monthly
installments totaling approximately $0.5 million and a
lease for office space. At the time that Vertek contributed its
application service provider business and tangible assets to
Synchronoss, Vertek was held 84% by James McCormick, a member of
our board of directors, and 16% by Stephen G. Waldis, our
Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief
Executive Officer. However, pursuant to a subsequent agreement
between Vertek and Messrs. McCormick and Waldis, Vertek
repurchased all of the outstanding Vertek shares held by
Mr. Waldis, such that Mr. McCormick is now the sole
stockholder of Vertek. For various consulting services, we paid
Vertek $0.01 million in 2003 and $0.4 million in 2004.
We made no payments to Vertek in 2005.
71
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table provides information concerning beneficial
ownership of our capital stock as of December 31, 2005, and
as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock being sold
in this offering, by:
|
|
|
|
|
each stockholder, or group of affiliated stockholders, that we
know owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock; |
|
|
|
each of our named executive officers; |
|
|
|
each of our directors; |
|
|
|
all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and |
|
|
|
each selling stockholder. |
The following table lists the number of shares and percentage of
shares beneficially owned based on 23,971,651 shares of
common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2005, as
adjusted to reflect the conversion of the outstanding shares of
preferred stock upon completion of this offering. The table also
lists the applicable percentage beneficial ownership based
on shares
of common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering,
assuming no exercise of the underwriters over-allotment
option to purchase up to an aggregate
of shares
of our common stock.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules
of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and generally
includes voting power and/or investment power with respect to
the securities held. Shares of common stock subject to options
currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of
December 31, 2005, are deemed outstanding and beneficially
owned by the person holding such options for purposes of
computing the number of shares and percentage beneficially owned
by such person, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of
computing the percentage beneficially owned by any other person.
Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table, and subject
to applicable community property laws, the persons or entities
named have sole voting and investment power with respect to all
shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.
Unless otherwise indicated, the principal address of each of the
stockholders below is c/o Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.,
750 Route 202 South, Sixth Floor, Bridgewater, New
Jersey 08807.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially | |
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially | |
|
|
Owned Prior to | |
|
|
|
Owned After | |
|
|
Offering | |
|
|
|
Offering | |
Name and Address of Beneficial |
|
| |
|
Shares Being | |
|
| |
Owner |
|
Number | |
|
Percent | |
|
Offered(1) | |
|
Number | |
|
Percent | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
5% Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ABS Ventures(2)
|
|
|
3,793,104 |
|
|
|
15.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
890 Winter Street, Suite 225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Waltham, MA 02451
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vertek Corporation(3)
|
|
|
2,000,000 |
|
|
|
8.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
463 Mountain View Drive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Colchester, VT 05446
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rosewood Capital(4)
|
|
|
2,579,498 |
|
|
|
10.7 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One Maritime Plaza, Suite 1401
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
San Francisco, CA 94111
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ascent Venture Partners III,
L.P.
|
|
|
1,256,483 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
255 State Street, 5th Floor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Boston, MA 02109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially | |
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially | |
|
|
Owned Prior to | |
|
|
|
Owned After | |
|
|
Offering | |
|
|
|
Offering | |
Name and Address of Beneficial |
|
| |
|
Shares Being | |
|
| |
Owner |
|
Number | |
|
Percent | |
|
Offered(1) | |
|
Number | |
|
Percent | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
James M. McCormick(5)
|
|
|
4,852,086 |
|
|
|
20.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
Stephen G. Waldis(6)
|
|
|
2,352,624 |
|
|
|
9.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors and Named Executive
Officers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James M. McCormick(5)
|
|
|
4,852,086 |
|
|
|
20.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
Scott Yaphe(2)
|
|
|
3,793,104 |
|
|
|
15.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
Stephen G. Waldis(6)
|
|
|
2,352,624 |
|
|
|
9.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peter Halis
|
|
|
390,178 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lawrence R. Irving
|
|
|
282,178 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
David E. Berry(7)
|
|
|
205,000 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert Garcia(8)
|
|
|
125,429 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
Chris Putnam(9)
|
|
|
40,000 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas J. Hopkins
|
|
|
8,621 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All directors and executive
officers as a group(10)
|
|
|
12,049,220 |
|
|
|
49.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Less than 1% of the outstanding shares of common stock. |
|
|
(1) |
Does not include shares subject to the underwriters
over-allotment option. |
|
(2) |
Consists of 3,751,830 shares held by ABS Ventures VI L.L.C.
and 41,274 shares held by ABS Investors L.L.C.
Mr. Yaphe, one of our directors, is a member of Calvert
Capital IV, LLC which holds voting and dispositive
power for the shares held of record by ABS Ventures VI L.L.C. He
is also a member of ABS Investors L.L.C.
Mr. Yaphe disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held
by each of the ABS Ventures funds, except to the extent of his
pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Yaphe has no voting or
dispositive control in either of the ABS Ventures funds. |
|
(3) |
Mr. McCormick, one of our directors, is the Chief Executive
Officer and the sole stockholder of Vertek Corporation. |
|
(4) |
Consists of 2,138,295 shares held by Rosewood
Capital IV, L.P., 420,970 shares held by Rosewood
Capital III, L.P. and 20,233 shares held by Rosewood
Capital IV Associates, L.P. |
|
(5) |
Excludes 889,000 shares held in two separate trusts for the
benefit of certain of his family members, as to which he has no
voting or investment power and disclaims beneficial ownership. |
|
(6) |
Includes 413,448 shares held by the Waldis Family Partnership,
LP. |
|
(7) |
Includes 30,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of
December 31, 2005. |
|
(8) |
Includes 110,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of
December 31, 2005. |
|
(9) |
Consists of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
options exercisable within 60 days of December 31,
2005. |
|
|
(10) |
Includes 180,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of
December 31, 2005. |
73
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital
stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares of common stock,
par value $0.001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of
preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. The following
summary of our capital stock and certain provisions of our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws
does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety
by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and bylaws, copies of which have been filed as
exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus
is a part.
Common Stock
As of December 31, 2005 there were 23,971,651 shares
of common stock outstanding, as adjusted to reflect the
conversion of 11,549,256 shares of Series A
convertible preferred stock into 11,549,256 shares of
common stock and 2,000,000 shares of Series 1
convertible preferred stock into 2,000,000 shares of common
stock upon the closing of this offering, that were held of
record by approximately 185 stockholders. There will
be shares
of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the
underwriters over-allotment option and assuming no
exercise
after ,
200 of outstanding options or warrants, after giving effect
to the sale of the shares of common stock to the public offered
in this prospectus.
The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share
on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Subject to
preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred
stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive
ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to
time by the board of directors out of funds legally available.
See Dividend Policy. In the event of our
liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common
stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining
after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution
rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The common
stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other
subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund
provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding
shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the
shares of common stock to be issued upon completion of this
offering will be fully paid and nonassessable.
Preferred Stock
Upon the closing of this offering, outstanding shares of
Series A convertible preferred stock will be converted into
11,549,256 shares of common stock and outstanding shares of
Series 1 convertible preferred stock will be converted into
2,000,000 shares of common stock, provided that the
aggregate offering price of the shares offered in this offering
equals or exceeds $20,000,000 and the price per share in this
offering equals or exceeds $8.70 per share.
The board of directors has the authority to issue the preferred
stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences,
privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights,
dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of
redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the
number of shares constituting any series or the designation of
such series, without further vote or action by the stockholders.
The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying,
deferring or preventing a change in control of Synchronoss
without further action by the stockholders and may adversely
affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common
stock. The issuance of preferred stock with voting and
conversion rights may adversely affect the voting power of the
holders of common stock, including the loss of voting control to
others. At present, we have no plans to issue any of the
preferred stock.
74
Warrants
As of December 31, 2005 there were outstanding warrants to
purchase up to 94,828 shares of preferred stock at exercise
prices of $2.90 per share, up to 94,828 of which will be
exercised prior to the closing of this offering. Upon the
closing of this offering, warrants to purchase shares of
preferred stock will be converted into warrants to purchase
shares of common stock.
Registration Rights
After this offering, the holders of approximately
11,644,084 shares of common stock will be entitled to
rights with respect to the registration of those shares under
the Securities Act. Under the terms of the agreement between us
and the holders of these registrable securities, if we propose
to register any of our securities under the Securities Act,
either for our own account or for the account of other security
holders exercising registration rights, these holders are
entitled to notice of registration and are entitled to include
their shares of common stock in the registration. Holders of
11,644,084 shares of the registrable securities are also
entitled to specified demand registration rights under which
they may require us to file a registration statement under the
Securities Act at our expense with respect to our shares of
common stock, and we are required to use our best efforts to
effect this registration. Further, the holders of these demand
rights may require us to file additional registration statements
on Form S-3. All
of these registration rights are subject to conditions and
limitations, among them the right of the underwriters of an
offering to limit the number of shares included in the
registration and our right not to effect a requested
registration within six months following the initial offering of
our securities, including this offering.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation, Bylaws and Delaware Law
Some provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make the following
transactions more difficult:
|
|
|
our acquisition by means of a tender offer; |
|
|
our acquisition by means of a proxy contest or
otherwise; or |
|
|
removal of our incumbent officers and directors. |
These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage
and prevent coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover
bids. These provisions are designed to encourage persons seeking
to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of
directors, and also are intended to provide management with
flexibility to enhance the likelihood of continuity and
stability in our composition if our board of directors
determines that a takeover is not in our best interests or the
best interests of our stockholders. These provisions, however,
could have the effect of discouraging attempts to acquire us,
which could deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell
their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing
market prices. We believe that the benefits of these provisions,
including increased protection of our potential ability to
negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited
proposal to acquire or restructure us, outweigh the
disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals because
negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement
of their terms.
Election and Removal of Directors. Our board of
directors is divided into three classes serving staggered
three-year terms. This system of electing directors may tend to
discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise
attempting to obtain control of us because generally at least
two stockholders meetings will be required for
stockholders to effect a change in control of the board of
directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation
and our bylaws contain provisions that establish specific
procedures for appointing and removing members of the board of
directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation, vacancies and newly created
75
directorships on the board of directors may be filled only by a
majority of the directors then serving on the board, and under
our bylaws, directors may be removed by the stockholders only
for cause.
Stockholder Meetings. Under our bylaws, only the
board of directors, the Chairman of the board or our Chief
Executive Officer may call special meetings of stockholders.
Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder
Nominations and Proposals. Our bylaws establish advance
notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the
nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than
nominations made by or at the direction of the board of
directors or a committee of the board of directors.
Delaware Anti-Takeover Law. We are subject to
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an
anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a
publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business
combination with an interested stockholder for a period of
three years following the date the person became an
interested stockholder, unless the business combination or the
transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder
is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a business
combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or another
transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested
stockholder. Generally, an interested stockholder is a person
who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within
three years prior to the date of determination of
interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the
corporations voting stock. The existence of this provision
may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions
that are not approved in advance by our board of directors,
including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium
over the market price for the shares of common stock held by
stockholders.
Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written
Consent. Our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation eliminates the right of stockholders to act by
written consent without a meeting after this offering.
No Cumulative Voting. Our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and bylaws do not provide for
cumulative voting in the election of directors. Cumulative
voting allows a minority stockholder to vote a portion or all of
its shares for one or more candidates for seats on the board of
directors. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder
will not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors
based on the number of shares of our stock the stockholder holds
as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting
were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more
difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board
of directors to influence our boards decision regarding a
takeover.
Undesignated Preferred Stock. The authorization of
undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of
directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights
or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to
change control of us.
Amendment of Charter Provisions. The amendment of
certain of the above provisions in our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation requires approval by holders of at
least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock.
These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring
hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company. Its telephone
number is
(212) 936-5100.
Nasdaq National Market Listing
We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Stock
Markets National Market under the symbol SNCR.
76
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock, and we cannot assure you that a significant public
market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after
this offering. As described below, no shares currently
outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this
offering due to certain contractual and securities law
restrictions on resale. Sales of substantial amounts of our
common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse
could cause the prevailing market price to decline and limit our
ability to raise equity capital in the future.
Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an
aggregate
of shares
of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters
over-allotment option and no exercise of options or warrants to
purchase common stock that were outstanding as
of ,
2006. The shares of common stock being sold in this offering
will be freely tradable without restriction or further
registration under the Securities Act unless purchased by our
affiliates.
The remaining 24,029,839 shares of common stock held by
existing stockholders are restricted securities as that term is
defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted
securities may be sold in the public market only if registered
or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under
Section 4(1) or Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 promulgated
under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.
The following table shows approximately when the
24,029,839 shares of our common stock that are not being
sold in this offering, but which will be outstanding when this
offering is complete, will be eligible for sale in the public
market:
Eligibility of Restricted Shares for Sale in the Public
Market
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Eligible for | |
|
|
Days After Date of this Prospectus |
|
Sale | |
|
Comment |
|
|
| |
|
|
Upon Effectiveness
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares sold in the offering
|
Upon Effectiveness
|
|
|
|
|
|
Freely tradable shares saleable
under Rule 144(k) that are not subject to the lock-up
|
90 Days
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares saleable under
Rules 144 and 701 that are not subject to a lock-up
|
180 Days
|
|
|
23,199,839 |
|
|
Lock-up released, subject to
extension; shares saleable under Rules 144 and 701
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
830,000 |
|
|
Restricted securities held for one
year or less
|
Resale of 17,358,151 of the restricted shares that will become
available for sale in the public market starting 180 days
after the effective date will be limited by volume and other
resale restrictions under Rule 144 because the holders are
our affiliates.
Lock-up
Agreements
Our officers, directors and substantially all of our
stockholders have agreed not to transfer or dispose of, directly
or indirectly, any shares of our common stock, or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of
our common stock, for a period of 180 days after the date
of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of
Goldman, Sachs & Co., which period of restriction may
be extended for up to an additional 34 days under certain
limited circumstances. Goldman, Sachs & Co. currently
does not anticipate shortening or waiving any of the
lock-up agreements and
does not have any pre-established conditions for such
modifications or waivers.
77
However, Goldman, Sachs & Co. may, in its sole
discretion, at any time, and without notice, release for sale in
the public market all or any portion of the shares subject to
the lock-up agreement.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect,
beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a
person who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least
one year including the holding period of any prior owner except
an affiliate would be entitled to sell within any three-month
period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding
which will equal
approximately shares
immediately after this offering; or |
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the
four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Form 144 with
respect to such sale. |
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of
sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability
of current public information about us. Under Rule 144(k),
a person who is not and has not been an affiliate of us at any
time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has
beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for a least
two years including the holding period of any prior owner except
an affiliate, is entitled to sell such shares without complying
with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation
or notice provisions of Rule 144.
Rule 701
Rule 701, as currently in effect, permits resales of shares
in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with
certain restrictions, including the holding period requirement,
of Rule 144. Any employee, officer or director of or
consultant to us who purchased shares under a written
compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the
resale provisions of Rule 701. Rule 701 permits
affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under
Rule 144 without complying with the holding period
requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides
that nonaffiliates may sell such shares in reliance on
Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period,
public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of
Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are
required to wait until 90 days after the date of this
prospectus before selling such shares. However, all
Rule 701 shares are subject to
lock-up agreements and
will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the
180-day
lock-up agreements.
Goldman, Sachs & Co. may, in its sole discretion and at
any time without notice, release all or any portion of the
securities subject to
lock-up agreements.
Within 90 days following the effectiveness of this
offering, we will file a Registration Statement on
Form S-8
registering shares
of common stock subject to outstanding options or reserved for
future issuance under our stock plans. As of December 31,
2005, options to purchase a total of 1,079,480 shares were
outstanding and 980,923 shares were reserved for future
issuance under our stock plans. Common stock issued upon
exercise of outstanding vested options or issued under our
Employee Stock Purchase Plan is available for immediate resale
in the open market, subject to compliance by affiliates with the
requirements of Rule 144 other than the holding period
requirement.
Registration Rights
Upon completion of this offering, the holders of
11,549,256 shares of our common stock and the holders of
warrants to purchase 94,828 shares of our common stock
have the right to have their shares registered under the
Securities Act. See Description of Capital
Stock Registration Rights. All such shares are
covered by lock-up
agreements; following the expiration of the
lock-up period,
registration of these shares under the Securities Act would
result in the shares becoming freely
78
tradable without restriction under the Securities Act
immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except
for shares purchased by our affiliates.
We have agreed not to file any registration statements during
the 180-day period
after the date of this prospectus with respect to the
registration of any shares of common stock or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable into common
stock, other than one or more registration statements on
Form S-8 covering
securities issuable under our 2000 Stock Plan, 2006 Equity
Incentive Plan and Employee Stock Purchase Plan, without the
prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Form S-8
Registration Statements
Prior to the expiration of the
lock-up period, we
intend to file one or more registration statements on
Form S-8 under the
Securities Act to register the shares of our common stock that
are issuable pursuant to our 2000 Stock Plan, 2006 Equity
Incentive Plan and Employee Stock Purchase Plan. See
Management Employee Benefit Plans.
Subject to the lock-up
agreements described above and any applicable vesting
restrictions, shares registered under these registration
statements will be available for resale in the public market
immediately upon the effectiveness of these registration
statements, except with respect to Rule 144 volume
limitations that apply to our affiliates.
79
UNDERWRITING
We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below
have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the
shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each
underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of
shares indicated in the following table. Goldman,
Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Thomas
Weisel Partners LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriters |
|
Number of Shares | |
|
|
| |
Goldman, Sachs &
Co.
|
|
|
|
|
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the
shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares
covered by the option described below unless and until this
option is exercised.
If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set
forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy
up to an
additional shares
from us
and shares
from the Waldis Family Partnership, LP to cover such sales. They
may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are
purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will
severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion
as set forth in the table above.
The following tables show the per share and total underwriting
discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us
and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming
both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters
option to
purchase additional
shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid by the Company |
|
No Exercise | |
|
Full Exercise | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Per Share
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid by the Selling Stockholders |
|
No Exercise | |
|
Full Exercise | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Per Share
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be
offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the
cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to
securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to
$ per
share from the initial public offering price. Any such
securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the
underwriters to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount
of up to
$ per
share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares
are not sold at the initial public offering price, the
representatives may change the offering price and the other
selling terms.
We and our directors, officers and holders of substantially all
of our common stock, including the selling stockholders, have
agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not
to dispose of or hedge any of our and their common stock or
securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common
stock during the period from the date of this prospectus
continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this
prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman,
Sachs & Co. Goldman, Sachs & Co. has advised
us that they have no current intent or arrangement to release
any of the shares subject to the
lock-up agreements
prior to the expiration of the
lock-up period. There
are no contractually specified conditions for the waiver of
lock-up restrictions
and any waiver is at the sole discretion of Goldman,
Sachs & Co. See Shares Available for Future
Sale for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.
80
The 180-day restricted
period described in the preceding paragraph will be
automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days
of the 180-day
restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce
material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the
expiration of the
180-day restricted
period, we announce that we will release earnings results during
the 15-day period
following the last day of the
180-day period, in
which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph
will continue to apply until the expiration of the
18-day period beginning
on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of
the material news or material event.
At the request of Synchronoss, the underwriters have reserved
for sale, at the initial public offering price, up
to shares
offered in this prospectus for directors, officers, employees,
business associates and other persons with whom we have a
relationship. The number of shares of common stock available for
sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these
persons purchase reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are
not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general
public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this
prospectus.
Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the
shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated
among us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the
factors to be considered in determining the initial public
offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market
conditions, will be the companys historical performance,
estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of
the company, an assessment of the companys management and
the consideration of the above factors in relation to market
valuation of companies in related businesses.
We intend to list the common stock on The Nasdaq Stock
Markets National Market under the symbol SNCR.
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase
and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These
transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions
and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short
sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number
of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering.
Covered short sales are sales made in an amount not
greater than the underwriters option to purchase
additional shares from us or the selling stockholders in the
offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short
position by either exercising their option to purchase
additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In
determining the source of shares to close out the covered short
position, the underwriters will consider, among other things,
the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as
compared to the price at which they may purchase additional
shares pursuant to the option granted to them. Naked
short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The
underwriters must close out any naked short position by
purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is
more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that
there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock
in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect
investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions
consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by
the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of
the offering.
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when
a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of
the underwriting discount received by it because the
representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the
account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering
transactions.
Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions
may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the
market price of the companys stock, and together with the
imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or
otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a
result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the
price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these
activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time.
These transactions may be effected on The Nasdaq Stock
Markets National Market, in the
over-the-counter market
or otherwise.
81
Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that:
|
|
|
(a) it has not made or will not make an offer of shares to
the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of
section 102B of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000
(as amended) (FSMA) except to legal entities which are
authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or,
if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is
solely to invest in securities or otherwise in circumstances
which do not require the publication by the company of a
prospectus pursuant to the Prospectus Rules of the Financial
Services Authority (FSA); |
|
|
(b) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated
and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an
invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity
(within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who
have professional experience in matters relating to investments
falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and
Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in
circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to
the Issuer; and |
|
|
(c) it has complied with, and will comply with all
applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by
it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the
United Kingdom. |
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area
which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant
Member State), each Underwriter has represented and agreed that
with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus
Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the
Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make
an offer of Shares to the public in that Relevant Member State
prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the
Shares which has been approved by the competent authority in
that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in
another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent
authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with
the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from
and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of
Shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
|
|
|
(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to
operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or
regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in
securities; |
|
|
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of
(1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last
financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than
43,000,000 and
(3) an annual net turnover of more than
50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or
accounts; or |
|
|
(c) in any other circumstances which do not require the
publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to
Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive. |
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an
offer of Shares to the public in relation to any
Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in
any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms
of the offer and the Shares to be offered so as to enable an
investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Shares, as the
same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure
implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member
State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive
2003/71/ EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in
each Relevant Member State.
The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document
other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell
shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent, or in
circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public
within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of
Hong Kong, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating
to the shares may be issued, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere,
which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be
accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if
permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other
than with respect to shares which are or are intended
82
to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to
professional investors within the meaning of the
Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any
rules made thereunder.
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the
Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus
and any other document or material in connection with the offer
or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the
shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares
be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for
subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to
persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional
investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures
Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the SFA),
(ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to
Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions,
specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise
pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other
applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under
Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a
corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole
business of which is to hold investments and the entire share
capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of
whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the
trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to
hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor,
shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that
corporation or the beneficiaries rights and interest in
that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after
that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under
Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor
under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or
any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance
with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA;
(2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or
(3) by operation of law.
The securities have not been and will not be registered under
the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the Securities and
Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not
offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan
or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term
as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any
corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan),
or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly,
in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise
in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any
other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of
Japan.
The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts
to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.
We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding
underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately
$ million.
If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this
prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other
charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase,
in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of
this prospectus.
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
several underwriters against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates
have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future
perform, various financial advisory and investment banking
services for us, for which they received or will receive
customary fees and expenses.
83
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data
throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and
research as well as from industry and general publications and
research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties.
Industry publications, studies and surveys generally state that
they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable,
although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of
such information. While we believe our internal company research
is reliable and the market definitions are appropriate, neither
such research nor these definitions have been verified by any
independent source.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the common stock being offered will be passed
upon for Synchronoss by Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve
Franklin & Hachigian, LLP, Waltham, Massachusetts. As
of the date of this prospectus, certain partners and employees
of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin &
Hachigian, LLP beneficially owned an aggregate of
51,725 shares of our common stock. The underwriters are
represented by Ropes & Gray LLP.
EXPERTS
Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public
accounting firm, has audited our financial statements and
schedule at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, as set
forth in their report. We have included our financial statements
and schedule in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration
statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLPs
report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and
auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1 under the
Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock we are
offering. This prospectus contains all information about us and
our common stock that may be material to an investor in this
offering. The registration statement includes exhibits to which
you should refer for additional information about us.
You may inspect a copy of the registration statement and the
exhibits and schedules to the registration statement without
charge at the offices of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any
part of the registration statement from the Public Reference
Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C.
20549 upon the payment of the prescribed fees. You may obtain
information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by
calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC
maintains a Web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy
and information statements and other information regarding
registrants like us that file electronically with the SEC. You
can also inspect our registration statement on this Web site.
84
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2005
Contents
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.
We have audited the balance sheets of Synchronoss Technologies,
Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and the related
statements of operations, changes in stockholders
deficiency and cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 2005. Our audits also included
the financial statement schedule listed on
page F-1. These
financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our
audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an
audit of the Companys internal control over financial
reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control
over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not
for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of
the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. as of December 31, 2004
and 2005 and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the
related financial statement schedule, when considered in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set
forth therein.
MetroPark, NJ
February 17, 2006
F-2
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2005 | |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
3,404 |
|
|
$ |
8,786 |
|
|
$ |
8,786 |
|
|
Investments in marketable securities
|
|
|
1,193 |
|
|
|
4,152 |
|
|
|
4,152 |
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of
allowance for doubtful accounts of $200 and $221 at 2004 and
2005, respectively
|
|
|
7,245 |
|
|
|
13,092 |
|
|
|
13,092 |
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
699 |
|
|
|
1,189 |
|
|
|
1,189 |
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,024 |
|
|
|
4,024 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
12,541 |
|
|
|
31,243 |
|
|
|
31,243 |
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
4,098 |
|
|
|
4,207 |
|
|
|
4,207 |
|
Investments in marketable securities
|
|
|
5,924 |
|
|
|
3,064 |
|
|
|
3,064 |
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
620 |
|
|
|
620 |
|
Other assets
|
|
|
221 |
|
|
|
1,074 |
|
|
|
1,074 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
22,784 |
|
|
$ |
40,208 |
|
|
$ |
40,208 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities, redeemable
convertible preferred stock and stockholders
deficiency
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$ |
999 |
|
|
$ |
1,822 |
|
|
$ |
1,822 |
|
|
Accrued expenses ($399 and $577 was
due to a related party at 2004 and 2005, respectively)
|
|
|
2,167 |
|
|
|
6,187 |
|
|
|
6,187 |
|
|
Short-term portion of equipment
loan payable
|
|
|
667 |
|
|
|
667 |
|
|
|
667 |
|
|
Deferred revenues
|
|
|
631 |
|
|
|
793 |
|
|
|
793 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
4,464 |
|
|
|
9,469 |
|
|
|
9,469 |
|
Equipment loan payable, less
current portion
|
|
|
1,333 |
|
|
|
666 |
|
|
|
666 |
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A redeemable
convertible preferred stock, $.0001 par value;
13,103 shares authorized, 11,549 shares issued and
outstanding in 2004 and 2005 (aggregate liquidation preference
of $66,985 at December 31, 2004 and 2005), zero pro-forma
shares outstanding
|
|
|
33,459 |
|
|
|
33,493 |
|
|
|
|
|
Series 1 convertible preferred
stock, $.0001 par value; 2,000 shares authorized,
issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 2005
(aggregate liquidation preference of $12,000 at
December 31, 2004 and 2005), zero pro-forma shares
outstanding
|
|
|
1,444 |
|
|
|
1,444 |
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders
(deficiency)/equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.0001 par
value; 30,000 shares authorized, 10,504 and
10,518 shares issued; 10,408 and 10,423 outstanding at
December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively; 23,971 pro-forma
shares outstanding
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
Treasury stock, at cost
(96 shares at December 31, 2004 and 2005)
|
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
869 |
|
|
|
1,661 |
|
|
|
36,597 |
|
|
Deferred stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(702 |
) |
|
|
(702 |
) |
|
Stock subscription notes from
stockholders
|
|
|
(536 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(111 |
) |
|
|
(114 |
) |
|
|
(114 |
) |
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(18,120 |
) |
|
|
(5,691 |
) |
|
|
(5,691 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders
(deficiency)/equity
|
|
|
(17,916 |
) |
|
|
(4,864 |
) |
|
|
30,073 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and
stockholders (deficiency)/equity
|
|
$ |
22,784 |
|
|
$ |
40,208 |
|
|
$ |
40,208 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-3
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net revenues
|
|
$ |
16,550 |
|
|
$ |
27,191 |
|
|
$ |
54,218 |
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of services ($9, $2,610 and
$8,089, were purchased from a related party in 2003, 2004 and
2005, respectively)*
|
|
|
7,655 |
|
|
|
17,688 |
|
|
|
30,205 |
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
3,160 |
|
|
|
3,324 |
|
|
|
5,689 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
4,053 |
|
|
|
4,340 |
|
|
|
7,544 |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
2,919 |
|
|
|
2,127 |
|
|
|
2,305 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
17,787 |
|
|
|
27,479 |
|
|
|
45,743 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from operations
|
|
|
(1,237 |
) |
|
|
(288 |
) |
|
|
8,475 |
|
|
Interest and other income
|
|
|
321 |
|
|
|
320 |
|
|
|
258 |
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(128 |
) |
|
|
(39 |
) |
|
|
(133 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before income tax
benefit
|
|
|
(1,044 |
) |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
8,600 |
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,829 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(1,044 |
) |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
12,429 |
|
|
Preferred stock accretion
|
|
|
(35 |
) |
|
|
(35 |
) |
|
|
(34 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income attributable to
common stockholders
|
|
$ |
(1,079 |
) |
|
$ |
(42 |
) |
|
$ |
12,395 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income attributable to
common stockholders per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
(0.11 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.00 |
) |
|
$ |
0.53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
(0.11 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.00 |
) |
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average common shares
outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
9,838 |
|
|
|
10,244 |
|
|
|
23,508 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
9,838 |
|
|
|
10,244 |
|
|
|
26,204 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
12,429 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted-average shares
outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,508 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,204 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Cost of services excludes depreciation and amortization which is
shown separately. |
See accompanying notes.
F-4
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS DEFICIENCY
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock | |
|
|
|
Accumulated | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock | |
|
Treasury Stock | |
|
Additional | |
|
Subscription | |
|
Deferred Stock | |
|
Other | |
|
|
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
Paid-In | |
|
Notes from | |
|
Based | |
|
Comprehensive | |
|
Accumulated | |
|
Stockholders | |
|
|
Shares | |
|
Amount | |
|
Shares | |
|
Amount | |
|
Capital | |
|
Stockholders | |
|
Compensation | |
|
Loss | |
|
Deficit | |
|
Deficiency | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Balance December 31, 2002
|
|
|
10,501 |
|
|
$ |
1 |
|
|
|
(96 |
) |
|
$ |
(19 |
) |
|
$ |
939 |
|
|
$ |
(602 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(17,069 |
) |
|
$ |
(16,750 |
) |
|
Interest on notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
Accretion of Series A
redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(35 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(35 |
) |
|
Employees repayment of notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,044 |
) |
|
|
(1,044 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance December 31, 2003
|
|
|
10,501 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
(96 |
) |
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
|
904 |
|
|
|
(556 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18,113 |
) |
|
|
(17,783 |
) |
|
Interest on notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30 |
) |
|
Accretion of Series A
redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(35 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(35 |
) |
|
Employees repayment of notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
Issuance of common stock on
exercise of employee options
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
Unrealized loss on investments in
marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(111 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(111 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(118 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance December 31, 2004
|
|
|
10,503 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
(96 |
) |
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
|
869 |
|
|
|
(536 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(111 |
) |
|
|
(18,120 |
) |
|
|
(17,916 |
) |
|
Interest on notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
Deferred stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
847 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(847 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of deferred
compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
Reversal of deferred compensation
due to employee termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of Series A
redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34 |
) |
|
Employees repayment of notes
and interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
545 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
545 |
|
|
Issuance of common stock on
exercise of employee options
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,429 |
|
|
|
12,429 |
|
|
|
Unrealized loss on investments in
marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,426 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance December 31, 2005
|
|
|
10,518 |
|
|
$ |
1 |
|
|
|
(96 |
) |
|
$ |
(19 |
) |
|
$ |
1,661 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(702 |
) |
|
$ |
(114 |
) |
|
$ |
(5,691 |
) |
|
$ |
(4,864 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-5
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$ |
(1,044 |
) |
|
$ |
(7 |
) |
|
$ |
12,429 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss)
income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
expense
|
|
|
2,919 |
|
|
|
2,127 |
|
|
|
2,305 |
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,644 |
) |
|
Provision for (reversal of)
doubtful accounts
|
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
(123 |
) |
|
|
21 |
|
|
Amortization of deferred
stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
Non-cash interest expense
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash interest income
|
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
|
(30 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(4,658 |
) |
|
|
(1,790 |
) |
|
|
(5,868 |
) |
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
(333 |
) |
|
|
(239 |
) |
|
|
(490 |
) |
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
(109 |
) |
|
|
(853 |
) |
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
1,237 |
|
|
|
(579 |
) |
|
|
823 |
|
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
988 |
|
|
|
(253 |
) |
|
|
3,842 |
|
|
|
Due to a related party
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
399 |
|
|
|
178 |
|
|
|
Amounts due from stockholder
|
|
|
1,075 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenues
|
|
|
(427 |
) |
|
|
(1,044 |
) |
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by
operating activities
|
|
|
(57 |
) |
|
|
(1,648 |
) |
|
|
8,025 |
|
Investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of fixed assets
|
|
|
(2,419 |
) |
|
|
(3,282 |
) |
|
|
(2,414 |
) |
Employees repayment of notes
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
545 |
|
Purchases of marketable securities
available for sale
|
|
|
(778 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,959 |
) |
Sale of marketable securities
available for sale
|
|
|
2,961 |
|
|
|
1,396 |
|
|
|
2,848 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in by investing
activities
|
|
|
(161 |
) |
|
|
(1,836 |
) |
|
|
(1,980 |
) |
Financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from equipment loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common
stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
Repayments of equipment loan
|
|
|
(663 |
) |
|
|
(42 |
) |
|
|
(667 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in)
financing activities
|
|
|
(663 |
) |
|
|
1,958 |
|
|
|
(663 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash and
cash equivalents
|
|
|
(881 |
) |
|
|
(1,526 |
) |
|
|
5,382 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents at
beginning of year
|
|
|
5,811 |
|
|
|
4,930 |
|
|
|
3,404 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
period
|
|
$ |
4,930 |
|
|
$ |
3,404 |
|
|
$ |
8,786 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash
flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$ |
81 |
|
|
$ |
39 |
|
|
$ |
133 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of redeemable preferred
stock
|
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-6
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2004 and 2005
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
1. |
Description of Business |
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. (the Company, or Synchronoss) is
a leading provider of
e-commerce transaction
management solutions to the communications services marketplace
based on its penetration into key providers of communications
services. The Company conducts its business operations primarily
in the United States of America, with some aspects of its
operations being outsourced to entities located in India and
Canada. The Companys proprietary on-demand software
platform enables communications service providers, or CSPs, to
take, manage and provision orders and other customer-oriented
transactions and perform related critical service tasks. The
Company targets complex and high-growth industry segments
including wireless, Voice over Internet Protocol, or VoIP,
wireline and other markets. By simplifying technological
complexities through the automation and integration of disparate
systems, the Company enables CSPs to acquire, retain and service
customers quickly, reliably and cost-effectively.
|
|
2. |
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies |
Pro Forma Information
The pro forma balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005,
reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of
the Companys Series A and Series 1 convertible
preferred stock into an aggregate of 13,549 shares of
common stock upon completion of the Companys initial
public offering.
Pro forma net income per share is computed using the
weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, including
the pro forma effects of the automatic conversion of all
outstanding Series A and Series 1 convertible
preferred stock into shares of the Companys common stock
effective upon the assumed closing of the Companys
proposed initial public offering, as if such conversion had
occurred on January 1, 2005.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from
those estimates.
Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue
The Company provides services principally on a transaction fee
basis or, at times, on a fixed fee basis and recognizes the
revenues as the services are performed or delivered as described
below:
Transaction service arrangements: Transaction
service revenues consists of revenues derived from the
processing of transactions through the Companys service
platform and represents approximately 47%, 63% and 83% of net
revenues during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and
2005, respectively. Transaction service arrangements include
services such as equipment orders, new account setup, number
port requests, credit checks and inventory management.
Transaction revenues are principally based on a contractual
price per transaction and revenues are recognized based on the
number of transactions processed during each reporting period.
For
F-7
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share data)
these arrangements, revenues are recorded based on the total
number of transactions processed at the applicable price
established in the relevant contract. The total amount of
revenues recognized is based primarily on the volume of
transactions. At times, transaction revenues may also include
billings to customers that reimburse the Company based on the
number of individuals dedicated to processing transactions. The
Company records revenues based on the applicable hourly rate per
employee for each reporting period.
Some of the Companys contracts have guaranteed minimum
volume transactions from its customers. In these instances, if
the customers total transaction volume for the period is
less than the contractual amount, the Company records revenues
at the minimum guaranteed amount.
Revenue is presented net of a provision for discounts, which are
customer volume level driven, or credits, which are performance
driven, and are determined in the period in which the volume
thresholds are met or the services are provided.
Set-up fees for transactional service arrangements are deferred
and recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the
contract since these amounts would not have been paid by the
customer without the related transactional service arrangement.
The amount of set-up fees amortized in revenues during the years
ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, were $661, $650 and
$363, respectively. Deferred revenues principally represent
set-up fees.
Subscription Service Arrangements: Subscription
service arrangements which are generally based upon fixed fees
represent approximately 27%, 17% and 6% of the Companys
net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004
and 2005, and relate principally to the Companys
enterprise portal management services. The Company records
revenues on a straight line basis over the life of the contract
for its subscription service contracts.
Professional Service and Other Service
Arrangements: Professional services and other services
arrangements represent approximately 26%, 20% and 11% of the
Companys net revenues for the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005. Professional services
include process and workflow consulting services and development
services, respectively. Professional services, when sold with
transactional service arrangements, are accounted for separately
when these services have value to the customer on a standalone
basis and there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value
of each deliverable. When accounted for separately, professional
service (i.e. consulting services) revenues are recognized on a
monthly basis, as services are performed and billed, according
to the terms of the contract.
In addition, in determining whether professional services can be
accounted for separately from transaction service revenues, the
Company considers the following factors for each professional
services agreement: availability of the consulting services from
other vendors, whether objective and reliable evidence of fair
value exists for these services and the undelivered transaction
service revenue, the nature of the consulting services, the
timing of when the consulting contract was signed in comparison
to the transaction service start date, and the contractual
dependence of the transactional service on the customers
satisfaction with the consulting work.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The Companys financial instruments that are exposed to
concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash
equivalents, marketable securities and accounts receivable. The
Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents in bank
accounts, which, at times, exceed federally insured limits. The
Company invests in high-quality financial instruments, primarily
certificates of deposits and United States bonds. The Company
has not recognized any losses in
F-8
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share data)
such accounts. The Company believes it is not exposed to
significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents.
Concentration of credit risks with respect to accounts
receivable are limited because of the creditworthiness of the
Companys major customers.
One customer accounted for 41%, 82% and 80% of revenues in 2003,
2004 and 2005, respectively. One customer accounted for 65%, 92%
and 76% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2003, 2004
and 2005, respectively.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of
Financial Instruments, requires disclosures of fair value
information about financial instruments, whether or not
recognized in the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to
estimate that value. Due to their short-term nature, the
carrying amounts reported in the financial statements
approximate the fair value for cash and cash equivalents,
accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses. As
of December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, the Company believes
the carrying amount of its equipment loan approximates its fair
value since the interest rate of the equipment loan approximates
a market rate. The fair value of the Companys convertible
preferred stock is not practicable to determine, as no quoted
market price exists for the convertible preferred stock nor have
there been any recent transactions in the Companys
convertible preferred stock. The convertible preferred stock
will be converted into common stock of the Company upon
consummation of a qualified initial public offering.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased
with a maturity of three months or less at the date of
acquisition, to be cash equivalents.
Investments in Marketable Securities
Marketable securities consist of fixed income investments with a
maturity of greater than three months and other highly liquid
investments that can be readily purchased or sold using
established markets. In accordance with SFAS No. 115,
Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity
Securities, these investments are classified as
available-for-sale and are reported at fair value on the
Companys balance sheet. The Company classifies its
securities with maturity dates of twelve months or more as long
term. Unrealized holding gains and losses are reported within
accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component
of stockholders deficiency. Unrealized holding gains and
losses were not material in 2003. If a decline in the fair value
of a marketable security below the Companys cost basis is
determined to be other than temporary, such marketable security
is written down to its estimated fair value as a new cost basis
and the amount of the write-down is included in earnings as an
impairment charge. No other than temporary impairment charges
have been recorded in any of the years presented herein.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful
Accounts
Accounts receivable consist of amounts due to the company from
normal business activities. The Company maintains an allowance
for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its
customers to make required payments. The Company estimates
uncollectible amounts based upon historical bad debts, current
customer receivable balances, age of customer receivable
balances, the customers financial condition and current
economic trends.
F-9
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share data)
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at
cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization.
Depreciation and amortization are computed using the
straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful
lives of the assets, which range from 3 to 5 years, or the
lesser of the related initial term of the lease or useful life
for leasehold improvements.
Expenditures for routine maintenance and repairs are charged
against operations. Major replacements, improvements and
additions are capitalized in accordance with Company policy.
Deferred Offering Costs
Costs directly attributable to the Companys offering of
its equity securities have been deferred and capitalized as part
of Other Assets. These costs will be charged against the
proceeds of the offering once completed. The total amount
deferred as of December 31, 2005 was approximately $850.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, a review of
long-lived assets for impairment is performed when events or
changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of such
assets may not be recoverable. If an indication of impairment is
present, the Company compares the estimated undiscounted future
cash flows to be generated by the asset to its carrying amount.
If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying
amount of the asset, the Company records an impairment loss
equal to the excess of the assets carrying amount over its
fair value. The fair value is determined based on valuation
techniques such as a comparison to fair values of similar assets
or using a discounted cash flow analysis. There were no
impairment charges recognized during the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005.
Cost of Services
Cost of Services includes all direct materials, direct labor and
those indirect costs related to revenues such as indirect labor,
materials and supplies and facilities cost, exclusive of
depreciation expense.
Research and Development
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.
Research and development expense consists primarily of costs
related to personnel, including salaries and other
personnel-related expenses, consulting fees and the cost of
facilities, computer and support services used in service
technology development. We also expense costs relating to
developing modifications and enhancements of our existing
technology and services.
Advertising
The Company expenses advertising as incurred. Advertising
expenses were $2, $1, and $40 for the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
F-10
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share data)
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109
(SFAS No. 109), Accounting for Income
Taxes. Under SFAS No. 109, the liability method is
used in accounting for income taxes. Under this method deferred
income tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the
difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and
tax basis of assets and liabilities and for operating losses and
tax credit carryforwards, using enacted tax rates in effect in
the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A
valuation allowance is recorded if it is more likely than
not that a portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not
be realized.
Comprehensive Loss
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130,
Reporting Comprehensive Income, requires components of
other comprehensive loss, including unrealized gains and losses
on available-for-sale securities, to be included as part of
total comprehensive loss. The components of comprehensive loss
are included in the statements of changes in stockholders
deficiency.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock option grants in accordance with
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25), and related
interpretations as permitted under Financial Accounting
Standards Board Statement No. 123, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123) which requires the
use of option valuation models that were not developed for use
in valuing employee stock options. Under APB 25, when the
exercise price of the Companys employee stock options
equals the market price of the underlying stock on the date of
grant, no compensation expense is recorded. The following table
illustrates the effect on net (loss) income if the Company had
applied the minimum value recognition provisions of
SFAS 123.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income attributable to
common stockholders, as reported
|
|
$ |
(1,079 |
) |
|
$ |
(42 |
) |
|
$ |
12,395 |
|
Add non-cash employee compensation
and preferred stock accretion as reported
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
155 |
|
Less total stock-based employee
compensation expense determined under the minimum value method
for all awards
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
(139 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net (loss) income
|
|
$ |
(1,083 |
) |
|
$ |
(49 |
) |
|
$ |
12,411 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per common
share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
$ |
(0.11 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.00 |
) |
|
$ |
0.53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
$ |
(0.11 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.00 |
) |
|
$ |
0.53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
$ |
(0.11 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.00 |
) |
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
$ |
(0.11 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.00 |
) |
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-11
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share data)
Pro forma information regarding net income (loss) is required by
FAS 123 and has been determined as if the Company has been
accounting for its stock options awards under the minimum value
method of that statement. The value of these options was
estimated at the date of grant using a minimum value method with
the following weighted-average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee | |
|
|
Stock Options | |
|
|
| |
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Expected term (in years)
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
5.0 |
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
4.26 |
% |
|
|
3.92 |
% |
|
|
4.38 |
% |
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
The minimum value option-pricing valuation model was developed
for use in estimating the value of options that have no vesting
restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option
valuation models require the input of highly subjective
assumptions.
Basic and Diluted Net (Loss) Income Attributable to Common
Stockholders per Common Share
The Company calculates net income (loss) per share in accordance
with SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share. The
Company has determined that its Series A Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock represents a participating security.
Because the Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
participates equally with common stock in dividends and
unallocated income, the Company calculated basic earnings per
share when the Company reports net income using the if-converted
method, which in the Companys circumstances is equivalent
to the two class approach required by
EITF 03-6
Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method under FASB
Statement No. 128. Net losses are not allocated to the
Series A Redeemable Convertible Series A Preferred
Stockholders. The Series I convertible preferred stock,
stock options and warrants are not considered for diluted
earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2003
and 2004 as their effect is anti-dilutive for such periods.
F-12
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share data)
The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerator
and denominator used in computing basic and diluted net income
(loss) attributable to common stockholders per common share and
pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders
per common share.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Historical
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$ |
(1,044 |
) |
|
$ |
(7 |
) |
|
$ |
12,429 |
|
Accretion of convertible preferred
stock
|
|
|
(35 |
) |
|
|
(35 |
) |
|
|
(34 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income attributable to
common stockholders
|
|
$ |
(1,079 |
) |
|
$ |
(42 |
) |
|
$ |
12,395 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares
outstanding
|
|
|
9,838 |
|
|
|
10,244 |
|
|
|
11,959 |
|
|
Assumed conversion of Series A
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,549 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares
outstanding basic
|
|
|
9,838 |
|
|
|
10,244 |
|
|
|
23,508 |
|
|
Dilutive effect of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested restricted shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
Stock options and warrants for the
purchase of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
650 |
|
|
|
Conversion of Series 1
convertible preferred stock into common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares
outstanding diluted
|
|
|
9,838 |
|
|
|
10,244 |
|
|
|
26,204 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
12,429 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical weighted average common
shares outstanding basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,508 |
|
|
Assumed conversion of preferred
stock into common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted average common
shares outstanding basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,508 |
|
|
Dilutive effect of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested restricted shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
Stock options and warrants for the
purchase of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
650 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted average common
shares outstanding diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,204 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In May 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB,
issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain
Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities
and Equity (SFAS No. 150). SFAS No. 150
requires that an issuer classify certain financial instruments
as a liability because they embody an obligation of the issuer.
The remaining provisions of SFAS No. 150 revise the
definition of a liability to encompass certain obligations that
a reporting entity can or must settle by issuing its own equity
shares, depending on the nature of the relationship established
between the holder and the issuer. The provisions of this
statement require that any financial instruments that are
mandatorily redeemable on a fixed or determinable date or upon
an event certain to occur be classified as liabilities. Since
the Companys convertible preferred stock may be converted
into common stock at the option of the stockholder, it is not
classified as a liability under the provisions of
SFAS No. 150.
On December 16, 2004, the FASB issued FASB Statement
No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment
(SFAS 123(R)), which is a revision of
SFAS No. 123. SFAS 123(R) supersedes APB
F-13
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share data)
No. 25, and amends SFAS No. 95, Statement of
Cash Flows. Generally the approach in SFAS 123(R) is
similar to the approach described in SFAS No. 123.
However, SFAS 123(R) requires all share-based payments to
employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be
recognized in the statement of operations based on their fair
values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative upon
adopting SFAS 123(R).
SFAS 123(R) must be adopted no later than January 1,
2006. Early adoption will be permitted in periods in which
financial statements have not yet been issued. Because the
Company used the minimum value method to determine values of its
pro forma stock based compensation disclosures, the Company will
adopt SFAS 123(R) using the prospective method on
January 1, 2006.
Although the Company cannot fully determine the amount of the
impact of this new standard since it will be dependent upon the
extent of stock based compensation awards issued in the future
as well as the fair value attributed to the awards, it expects
that adoption of the new standard will decrease earnings in the
future.
Segment Information
The Company currently operates in one business segment providing
critical technology services to the communications industry. The
Company is not organized by market and is managed and operated
as one business. A single management team reports to the chief
operating decision maker who comprehensively manages the entire
business. The Company does not operate any material separate
lines of business or separate business entities with respect to
its services. Accordingly, the Company does not accumulate
discrete financial information with respect to separate service
lines and does not have separately reportable segments as
defined by SFAS No. 131, Disclosure About Segments
of an Enterprise and Related Information.
|
|
3. |
Investments in Marketable Securities |
The following is a summary of available for sale securities held
by the Company:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross |
|
Gross | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized |
|
Unrealized | |
|
Fair | |
|
|
Cost | |
|
Gains |
|
Losses | |
|
Value | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certificates of deposit
|
|
$ |
3,416 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(60 |
) |
|
$ |
3,356 |
|
Government bonds
|
|
|
3,914 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(54 |
) |
|
|
3,860 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
7,330 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(114 |
) |
|
$ |
7,216 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certificates of deposit
|
|
$ |
3,916 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(77 |
) |
|
$ |
3,839 |
|
Government bonds
|
|
|
3,312 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34 |
) |
|
|
3,278 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
7,228 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(111 |
) |
|
$ |
7,117 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-14
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share data)
The Companys available for sale investments have the
following maturities at:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Due in one year or less
|
|
$ |
1,193 |
|
|
$ |
4,152 |
|
Due after one year, less than five
years
|
|
|
5,924 |
|
|
|
3,064 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
7,117 |
|
|
$ |
7,216 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. |
Investments in Marketable Securities (continued) |
Unrealized gains and losses are reported as a component of
accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders
deficiency. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and
2005, realized losses were $9, $17 and $39, respectively. The
cost of securities sold is based on specific identification
method.
Unrealized loss positions for which other than temporary
impairments have not been recognized at December 31, 2004
and 2005 are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Less than 12 months
|
|
$ |
34 |
|
|
$ |
66 |
|
Greater than 12 months
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
111 |
|
|
$ |
114 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gains and losses were not material in 2003.
Unrealized losses in the Companys portfolio relate
primarily to fixed income debt securities. For these securities,
the unrealized losses are due to increases in interest rates and
not changes in credit risk. The Company has concluded that the
unrealized losses in its marketable securities are not
other-than-temporary as the Company has the ability to hold the
securities to maturity or a planned forecasted recovery.
|
|
4. |
Property and Equipment |
Property and equipment consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Computer hardware
|
|
$ |
6,888 |
|
|
$ |
7,928 |
|
Computer software
|
|
|
6,070 |
|
|
|
5,882 |
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
481 |
|
|
|
498 |
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
750 |
|
|
|
904 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,189 |
|
|
|
15,212 |
|
Less accumulated depreciation and
amortization
|
|
|
(10,091 |
) |
|
|
(11,005 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
4,098 |
|
|
$ |
4,207 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-15
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share data)
Accrued expenses consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Accrued compensation and benefits
|
|
$ |
926 |
|
|
$ |
2,635 |
|
Accrued other
|
|
|
1,241 |
|
|
|
2,737 |
|
Income tax payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
815 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,167 |
|
|
$ |
6,187 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. |
Financing Arrangements |
On October 6, 2004, the Company entered into a Loan and
Security Agreement (the Agreement) with a bank which
expires on December 1, 2007. The Agreement includes a
Revolving Promissory Note for up to $2,000 and an Equipment Term
Note for up to $3,000. This replaced a previous loan which was
fully paid in 2004.
Availability under the Agreement for the Revolving Promissory
Note is based on defined percentages of eligible accounts
receivable. Borrowings on the revolving credit agreement bear
interest at the prime rate plus 1.25% (6.5% at December 31,
2004 and 8.5% at December 31, 2005) payable monthly.
Interest only on the unpaid principal amount is due and payable
monthly in arrears, commencing January 1, 2005 and
continuing on the first day of each calendar month thereafter
until maturity, at which point all unpaid principal and interest
related to the revolving advances will be payable in full. There
were no draws against the Revolving Promissory Note as of
December 31, 2005.
As of December 31, 2004 and 2005, the Company had
outstanding borrowings of $2,000 and $1,333, respectively,
against the Equipment Term Note to fund purchases of eligible
equipment. Borrowings on the equipment line bear interest at the
prime rate plus 1.75% (7% at December 31, 2004 and 9% at
December 31, 2005) and principal and interest is payable
monthly.
The Company paid a facility fee and certain other bank fees in
connection with the financing arrangement. The agreement
requires the Company to meet certain financial covenants. The
Company was in compliance with the covenants at
December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005. Borrowings
are collateralized by all of the assets of the Company.
Principal payments due on the outstanding Equipment Term Note at
December 31, 2005 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
667 |
|
2007
|
|
|
666 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,333 |
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2004 and 2005, the Companys
authorized capital stock was 45,103 shares of stock with a
par value of $0.0001 of which 30,000 shares were designated
Common Stock and 15,103 shares were designated Preferred
Stock (Series A and Series 1).
F-16
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share data)
Common Stock
Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to vote on all matters
and is entitled to one vote for each share held. Dividends on
Common Stock will be paid when, as and if declared by the Board
of Directors. No dividends have ever been declared or paid by
the Company. At December 31, 2004 and 2005, there were
13,549 shares of Common Stock reserved for the conversion
of the Series 1 and Series A Preferred Stock and
4,483 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under
the 2000 Stock Plan.
Preferred Stock
Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more
series. The Company designated 2,000 shares as
Series 1 Convertible Preferred Stock
(Series 1) and 13,103 as Series A
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
(Series A) as of December 31, 2004 and
2005. The Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
and the Series 1 Convertible Preferred Stock are
automatically convertible into common stock on a one-for-one
basis in the event of an underwritten public offering (or a
combination of offerings) of common stock with gross proceeds to
the Company of not less than $20 million (Qualified IPO)
and a per share price of at least $8.70.
Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred
Stock
The holders of Series A have the right, at their option, at
any time, to convert their shares into fully paid and
non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the conversion price of
$2.90 per share, adjusted for events as defined in the
Certificate of Incorporation (as amended and restated). The
holders of Series A are entitled to one vote for each share
of Common Stock into which the Series A could then be
converted. In the event the Company declares or pays dividends
to the holders of the Common Stock, the holders of Series A
are entitled to such dividends, based on the number of shares of
Common Stock into which the Series A could then be
converted. Upon any liquidation, sale, merger, dissolution or
winding up of the Corporation, the holders of Series A are
entitled to receive, in preference to Series 1, Common
Stock and any other series of Preferred Stock, an amount equal
to $5.80 per share, plus any accrued or declared but unpaid
dividends with any remaining assets being distributed ratably to
the holders of Series 1 and Common Stock.
The holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock
had the right to require the Company to redeem all shares of the
Series A Preferred Stock at the initial purchase price plus
any declared but unpaid dividends in three equal installments
beginning on the date which is five years after the first
issuance of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
(November 13, 2005). The redemption right was exercisable
by the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred
Stock by providing written notice to the Company at least
30 days prior to November 13, 2005. Notice of exercise
was not provided to the Company at least 30 days prior to
November 13, 2005, resulting in termination of the
redemption right as of October 14, 2005 (the date
30 days prior to November 13, 2005). The Series A
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock continues to be
classified in the mezzanine section of the Balance
Sheet as the security has certain change in control provisions
that warrant such a classification.
The carrying value of the Series A Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock was increased by periodic accretions so that the
carrying amount was equal to the redemption amount at the
redemption date. These increases were effected through charges
to additional paid-in capital. At December 31, 2005, the
Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock amount was
fully accreted to its redemption value of $33.5 million.
F-17
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share data)
Series 1 Convertible Preferred Stock
The holders of Series 1 have the right, at their option, at
any time, to convert their shares into fully paid and
non-assessable shares of Common Stock by dividing the
liquidation preference ($12 million) by the conversion
price of $6.00 per share, adjusted for events as defined in
the Certificate of Incorporation (as amended and restated). The
holders of Series 1 are entitled to one vote for each share
of Common Stock into which the Series 1 could then be
converted. The Series 1 holders are not entitled to
dividends. Upon any liquidation, sale, merger, dissolution or
winding up of the Corporation, the holders of Series 1 are
entitled to receive, in preference to Common Stock, an amount
equal to $6.00 per share, plus any accrued or declared but
unpaid dividends, with any remaining assets being distributed
ratably to the holders of Common Stock.
The Series 1 Convertible Preferred Stock is classified in
the mezzanine section of the balance sheet because
the security has certain change in control provisions that
warrant such a classification. However, the Series 1
Convertible Preferred Stock is not being accreted because as of
December 31, 2005 it is not probable that a change in
control would require a payment to the
Series 1 shareholder.
Warrants
Prior to 2003, the Company issued Series A Preferred Stock
warrants to a bank as part of a loan and security agreement. The
Company has 95 of these warrant shares outstanding for each of
the years ended 2003, 2004 and 2005. The warrants have an
exercise price of $2.90 per share (adjusted for stock
splits, stock dividends, etc.). The value of the warrants was
capitalized as debt issuance cost and amortized to interest
expense over the term of the loans. The total charge to interest
expense was not material for the periods presented herein. The
warrants may be exercised at any time, in whole or in part,
during the exercise period, which expires on May 20, 2008.
No warrants were issued or exercised in 2003, 2004 and 2005. The
warrants will automatically become exercisable for shares of
common stock upon the closing of a qualified public offering.
On October 27, 2000, the Board of Directors approved the
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan (the Stock
Plan) to provide employees, outside directors and
consultants an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in
the success of the Company or to increase such interest, by
receiving options or purchasing shares of the Companys
stock at a price not less than the fair market value at the date
of grant for incentive stock options and a price not
less than 30% of the fair market value at the date of grant for
non-qualified options. No option will have a term in
excess of 10 years. The Company has reserved up to
4,483 shares for issuance under the Stock Plan.
The Stock Plan is administered by the Board and is responsible
for determining the individuals to be granted options or shares,
the number each individual will receive, the price per share,
and the exercise period of each option. In establishing its
estimates of fair value of our common stock, the Company
considered the guidance set forth in the AICPA Practice Aid,
Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued
as Compensation, and performed a retrospective determination
of the fair value of its common stock for the year ended
December 31, 2005, utilizing a combination of valuation
methods.
F-18
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share data)
Stock Options
The following table summarizes information about stock options
outstanding.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option | |
|
Weighted- | |
|
|
Shares | |
|
Number | |
|
Price Per | |
|
Average | |
|
|
Available | |
|
of | |
|
Share | |
|
Exercise | |
|
|
for Grant | |
|
Shares | |
|
Range | |
|
Price | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Balance at December 31, 2002
|
|
|
1,792 |
|
|
|
285 |
|
|
$ |
0.29 |
|
|
$ |
0.29 |
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(278 |
) |
|
|
278 |
|
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
(155 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
.29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
|
1,669 |
|
|
|
408 |
|
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(562 |
) |
|
|
562 |
|
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
179 |
|
|
|
(179 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
1,286 |
|
|
|
790 |
|
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(425 |
) |
|
|
424 |
|
|
|
0.45 - 10.00 |
|
|
|
3.15 |
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
(120 |
) |
|
|
0.29 - 10.00 |
|
|
|
0.30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
981 |
|
|
|
1,079 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31,
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31,
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
178 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31,
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
377 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2005, the average remaining contractual
life of outstanding options was approximately 8.4 years.
The weighted-average fair value of options granted during 2003,
2004 and 2005 was approximately $0.07, $0.07 and $5.11 per
share, respectively.
Options may be exercised in whole or in part for 100% of the
shares subject to vesting at any time after the date of grant.
Options generally vest 25% on the first year anniversary date of
grant plus an additional 1/48 for each month thereafter. If an
option is exercised prior to vesting, the underlying shares are
subject to a right of repurchase at the exercise price paid by
the option holder. The right of repurchase shall lapse with
respect to the first 25% of the purchased shares when the
purchaser completes 12 months of continuous service and
shall lapse an additional 1/48 of the purchased shares when the
purchaser completes each month of continuous service thereafter.
There were no options exercised prior to vesting during 2003,
2004 and 2005.
F-19
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share data)
The Company performed a retrospective determination of the fair
value of the Companys common stock for the year ended
December 31, 2005 and granted stock options with exercise
prices as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retrospective | |
|
|
|
|
Number of | |
|
|
|
Determination of | |
|
|
Grant Date |
|
Options Granted | |
|
Exercise Price | |
|
Fair Value | |
|
Intrinsic Value | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
April 12, 2005
|
|
|
207 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
|
$ |
1.84 |
|
|
$ |
1.39 |
|
July 14, 2005
|
|
|
98 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
|
$ |
6.19 |
|
|
$ |
5.74 |
|
October 21, 2005
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
|
$ |
7.85 |
|
|
|
|
|
The Company recorded approximately $847 in gross deferred
compensation expense and recognized compensation expense of
approximately $120 during the year ended December 31, 2005
in connection with these stock grants. The Company reversed
deferred compensation of approximately $25 related to employee
terminations during the year ended December 31, 2005.
The following table summarizes information about stock options
outstanding at December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-Average | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining | |
|
|
|
|
Options | |
|
Contractual Life | |
Exercise Price |
|
Options Outstanding | |
|
Vested | |
|
(in years) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
$0.29
|
|
|
681 |
|
|
|
199 |
|
|
|
7.82 |
|
$0.45
|
|
|
279 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.37 |
|
$10.00
|
|
|
119 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.81 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,079 |
|
|
|
199 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Stock Purchases
Under the Stock Plan, certain eligible individuals may be given
the opportunity to purchase the Companys Common Stock at a
price not less than the par value of the shares. The Board of
Directors determines the purchase price at its sole discretion.
The purchase price paid for restricted stock awards granted to
date has been equal to the fair market value at the date of
grant. Shares awarded or sold under the Stock Plan are subject
to certain special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase,
rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the
Board of Directors may determine. Under most circumstances, the
right of repurchase shall lapse with respect to the first 25% of
the purchased shares when the purchaser completes 12 months
of continuous service and shall lapse an additional 1/48 of the
purchased shares when the purchaser completes each month of
continuous service thereafter. Unless otherwise provided in the
stock purchase agreement, any right to repurchase the shares at
the original purchase price upon termination of the
purchasers service shall lapse with respect to the number
of shares that would vest over a twelve-month period or shall
lapse to all remaining shares if the Company is subject to a
change of control before the purchasers service terminates
or if the purchaser is subject to an involuntary termination
within 12 months following a change of control. No
restricted shares were purchased or granted during 2004 and
2005. As of December 31, 2004 and 2005 approximately $47
(162 shares) and $13 (45 shares), respectively, of
restricted stock is unvested and subject to repurchase rights.
F-20
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share data)
Stock Subscription Notes
As permitted under the Stock Plan, the purchasers of restricted
stock signed full recourse promissory notes for the value of
their shares at the date of grant and interest rates range from
5.5% to 6.3%. The notes were collateralized by a first-priority
interest in all of the shares and the purchaser is personally
liable for full payment of the principal and interest, with the
Company having full recourse against the borrowers
personal assets. At December 31, 2004 notes and accrued
interest receivable of $536 remain outstanding and are
classified in stockholders deficiency. As of
December 31, 2005, all loans were fully repaid and there
are no further loans outstanding.
9. 401(k) Plan
The Company has a 401(k) plan (the Plan) covering
all eligible employees. The Plan allows for a discretionary
employer match. The Company incurred and expensed $54, $38 and
$71 for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005,
respectively, in 401(k) contributions during the year.
Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts
used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the
Companys deferred tax asset are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued vacation
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
|
Accrued miscellaneous
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101 |
|
|
|
Bad debts reserve
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,799 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
169 |
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
4,024 |
|
Non-current deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
|
6,646 |
|
|
|
6,612 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
458 |
|
|
|
437 |
|
|
|
356 |
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
Charitable contributions
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
AMT credit carryover
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
164 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax assets
|
|
|
7,285 |
|
|
|
7,175 |
|
|
|
4,644 |
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(7,285 |
) |
|
|
(7,175 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred income taxes
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
4,644 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company records a valuation allowance for temporary
differences for which it is more likely than not that the
Company will not receive future tax benefits. During 2005, the
Company generated substantial taxable income and expects to
continue to generate taxable income for the foreseeable future.
As such, the Company determined that it is more likely than not
that it will realize its future tax benefits and reduced the
valuation allowance to zero.
At December 31, 2005, the Company has approximately $8,400
of Federal and $14,500 of state net operating loss carry
forwards available to offset future taxable income. The federal
and state net operating loss carry forwards will begin expiring
in 2021 and 2011, respectively, if not utilized. In addition,
the utilization of the state net operating loss carry forwards
is subject to a $2,000 annual limitation. The Company has
determined that substantially all of its net operating losses
are available for future use since it has not had a change
in ownership, as defined by the Tax Reform
F-21
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share data)
Act of 1986, since 2000. The Company believes that it is
possible that a change in ownership could occur if the Company
completes its initial public offering as a result of the
issuance of new shares of Common Stock in the initial public
offering. If such a change in ownership occurs, its ability to
use the net operating loss carryforwards may be limited.
Significant components of the Companys deferred tax assets
and liabilities as of December 2003, 2004, and 2005 are shown
above. Due to the uncertainty of the Companys ability to
realize the benefit of the deferred tax assets, the net deferred
tax assets are fully offset by a valuation allowance at
December 31, 2003 and 2004.
A reconciliation of the statutory tax rates and the effective
tax rates for the three years ended December 31, 2005 are
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended | |
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Statutory rate
|
|
|
34 |
% |
|
|
34 |
% |
|
|
34 |
% |
State taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
5 |
% |
Permanent adjustments
|
|
|
(1 |
)% |
|
|
(631 |
)% |
|
|
0 |
% |
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(33 |
)% |
|
|
597 |
% |
|
|
(84 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(45 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following
components:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
164 |
|
|
State
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
651 |
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,579 |
) |
|
State
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,065 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(3,829 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11. |
Commitments and Contingencies |
Leases
The Company leases office space, automobiles and office
equipment under noncancelable operating lease agreements, which
expire through March 2012. Aggregate annual future minimum lease
payments under these noncancelable leases are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ending December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$ |
1,168 |
|
|
2007
|
|
|
1,180 |
|
|
2008
|
|
|
1,106 |
|
|
2009
|
|
|
905 |
|
|
2010
|
|
|
529 |
|
|
2011 and thereafter
|
|
|
658 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
5,546 |
|
|
|
|
|
F-22
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share data)
Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004
and 2005 was $619, $873 and $1,353, respectively.
Omniglobe International, L.L.C.
Omniglobe International, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
company with operations in India, provides data entry services
relating to the Companys exception handling management.
The Company pays Omniglobe an hourly rate for each hour worked
by each of its data entry agents. For these services, the
Company has paid Omniglobe $0, $2,211 and $8,089 in 2003, 2004
and 2005, respectively. At December 31, 2004 and 2005,
amounts due to Omniglobe were $399 and $577, respectively.
As of December 31, 2005, the Company had agreements with
Omniglobe. One of the Companys agreements with Omniglobe
provides for minimum levels of staffing at a specific price
level resulting in an overall minimum commitment of $350 over
the next six months. Services provided include data entry and
related services as well as development and testing services.
The current agreements may be terminated by either party without
cause with 30 or 60 days written notice prior to the end of
the term. Unless terminated, the agreement will automatically
renew in six month increments. As of December 31, 2005
the Company does not intend to terminate its arrangements with
Omniglobe.
On March 12, 2004, certain of the Companys executive
officers and their family members acquired indirect equity
interests in Omniglobe by purchasing an ownership interest in
Rumson Hitters, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price of | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest in | |
|
|
Position with |
|
Equity Interest | |
|
Runson | |
Name |
|
Synchronoss |
|
in Omniglobe | |
|
Hitters, L.L.C. | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
Stephen G. Waldis
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors,
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
12.23 |
% |
|
$ |
95,000 |
|
Lawrence R. Irving
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer
|
|
|
2.58 |
% |
|
$ |
20,000 |
|
David E. Berry
|
|
Vice President and Chief Technology
Officer
|
|
|
2.58 |
% |
|
$ |
20,000 |
|
Robert Garcia
|
|
Executive Vice President of Product
Management and Service Delivery
|
|
|
1.29 |
% |
|
$ |
10,000 |
|
Since the date that the Companys officers and their family
members acquired their interests in Rumson Hitters, Omniglobe
has paid an aggregate of $1.3 million in distributions to
all of its interest holders, including Runson Hitters. In turn,
Rumson Hitters has paid an aggregate of $0.7 million in
distributions to its interest holders, including $153,655 in
distributions to Stephen G. Waldis and his family members,
$32,348 in distributions to Lawrence R. Irving, $32,348 in
distributions to David E. Berry and his family members and
$16,174 in distributions to Robert Garcia.
Synchronoss considered making an investment in Omniglobe but
elected not to pursue the opportunity based on the
recommendation of the Companys independent directors. Only
after Synchronoss declined to pursue the opportunity did members
of the Companys management team
F-23
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share data)
make their investments. None of the members of the management
team devotes time to the management of Omniglobe.
Upon completion of the Companys initial public offering,
Rumson Hitters will repurchase, at the original purchase price,
the equity interests in Rumson Hitters held by each of the
Companys employees and their family members, such that no
employee of the Company or family member of such employee will
have any interest in Rumson Hitters or Omniglobe after this
offering. Neither the Company nor any of its employees will not
provide any of the funds to be used by Rumson Hitters in
repurchasing such equity interests.
Vertek Corporation
Vertek Corporation, a New Jersey corporation with principal
offices in New Jersey and Vermont, is a solutions provider to
the communications services industry and at December 31,
2005 is 100% owned by one of the Companys directors, James
McCormick.
For various consulting services, the Company paid Vertek $9,000,
$399,230 and $0 in 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. However,
Synchronoss may use the consulting services of Vertek for
various contracts that Company is currently pursuing. At
December 31, 2004 and 2005, there were no amounts due to or
from Vertek.
|
|
13. |
Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
March 31 | |
|
June 30 | |
|
September 30 | |
|
December 31 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands, except per share data) | |
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Revenues
|
|
$ |
5,819 |
|
|
$ |
6,265 |
|
|
$ |
6,381 |
|
|
$ |
8,726 |
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
2,051 |
|
|
|
1,952 |
|
|
|
2,240 |
|
|
|
3,260 |
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(320 |
) |
|
|
(204 |
) |
|
|
119 |
|
|
|
398 |
|
Net (loss) income attributable to
common stockholders
|
|
|
(329 |
) |
|
|
(212 |
) |
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
389 |
|
Basic net (loss) income per common
share(1)
|
|
|
(0.02 |
) |
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
|
0.02 |
|
Diluted net income per common
share(1)
|
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
|
|
0.00 |
|
|
|
0.02 |
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Revenues
|
|
$ |
11,350 |
|
|
$ |
13,776 |
|
|
$ |
14,115 |
|
|
$ |
14,977 |
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
5,069 |
|
|
|
5,829 |
|
|
|
6,139 |
|
|
|
6,976 |
|
Net income
|
|
|
1,527 |
|
|
|
1,929 |
|
|
|
1,998 |
|
|
|
6,975 |
(2) |
Net income attributable to common
stockholders
|
|
|
1,519 |
|
|
|
1,921 |
|
|
|
1,987 |
|
|
|
6,968 |
|
Basic net (loss) income per common
share(1)
|
|
|
0.07 |
|
|
|
0.09 |
|
|
|
0.09 |
|
|
|
0.32 |
|
Diluted net income per common
share(1)
|
|
|
0.06 |
|
|
|
0.08 |
|
|
|
0.08 |
|
|
|
0.29 |
|
|
|
(1) |
Per common share amounts for the quarters and full years have
been calculated separately. Accordingly, quarterly amounts do
not add to the annual amount because of differences in the
weighted-average common shares outstanding during each period
principally due to the effect of the Companys issuing
shares of its common stock during the year. |
F-24
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
(2) |
Includes the impact of a reduction of the Companys
deferred tax valuation allowance of $4.6 million. |
F-25
No dealer, salesperson or
other person is authorized to give any information or to
represent anything not contained in the prospectus. You must not
rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This
prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby,
but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is
lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is
current only as of the date.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
|
84 |
|
|
|
|
84 |
|
|
|
|
84 |
|
|
|
|
84 |
|
|
|
|
F-1 |
|
Through and
including ,
2006 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or
not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to a dealers obligation to
deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with
respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
Shares
Synchronoss
Technologies, Inc.
Common Stock
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Deutsche Bank Securities
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
PART II
Information Not Required in Prospectus
|
|
Item 13. |
Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution |
The following table presents the costs and expenses, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in
connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All
amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee and the
NASD filing fees.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SEC Registration fee
|
|
$ |
8,025 |
|
NASD fee
|
|
|
* |
|
Nasdaq National Market listing fee
|
|
|
* |
|
Printing and engraving expenses
|
|
|
* |
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
|
* |
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
* |
|
Blue sky fees and expenses
|
|
|
* |
|
Custodian and transfer agent fees
|
|
|
* |
|
Miscellaneous fees and expenses
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
* |
|
|
|
|
|
* To be provided by subsequent amendment.
|
|
Item 14. |
Indemnification of Directors and Officers |
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
authorizes a court to award or a corporations board of
directors to grant indemnification to directors and officers in
terms sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under limited
circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for
expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the Securities Act). Article VI,
Section 6.1 of our bylaws provides for mandatory
indemnification of our directors and officers to the maximum
extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Our
amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that,
under Delaware law, our directors and officers shall not be
liable for monetary damages for breach of the officers or
directors fiduciary duty as officers or directors to our
stockholders and us. This provision in the amended and restated
certificate of incorporation does not eliminate the
directors or officers fiduciary duty, and in
appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies like injunctive or
other forms of non-monetary relief will remain available under
Delaware law. In addition, each director or officer will
continue to be subject to liability for breach of the
directors or officers duty of loyalty to us, for
acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law, for actions leading to
improper personal benefit to the director or officer, and for
payment of dividends or approval of stock repurchases or
redemptions that are unlawful under Delaware law. This provision
also does not affect a directors or officers
responsibilities under any other law, such as the federal
securities laws or state or federal environmental laws. We have
entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and
officers, a form of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1 and
incorporated by reference. The indemnification agreements
provide our directors and officers with further indemnification
to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law. Reference is made to Section 8 of the
underwriting agreement contained in Exhibit 1.1 to this
prospectus, indemnifying our directors and officers against
limited liabilities. In addition, Section 1.7 of the
Registration Rights Agreement contained in Exhibits 4.5 to
this registration statement provides for indemnification of
certain of our stockholders against liabilities described in the
Registration Rights Agreement.
II-1
|
|
Item 15. |
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities |
In the three years preceding the filing of this registration
statement, we have issued the following securities that were not
registered under the Securities Act:
1. We granted direct issuances or stock options to purchase
1,264,000 shares of our common stock at exercise prices
ranging from $0.29 to $10.00 per share to employees,
consultants, directors and other service providers under our
2000 Stock Plan. We did not grant any direct issuances or stock
options outside of the 2000 Plan.
2. We issued and sold an aggregate
of shares
of our common stock to employees, consultants, and other service
providers for aggregate consideration of approximately
$ under
direct issuances or exercises of options granted under our 2000
Stock Plan. We did not issue or sell any shares of our common
stock to employees, consultants, and other service providers
outside of the 2000 Stock Plan.
3. The sale of the above securities was deemed to be exempt
from registration under Rule 701 promulgated under
Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions under
compensation benefit plans and contracts relating to
compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of
securities in each transaction represented their intentions to
acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view
to or for sale in connection with any distribution and
appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates
issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate
access, through their relationships with us, to information
about us.
|
|
Item 16. |
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules |
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
No. |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
1 |
.1* |
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
|
|
3 |
.1# |
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of the Registrant.
|
|
3 |
.2* |
|
Form of Restated Certificate of
Incorporation to be effective upon closing.
|
|
3 |
.3# |
|
Bylaws of the Registrant.
|
|
3 |
.4* |
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the
Registrant to be effective upon closing.
|
|
4 |
.1 |
|
Reference is made to
Exhibits 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4.
|
|
4 |
.2* |
|
Form of Registrants Common
Stock certificate.
|
|
4 |
.3# |
|
Amended and Restated Investors
Rights Agreement, dated December 22, 2000, by and among the
Registrant, certain stockholders and the investors listed on the
signature pages thereto.
|
|
4 |
.4# |
|
Amendment No. 1 to Synchronoss
Technologies, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors Rights
Agreement, dated April 27, 2001, by and among the
Registrant, certain stockholders and the investors listed on the
signature pages thereto.
|
|
4 |
.5# |
|
Registration Rights Agreement,
dated November 13, 2000, by and among the Registrant and
the investors listed on the signature pages thereto.
|
|
4 |
.6# |
|
Amendment No. 1 to Synchronoss
Technologies, Inc. Registration Rights Agreement, dated
May 21, 2001, by and among the Registrant, certain
stockholders listed on the signature pages thereto and Silicon
Valley Bank.
|
|
5 |
.1* |
|
Opinion of Gunderson Dettmer Stough
Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP.
|
|
10 |
.1* |
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement
between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive
officers.
|
|
10 |
.2# |
|
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2000
Stock Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
|
|
10 |
.3* |
|
2006 Equity Incentive Plan and
forms of agreements thereunder.
|
|
10 |
.4* |
|
2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
|
II-2
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
No. |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
10 |
.5# |
|
Lease Agreement between the
Registrant and BTCT Associates, L.L.C. for the premises located
at 750 Route 202 South, Bridgewater, New Jersey, dated as of
May 11, 2004.
|
|
10 |
.6# |
|
Lease Agreement between the
Registrant and Liberty Property Limited Partnership for the
premises located at 1525 Valley Center Parkway, Bethlehem,
Pennsylvania, dated as of February 14, 2002.
|
|
10 |
.7# |
|
Lease Agreement between the
Registrant and Apple Tree LLC for the premises located at 8201
164th Avenue NE, Redmond, Washington, dated as of
November 28, 2005.
|
|
10 |
.8# |
|
Warrants to Purchase Series A
Preferred Stock of the Registrant issued to Silicon Valley Bank,
dated as of May 21, 2001 and June 26, 2002.
|
|
10 |
.9# |
|
Loan and Security Agreement between
the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of May 21,
2001.
|
|
10 |
.10 |
|
Cingular Master Services Agreement,
effective September 1, 2005 by and between the Registrant
and Cingular Wireless LLC.
|
|
23 |
.1* |
|
Consent of Ernst & Young,
LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
|
|
23 |
.2* |
|
Consent of Gunderson Dettmer Stough
Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP (contained in
Exhibit 5.1).
|
|
24 |
.1# |
|
Power of Attorney (included on
signature page of this filing).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation Arrangement. |
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
|
|
|
Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this
document. The omitted portions of this document have been filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
|
|
# |
|
Previously filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement
filed February 28, 2004. |
|
|
|
(b) |
Financial Statement Schedules |
The following financial supplement schedule is filed as part of
this Registration Statement:
Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
All other schedules have been omitted as they are not required,
not applicable, or the required information is otherwise
included.
Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance | |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at | |
|
|
Beginning of | |
|
Charged to | |
|
|
|
End of | |
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts |
|
Year | |
|
Expense | |
|
Write-Offs | |
|
Year | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
December 31, 2003
|
|
$ |
220 |
|
|
$ |
137 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
357 |
|
December 31, 2004
|
|
$ |
357 |
|
|
$ |
(123 |
) |
|
$ |
(34 |
) |
|
$ |
200 |
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
$ |
200 |
|
|
$ |
21 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
221 |
|
|
|
Note: |
Additions to the allowance for doubtful accounts are charged to
expenses. |
II-3
We undertake to provide to the underwriters at the closing
specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in the
denominations and registered in the names as required by the
underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the Registrant under the Delaware General
Corporation Law, the amended and restated certificate of
incorporation or our bylaws, the underwriting agreement, or
otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission this indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and
is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against these liabilities, other than the
payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer, or controlling person of ours in the successful defense
of any action, suit or proceeding, is asserted by a director,
officer or controlling person in connection with the securities
being registered in this offering, we will, unless in the
opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question of whether this indemnification by us
is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of this issue.
We undertake that:
|
|
|
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by us under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of
this registration statement as of the time it was declared
effective. |
|
|
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered, and the offering
of these securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
initial bona fide offering. |
II-4
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of
Bridgewater, State of New Jersey, on this 14th day of
April, 2006.
|
|
|
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. |
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Stephen G.
Waldis
|
|
|
|
Stephen G. Waldis |
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors, |
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration
Statement has been signed by the following persons on behalf of
the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Stephen G. Waldis
Stephen
G. Waldis
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors,
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
April 14, 2006
|
|
/s/
Lawrence R. Irving
Lawrence
R. Irving
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
|
|
April 14, 2006
|
|
*
William
Cadogan
|
|
Director
|
|
April 14, 2006
|
|
*
Thomas
J. Hopkins
|
|
Director
|
|
April 14, 2006
|
|
*
James
McCormick
|
|
Director
|
|
April 14, 2006
|
|
*
Scott
Yaphe
|
|
Director
|
|
April 14, 2006
|
|
By: /s/
Stephen G. Waldis
Stephen G.
Waldis
Attorney-in-Fact
|
|
|
|
|
II-5
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
No. |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
1 |
.1* |
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
|
|
3 |
.1# |
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of the Registrant.
|
|
3 |
.2* |
|
Form of Restated Certificate of
Incorporation to be effective upon closing.
|
|
3 |
.3# |
|
Bylaws of the Registrant.
|
|
3 |
.4* |
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the
Registrant to be effective upon closing.
|
|
4 |
.1 |
|
Reference is made to
Exhibits 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4.
|
|
4 |
.2* |
|
Form of Registrants Common
Stock certificate.
|
|
4 |
.3# |
|
Amended and Restated Investors
Rights Agreement, dated December 22, 2000, by and among the
Registrant, certain stockholders and the investors listed on the
signature pages thereto.
|
|
4 |
.4# |
|
Amendment No. 1 to Synchronoss
Technologies, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors Rights
Agreement, dated April 27, 2001, by and among the
Registrant, certain stockholders and the investors listed on the
signature pages thereto.
|
|
4 |
.5# |
|
Registration Rights Agreement,
dated November 13, 2000, by and among the Registrant and
the investors listed on the signature pages thereto.
|
|
4 |
.6# |
|
Amendment No. 1 to Synchronoss
Technologies, Inc. Registration Rights Agreement, dated
May 21, 2001, by and among the Registrant, certain
stockholders listed on the signature pages thereto and Silicon
Valley Bank.
|
|
5 |
.1* |
|
Opinion of Gunderson Dettmer Stough
Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP.
|
|
10 |
.1* |
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement
between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive
officers.
|
|
10 |
.2# |
|
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2000
Stock Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
|
|
10 |
.3* |
|
2006 Equity Incentive Plan and
forms of agreements thereunder.
|
|
10 |
.4* |
|
2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
|
|
10 |
.5# |
|
Lease Agreement between the
Registrant and BTCT Associates, L.L.C. for the premises located
at 750 Route 202 South, Bridgewater, New Jersey, dated as of
May 11, 2004.
|
|
10 |
.6# |
|
Lease Agreement between the
Registrant and Liberty Property Limited Partnership for the
premises located at 1525 Valley Center Parkway, Bethlehem,
Pennsylvania, dated as of February 14, 2002.
|
|
10 |
.7# |
|
Lease Agreement between the
Registrant and Apple Tree LLC for the premises located at 8201
164th Avenue NE, Redmond, Washington, dated as of
November 28, 2005.
|
|
10 |
.8# |
|
Warrants to Purchase Series A
Preferred Stock of the Registrant issued to Silicon Valley Bank,
dated as of May 21, 2001 and June 26, 2002.
|
|
10 |
.9# |
|
Loan and Security Agreement between
the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of May 21,
2001.
|
|
10 |
.10 |
|
Cingular Master Services Agreement,
effective September 1, 2005 by and between the Registrant
and Cingular Wireless LLC.
|
|
23 |
.1* |
|
Consent of Ernst & Young,
LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
|
|
23 |
.2* |
|
Consent of Gunderson Dettmer Stough
Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP (contained in
Exhibit 5.1).
|
|
24 |
.1# |
|
Power of Attorney (included on
signature page of this filing).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation Arrangement. |
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
|
|
|
Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this
document. The omitted portions of this document have been filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
|
|
# |
|
Previously filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement
filed February 28, 2004. |
|
II-6
MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT NO. * * *
BETWEEN
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
AND
CINGULAR WIRELESS LLC
FOR
SERVICES
1
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside
CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
Services
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT HAVE
BEEN REDACTED AND HAVE BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE I - PREAMBLE....................................................... 3
1.1 Preamble and Effective Date...................................... 3
1.2 Scope of Agreement............................................... 3
ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS................................................... 3
ARTICLE III - General Clauses.............................................. 4
3.1 Affiliate........................................................ 4
3.2 Amendments and Waivers........................................... 4
3.3 Assignment....................................................... 5
3.4 Cancellation and Termination..................................... 5
3.5 Compliance with Laws............................................. 5
3.6 Conflict of Interest............................................. 6
3.7 Construction and Interpretation.................................. 6
3.8 Cumulative Remedies.............................................. 6
3.9 Delivery, Performance and Acceptance............................. 6
3.10 Entire Agreement................................................. 7
3.11 Force Majeure.................................................... 7
3.12 Governing Law.................................................... 7
3.13 Indemnity........................................................ 7
3.14 Information...................................................... 8
3.15 Infringement of Third Party Intellectual Property Rights......... 9
3.16 Insurance........................................................ 9
3.17 Dispute Resolution............................................... 10
3.18 Invoicing and Payment............................................ 11
3.19 Licenses and Patents............................................. 11
3.20 Limitation of Liability.......................................... 11
3.21 * * *............................................................
3.22 Minority/Woman/Disabled Veteran-owned Business Enterprises
("MBE/WBE/DVBE") (and Appendices)................................ 12
3.23 Non-Exclusive Market............................................. 12
3.24 Notices.......................................................... 12
3.25 Publicity........................................................ 13
3.26 Records and Audits............................................... 13
3.27 Severability..................................................... 14
3.28 Survival of Obligations.......................................... 14
i
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside
CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
Services
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
AGREEMENT NO. * * *
3.29 Taxes............................................................ 14
3.30 Term of Agreement................................................ 14
3.31 Warranty......................................................... 14
3.32 Work Orders...................................................... 15
ARTICLE IV - SPECIAL TERMS................................................. 16
4.1 Access........................................................... 16
4.2 Background Check................................................. 17
4.3 Independent Contractor .......................................... 18
4.4 Work Done By Others. ............................................ 17
4.5 Cingular Corporate Information Security Policy, Compliance by
Business Partners, Vendors, Contractors.......................... 18
ii
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside
CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number ***
ARTICLE I - PREAMBLE
1.1 PREAMBLE AND EFFECTIVE DATE
This Master Services Agreement ("Agreement") effective as of September 1, 2005
("Effective Date"), is between SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC., on behalf of
itself its subsidiaries and it's Affiliates (as defined below) a Delaware
corporation with offices at 1525 Valley Center Parkway, Bethlehem, Pennsylvania
18017 (hereinafter referred to as "Supplier"), and CINGULAR WIRELESS LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, having an office and place of business at *
* *, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates (hereinafter referred to as
"CINGULAR"), each of which may be referred to in the singular as "Party" or in
the plural as "Parties."
1.2 SCOPE OF AGREEMENT
During the term of this Agreement, CINGULAR may authorize Supplier to perform
work as specified in orders ("Orders") issued by CINGULAR to Supplier. Supplier
will be subject to the terms and conditions contained in each Order and Supplier
will perform those services in accordance with the terms of the Order and this
Agreement. Pricing shall be based on those rates negotiated for each Order.
ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS
2.1 "AFFILIATE" means (1) a company, whether incorporated or not, which owns,
directly or indirectly, a forty percent (40%) interest in either Party (a
"parent company"), and (2) a company, whether incorporated or not, in which a
five percent (5%) or greater interest is owned, either directly or indirectly,
by: (i) either Party or (ii) a parent company.
2.2 "CANCELLATION" means the occurrence by which either Party puts an end to
this Agreement or Orders placed under this Agreement for breach by the other,
and its effect is the same as that of "Termination" and, except as otherwise
provided for herein, the canceling Party also retains any remedy for breach of
the whole Agreement or any unperformed balance.
2.3 "INFORMATION" means all ideas, discoveries, concepts, know-how, trade
secrets, techniques, designs, Specifications, drawings, sketches, models,
manuals, samples, tools, computer programs, technical information, and other
confidential business, customer or personnel information or data, whether
provided orally, in writing, or through electronic or other means.
2.4 "LIABILITY" means all losses, damages, expenses, costs, penalties, fines and
fees, including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising from or incurred in
connection with a claim or cause of action related to performance or omission of
acts under this Agreement or any Order, including, but not limited to, claims or
causes of actions brought by third parties.
2.5 "ORDER" means such purchase orders, work orders, forms, memoranda or other
written communications as may be delivered to Supplier for the purpose of
ordering Services hereunder.
3
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside
CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number ***
2.6 "SERVICE(S)" means any and all labor or service provided in connection with
this Agreement or an applicable Order, including, but not limited to,
consultation, engineering, installation, removal, maintenance, training,
technical support, repair, and programming. The term "Service" shall also
include any Material, including any Documentation, provided by Supplier in
connection with providing the Services.
2.7 "SPECIFICATIONS" mean (i) Supplier's applicable Specifications and
descriptions, including any warranty statements, and (ii) CINGULAR's
requirements, Specifications, and descriptions specified in, or attached to,
this Agreement or an applicable Order, which shall control over an inconsistency
with Supplier's Specifications and descriptions.
2.8 "TERMINATION" means the occurrence by which either Party, pursuant to the
provisions or powers of this Agreement or pursuant to laws and regulations, puts
an end to this Agreement and/or Orders placed under this Agreement other than
for breach. On "Termination" all executory obligations are discharged, but any
right based on breach of performance survives except as otherwise provided
herein.
2.9 "WORK" means all Material and Services, collectively, that Supplier is
supplying pursuant to Orders placed under this Agreement.
ARTICLE III - GENERAL CLAUSES
3.1 AFFILIATE
Supplier agrees that an Affiliate may place Orders with Supplier, which
incorporate the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and that the term
"CINGULAR" shall be deemed to refer to an Affiliate when an Affiliate places an
Order with Supplier under this Agreement. An Affiliate will be responsible for
its own obligations, including but not limited to, all charges incurred in
connection with such Order. The Parties agree that nothing in this Agreement
will be construed as requiring CINGULAR to indemnify Supplier, or to otherwise
be responsible, for any acts or omissions of an Affiliate, nor shall anything in
this Agreement be construed as requiring an Affiliate to indemnify Supplier, or
to otherwise be responsible, for the acts or omissions of CINGULAR.
3.2 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
This Agreement and any Orders placed hereunder may be amended or modified only
by a written document signed by the authorized representative of the Party
against whom enforcement is sought; provided that CINGULAR may, at any time,
make changes to the scope of Work, and Supplier shall not unreasonably withhold
or condition its consent. * * * No course of dealing or failure of either Party
to strictly enforce any term, right or condition of this Agreement shall be
construed as a general waiver or relinquishment of such term, right, or
condition. A waiver by either Party of any default shall not be deemed a waiver
of any other default.
4
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside
CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number ***
3.3 ASSIGNMENT
* * * Any attempted assignment or transfer not consented to in writing, except
for an assignment to receive money due hereunder, will be void. It is expressly
agreed that any assignment of money will be void if (i) the assignor fails to
give the non-assigning Party at least thirty (30) days prior written notice, or
(ii) the assignment imposes or attempts to impose upon the non-assigning Party
additional costs or obligations in addition to the payment of such money, or
(iii) the assignment attempts to preclude CINGULAR from dealing solely and
directly with Supplier in all matters pertaining to this Agreement, or (iv) the
assignment denies, alters or attempts to alter any of the non-assigning Party's
rights hereunder.
3.4 CANCELLATION AND TERMINATION
a. Cancellation:
1. If either Party fails to cure a material default under this Agreement
or applicable Order within * * * after written notice, then, in
addition to all other rights and remedies, the Party not in default
may cancel this Agreement and/or the Order under which the default
occurred. * * * Additional provisions for Cancellation of Orders
hereunder are set forth in this Agreement.
2. If Supplier is the Party in default, CINGULAR may Cancel any Orders
which may be affected by Supplier's default * * *.
b. Termination:
* * * In such event, or if Supplier Cancels this Agreement or any Order as
a result of CINGULAR's failure to cure a material default, CINGULAR shall
pay Supplier its actual and direct costs incurred to provide the Material
and Services ordered by CINGULAR, but no more than a percentage of the
Services performed or Material Delivered, less reimbursements. If
requested, Supplier agrees to substantiate such costs with proof
satisfactory to CINGULAR. In no event shall CINGULAR's Liability exceed the
price of any Material or Services ordered hereunder. After the receipt of
CINGULAR's payment for any Services, Supplier shall deliver the physical
embodiments, if any, of such Services. * * *
c. Partial Cancellation and Termination:
Where a provision of this Agreement or the applicable Laws permit CINGULAR
to Terminate or Cancel an Order, such Termination or Cancellation may, at
CINGULAR's option, be either complete or partial. In the case of a partial
Termination or Cancellation, CINGULAR may, at its option, Accept a portion
of the Material or Services covered by an Order and pay Supplier for such
Material or Services at the unit prices set forth in such Order. The right
to cancel an Order shall also include the right to cancel any other related
Order.
3.5 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS
Supplier shall comply with all applicable federal, state, county, and local
rules, including, without limitation, all statutes, laws, ordinances,
regulations and codes ("Laws"). Supplier's obligation to comply with all Laws
includes the procurement of permits, certificates, approvals, inspections and
licenses, when needed, in the performance of this Agreement. Supplier further
agrees to comply with all applicable Executive and Federal regulations as set
forth in "Executive Orders and Federal
5
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside
CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number ***
Regulations," a copy of which is attached as Appendix 3.5 and by this reference
made a part of this Agreement. Supplier shall defend, indemnify and hold
CINGULAR harmless from and against any Liability that may be sustained by reason
of Supplier's failure to comply with this Section.
3.6 CONFLICT OF INTEREST
Supplier represents and warrants that no officer, director, employee, or agent
of CINGULAR has been or will be employed, retained or paid a fee, or otherwise
has received or will receive any personal compensation or consideration, by or
from Supplier or any of Supplier's officers, directors, employees or agents in
connection with the obtaining, arranging or negotiation of this Agreement or
other documents entered into or executed in connection with this Agreement.
3.7 CONSTRUCTION AND INTERPRETATION
a. The language of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed simply, as a
whole and in accordance with its fair meaning and not strictly for or
against any Party. The Parties agree that this Agreement has been prepared
jointly and has been the subject of arm's length and careful negotiation.
Each Party has been given the opportunity to independently review this
Agreement with legal counsel and other consultants, and each Party has the
requisite experience and sophistication to understand, interpret and agree
to the particular language of the provisions. Accordingly, in the event of
an ambiguity in or dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement,
the drafting of the language of this Agreement shall not be attributed to
either Party.
b. Article, section and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for
reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation
of this Agreement. The use of the word "include" shall mean "includes, but
is not limited to." The singular use of words shall include the plural and
vice versa. Except as otherwise specified, Supplier's price for Material
and Services includes the price for all related Material or Services
necessary for CINGULAR to use the Material and/or Services for its intended
purpose, as well as all other Supplier obligations under this Agreement.
All obligations and rights of the Parties are subject to modification as
the parties may specifically provide in an Order. "Services" and "Software"
shall be treated as "goods" for purposes of applying the provisions of the
Uniform Commercial Code ("UCC"). If there is an inconsistency or conflict
between the terms in this Agreement and in an Order, the terms in the Order
shall take precedence.
3.8 CUMULATIVE REMEDIES
Except as specifically identified as a Party's sole remedy, any rights of
Cancellation, Termination, Liquidated Damages or other remedies prescribed in
this Agreement, are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other remedies to
which the injured Party may be entitled. Neither Party shall retain the benefit
of inconsistent remedies.
3.9 DELIVERY, PERFORMANCE AND ACCEPTANCE
Services performed by Supplier shall be deemed to be accepted by CINGULAR when
Services are * * *. Payments, including progress payments, if any, shall not be
construed as Acceptance of Services performed up to the time of such payments.
CINGULAR shall notify Supplier of any Services considered to be unsatisfactory.
Supplier shall, * * *, take prompt action to correct such unsatisfactory
Services. If such unsatisfactory Services have not been corrected within a
reasonable
6
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside
CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number ***
time (not to exceed * * *from date of notification), CINGULAR may, in addition
to all other rights and remedies provided by law or this Agreement, * * *.
3.10 ENTIRE AGREEMENT
a. The terms contained in this Agreement and in any Orders, including all
exhibits, appendices and subordinate documents attached to or referenced in
this Agreement or in any Orders, constitute the entire integrated Agreement
between Supplier and CINGULAR with regard to the subject matter contained
herein. This Agreement supercedes all prior oral and written
communications, agreements and understandings of the Parties, if any, with
respect hereto. Acceptance of Material or Services, payment or any inaction
by CINGULAR, shall not constitute CINGULAR's consent to or Acceptance of
any additional or different terms from those stated in this Agreement,
except for terms in an Order inserted by CINGULAR and signed by both
Parties. Estimates furnished by CINGULAR are for planning purposes only and
shall not constitute commitments. Supplier covenants never to contend
otherwise.
b. No oral promises or statement have induced either Party to enter into this
Agreement, and the Parties agree that the Agreement's express language may
only be modified or amended through a subsequent written document signed by
the Parties.
3.11 FORCE MAJEURE
a. Neither Party shall be deemed in default of this Agreement or any Order to
the extent that any delay or failure in the performance of its obligations
results from any cause beyond its reasonable control and without its fault
or negligence, such as acts of God, acts of civil or military authority,
embargoes, epidemics, war, riots, insurrections, fires, explosions,
earthquakes, floods or strikes ("Force Majeure").
b. If any Force Majeure condition affects Supplier's ability to perform,
Supplier shall give immediate notice to CINGULAR, and CINGULAR may elect to
either: (i) Terminate the affected Order(s) or any part thereof, (ii)
suspend the affected Order(s) or any part thereof for the duration of the
Force Majeure condition, with the option to obtain Material and Services to
be furnished under such Order(s) elsewhere, * * * or (iii) resume
performance under such Order(s) once the Force Majeure condition ceases,
with an option in CINGULAR to extend any affected Delivery Date for the
length of time that the Force Majeure condition existed. Unless CINGULAR
gives written notice within thirty (30) days after being notified of the
Force Majeure condition, option (ii) shall be deemed selected.
3.12 GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement and performance hereunder shall be governed by the Laws of the
State of * * *, exclusive of its choice of law provisions.
3.13 INDEMNITY
TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, SUPPLIER SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND
HOLD HARMLESS CINGULAR AND ITS AFFILIATES (INCLUDING THEIR EMPLOYEES, OFFICERS,
DIRECTORS, AGENTS AND CONTRACTORS) AGAINST ANY LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR
INCIDENTAL TO SUPPLIER'S OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR THE
7
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside
CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number ***
MATERIAL OR SERVICES PROVIDED BY SUPPLIER, INCLUDING (i) INJURIES TO PERSONS,
INCLUDING DEATH OR DISEASE, (ii) DAMAGES TO PROPERTY, INCLUDING THEFT, (iii)
SUPPLIER'S FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ALL LAWS, AND (iv) LIENS ON CINGULAR'S
PROPERTY.
b. * * * THIS INDEMNITY SHALL SURVIVE THE DELIVERY, INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
OF THE MATERIAL OR SERVICES AND THE CANCELLATION, TERMINATION OR EXPIRATION
OF THIS AGREEMENT.
CINGULAR shall notify Supplier within a reasonable period of time of any written
claim, demand, notice or legal proceedings ("Claim") for which Supplier may be
responsible under this indemnity obligation. A delay in notice shall not relieve
Supplier of its indemnity obligation, except to the extent Supplier can show it
was prejudiced by the delay.
c. Supplier shall assume, at its expense, the sole defense of the Claim
through counsel selected by Supplier and shall keep CINGULAR fully informed
as to the progress of such defense. Upon reasonable request of Supplier and
at Supplier's expense, CINGULAR shall cooperate with Supplier in the
defense of the Claim. At its option and expense, CINGULAR may retain or use
separate counsel to represent it, including in-house counsel. Supplier
shall maintain control of the defense, except that if the settlement of a
Claim would adversely affect CINGULAR, Supplier may settle the Claim as to
CINGULAR only with its consent, which consent shall not be withheld or
delayed unreasonably. Supplier shall pay the full amount of any judgment,
award or settlement with respect to the Claim and all other expenses
related to the resolution of the Claim, including costs, interest and
reasonable attorneys' fees. If CINGULAR is required to take any action to
enforce its indemnity rights under this Agreement, or to assume the defense
of any Claim for which it is entitled to receive an indemnity under this
Agreement, because of Supplier's failure to promptly assume such defense,
then CINGULAR may also recover from Supplier any reasonable attorneys' fees
(including cost of in-house counsel at market rates for attorneys of
similar experience) and other costs of enforcing its indemnity rights or
assuming such defense.
Supplier agrees not to implead or bring any action against CINGULAR or
CINGULAR's employees based on any claim by any person for personal injury or
death that occurs in the course or scope of employment of such person by
Supplier and relates to Supplier's performance under this Agreement.
3.14 INFORMATION
a. Information furnished by CINGULAR.
1. Any Information furnished to Supplier in connection with this
Agreement, including Information provided under a separate
Non-Disclosure prior to executing this Agreement, shall remain
CINGULAR's property. Unless such Information was previously known to
Supplier free of any obligation to keep it confidential, or has been
or is subsequently made public by CINGULAR or a third party, without
violating a confidentiality obligation, it shall be kept confidential
by Supplier, shall be used only in performing under this Agreement,
and may not be used for other purposes, except as may be agreed upon
between Supplier and CINGULAR in writing. Supplier is granted no
rights or license to such Information. All copies of such Information,
in written, graphic or other tangible form, shall be returned to
CINGULAR upon the earlier of (i) CINGULAR's request or (ii) upon
Termination, Cancellation, or expiration of this Agreement. All copies
of such Information in intangible form, such as electronic records,
including electronic mail, shall be destroyed upon the earlier of (i)
CINGULAR's request or (ii) upon Termination, Cancellation, or
expiration of this Agreement,
8
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside
CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number ***
and Supplier shall certify to CINGULAR the destruction of all
intangible copies of such Information.
b. Information furnished by Supplier.
Any Information furnished to CINGULAR under this Agreement shall remain
Supplier's property. * * * If Supplier provides CINGULAR with any
proprietary or confidential Information* * *, CINGULAR shall use the same
degree of care to prevent its disclosure to others as CINGULAR uses with
respect to its own proprietary or confidential Information. * * *
c. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent either party from disclosing the
other party's name or Information pursuant to any court order, lawful
requirement of a governmental agency or when disclosure is required by
operation of law (including disclosures pursuant to any applicable
securities laws and regulations).
3.15 INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
a. Supplier agrees to defend, indemnify and hold CINGULAR harmless from and
against * * *.
b. Supplier agrees to defend or settle, at its' own expense, any action or
suit for which it is responsible under this Section. CINGULAR agrees to
notify Supplier promptly of any claim of infringement and cooperate in
every reasonable way to facilitate the defense. Supplier shall afford
CINGULAR, at its own expense and with counsel of CINGULAR's choice, an
opportunity to participate on an equal basis with Supplier in the defense
or settlement of any such claim.
3.16 INSURANCE
a. With respect to performance hereunder, and in addition to Supplier's
obligation to indemnify, Supplier agrees to maintain, at all times
during the term of this Agreement, the following minimum insurance
coverages and limits and any additional insurance and/or bonds
required by law:
b. Workers' Compensation insurance with benefits afforded under the Laws
of the state in which the Services are to be performed and Employers
Liability insurance with minimum limits of $* * * for Bodily
Injury-each accident, $* * * for Bodily Injury by disease-policy
limits and $* * * for Bodily Injury by disease-each employee.
c. Commercial General Liability insurance with minimum limits of: $* * *
General Aggregate limit; $* * * each occurrence sub-limit for all
bodily injury or property damage incurred in any one occurrence; $* *
* each occurrence sub-limit for Personal Injury and Advertising; $* *
* Products/Completed Operations Aggregate limit, with a $* * * each
occurrence sub-limit for Products/Completed Operations. Fire Legal
Liability sub-limits of $300,000 are required for lease agreements.
d. CINGULAR and its Affiliated companies will be listed as an Additional
Insured on the Commercial General Liability policy.
e. If use of a motor vehicle is required, Automobile Liability insurance
with minimum limits of $* * * combined single limits per occurrence
for bodily injury and property damage, which coverage shall extend to
all owned, hired and non-owned vehicles.
9
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside
CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number ***
f. CINGULAR requires that companies affording insurance coverage have a
rating of A- or better and a Financial Size Category rating of VIII or
better rating, as rated in the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide for Property
and Casualty Insurance Companies.
g. A certificate of insurance stating the types of insurance and policy
limits provided the Supplier must be received prior to commencement of
any Work. If a certificate is not received, Supplier hereby authorizes
CINGULAR, and CINGULAR may, but is not required to, obtain insurance
on behalf of Supplier as specified herein. CINGULAR will either
invoice Supplier for the costs incurred to so acquire insurance or
will reduce by an applicable amount any amount owed to Supplier.
h. The cancellation clause on the certificate of insurance will be
amended to read as follows:
"THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL MAIL * * * WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE
HOLDER PRIOR TO CANCELLATION OR A MATERIAL CHANGE TO POLICY DESCRIBED
ABOVE."
i. The Supplier shall also require all subcontractors performing Work on
the project or who may enter upon the work site to maintain the same
insurance requirements listed above.
3.17 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
a. EXCLUSIVE PROCEDURE. Any dispute arising out of or relating to
this Agreement shall be resolved in accordance with the
procedures specified in this Section 3.17, which, notwithstanding
the parties' right to seek injunctive relief, shall be the sole
and exclusive procedures for the resolution of any such disputes.
b. NEGOTIATION BETWEEN EXECUTIVES. Before resorting to other
remedies available to them, the parties shall attempt in good
faith to resolve any dispute arising out of or relating to this
Agreement promptly by negotiation between executives who have
authority to settle the controversy and who are at a higher level
of management than the persons with direct responsibility for
administration of this Agreement. Any party may give the other
party written notice of any dispute not resolved in the normal
course of business. Within * * * after delivery of the notice,
the receiving party shall submit to the other a written response.
The notice and the response shall include (a) a statement of each
party's position and a summary of arguments supporting that
position, and (b) the name and title of the executive who will
represent that party and of any other person who will accompany
the executive. Within * * * after delivery of the disputing
party's notice, the executives of both parties shall meet at a
mutually acceptable time and place, and thereafter as often as
they reasonably deem necessary, to attempt to resolve the
dispute. All reasonable requests for information made by one
party to the other will be honored.
c. NON-BINDING MEDIATION. If the dispute has not been resolved by
negotiation as provided herein, the parties shall endeavor to
settle the dispute by mediation under the then current Center for
Public Resources ("CPR") Model Procedure for Mediation of
Business Disputes. The neutral third party will be selected from
the CPR Panel of Neutrals, with the assistance of CPR, unless the
parties agree otherwise.
d. LITIGATION. If a dispute has not been resolved by non-binding
means as provided herein within * * * of the initiation of such
procedures, either party may initiate litigation;
10
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside
CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number ***
provided, however, that if one party has requested the other to
participate in a non-binding procedure and the other has failed
to participate, the requesting party may initiate litigation
before the expiration of the * * * period.
e. CONFIDENTIAL NEGOTIATIONS. All negotiations pursuant to this
section 3.17 are confidential and shall be treated as compromise
and settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of
evidence.
f. OBLIGATION TO CONTINUE PERFORMANCE. Each party is required to
continue to perform its obligations under this contract pending
final resolution of any dispute arising out of or relating to
this Agreement.
3.18 INVOICING AND PAYMENT
a. Except as otherwise specified in an Order, Supplier shall render an
invoice in duplicate, in arrears on a monthly basis or as otherwise
agreed by the Parties. The invoice shall specify in detail (i)
Material and/or Services provided, (ii) associated fees, (iii) whether
any item is taxable and the amount of tax per item, (iv) shipping
charges, and (v) total amount due. The invoice shall also reference
the purchase order number and the Order number. CINGULAR shall pay
Supplier within * * * of the date of receipt of the invoice in
accordance with the prices set forth in this Agreement or in the
applicable Order. Payment for Material or Services not conforming to
the Specifications, and portions of any invoice in dispute, may be
withheld by CINGULAR until such nonconformance or dispute has been
resolved. If CINGULAR disputes any invoice rendered or amount paid,
CINGULAR shall so notify Supplier. The Parties shall use their best
efforts to resolve invoicing and payment disputes expeditiously. * * *
b. * * * Supplier shall pay any amount due to CINGULAR that is not so
applied against Supplier's invoices for any reason to CINGULAR within
* * * after written demand by CINGULAR.
c. Supplier agrees to accept standard, commercial methods of payment and
evidence of payment obligation including, but not limited to, credit
card payments, purchasing card payments, CINGULAR's purchase orders
and electronic fund transfers in connection with the purchase of the
Material and Services.
3.19 LICENSES AND PATENTS
No licenses express or implied, under any patents, copyrights, trademarks
or other intellectual property rights are granted by CINGULAR to Supplier
under this Agreement.
3.20 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
In no event shall either party be liable to the other for consequential,
incidental, special or punitive damages, or for loss of revenue or profit
in connection with the performance or failure to perform this Agreement,
regardless of whether such Liability arises from breach of contract, tort
or any other theory of Liability. With the exception of indemnity
obligations,
11
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside
CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number ***
payment obligations, failure to comply with law, or intentional misconduct,
in no event shall either party's direct damages hereunder exceed $* * *.
3.21 * * *
* * *
3.22 MINORITY/WOMAN/DISABLED VETERAN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES ("MBE/WBE/DVBE")
(AND APPENDICES)
a. Supplier commits to goals for the participation of M/WBE and DVBE firms (as
defined in the Section entitled "MBE/WBE/DVBE Cancellation Clause") as
follows: * * * MBE PARTICIPATION; * * * WBE PARTICIPATION; and * * * DVBE
PARTICIPATION. These goals apply to all annual expenditures by any entity
pursuant to this Agreement with Supplier.
b. Supplier MBE/WBE/DVBE participation may be achieved through cost of goods
content, contract specific subcontracting or the use of value-added
resellers. The participation levels identified above will be renegotiated
to comply with any regulatory requirements imposed on CINGULAR.
c. Attached hereto and incorporated herein as Appendix 3.22(a) is Supplier's
completed Participation Plan outlining its M/WBE-DVBE goals and specific
and detailed plans to achieve those goals. Supplier will submit an updated
Participation Plan * * *. Supplier will submit M/WBE-DVBE Results Reports *
* *, using the form attached hereto and incorporated herein as Appendix
3.22(b). Participation Plans and Results Reports will be submitted to the
Prime Supplier Results Manager.
3.23 NON-EXCLUSIVE MARKET
It is expressly understood and agreed that this Agreement does not grant
Supplier an exclusive privilege to provide to CINGULAR any or all Material and
Services of the type described in this Agreement, nor does it require CINGULAR
to purchase or license any Material or Services. It is understood, therefore,
that CINGULAR may contract with other manufacturers and suppliers for the
procurement or trial of comparable Material and Services and that CINGULAR may
itself perform the Services described herein.
3.24 NOTICES
a. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or an applicable Order, all
notices or other communications hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly
given when made in writing and either (i) delivered in person, or (ii) when
received, if provided by an overnight or similar delivery service, or (iii)
when received, if deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid,
return receipt requested, and addressed as follows:
To: Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.
750 Route 202 South, Sixth Floor
Bridgewater, NJ 08807
* * *
Copy to
12
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside
CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number ***
Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP
610 Lincoln Street
Waltham, Massachusetts 02451
Attention: * * *, Esq.
To: Cingular Wireless LLC
* * *
* * *
Attn.: * * *
* * *
Copy to
Cingular Wireless LLC
* * *
* * *
Attn: * * *
b. The address to which notices or communications may be given by either Party
may be changed by written notice given by such Party to the other pursuant
to this Section.
3.25 PUBLICITY
Supplier shall not use CINGULAR's or its Affiliates' names or any language,
pictures, trademarks, service marks or symbols which could, in CINGULAR's
judgment, imply CINGULAR's or its Affiliates' identity or endorsement by
CINGULAR, its Affiliates or any of its employees in any (i) written, electronic
or oral advertising or presentation or (ii) brochure, newsletter, book,
electronic database or other written matter of whatever nature, without
CINGULAR's prior written consent (hereafter the terms in subsections (i) and
(ii) of this Section shall be collectively referred to as "Publicity Matters").
Supplier will submit to CINGULAR for written approval, prior to publication, all
Publicity Matters that mention or display CINGULAR's or its Affiliates' names,
trademarks or service marks, or that contain any symbols, pictures or language
from which a connection to said names or marks may be inferred or implied.
3.26 RECORDS AND AUDITS
Supplier agrees that it will:
a. Maintain complete and accurate records related to the Material and Services
provided by Supplier to CINGULAR, including records of all amounts billable
to and payments made by CINGULAR in accordance with Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles and Practices, uniformly and consistently applied in
a format that will permit audit;
b. Retain such records and reasonable billing detail for a period of at least
* * * from the date of final payment for Material and Services;
c. Provide reasonable supporting documentation to CINGULAR concerning any
disputed invoice amount within * * * after receipt of written notification
of such dispute; and,
13
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside
CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number ***
d. Permit CINGULAR and its authorized representatives to inspect and audit
during normal business hours the charges invoiced to CINGULAR. Should
CINGULAR request an audit, Supplier will make available any pertinent
records and files to CINGULAR during normal business hours at no additional
charge.
3.27 SEVERABILITY
If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, such
invalidity or non-enforceability shall not invalidate or render unenforceable
any other portion of this Agreement. The entire Agreement will be construed as
if it did not contain the particular invalid or unenforceable provision(s), and
the rights and obligations of Supplier and CINGULAR will be construed and
enforced accordingly.
3.28 SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS
Obligations and rights in connection with this Agreement, which by their nature
would continue beyond the Termination, Cancellation or expiration of this
Agreement, including, but not limited to, those in the Sections entitled
"Compliance with Laws", "Infringement of Third Party Intellectual Property
Rights", "Indemnity", "Publicity", "Severability", "Information", "Independent
Contractor" and "Warranty" will survive the Termination, Cancellation or
expiration of this Agreement.
3.29 TAXES
a. Supplier may invoice CINGULAR the amount of any federal excise taxes or
state or local sales taxes imposed upon the sale of Material or provision
of Services as separate items, if applicable, listing the taxing
jurisdiction imposing the tax. Installation, labor and other non-taxable
charges must be separately stated. CINGULAR agrees to pay all applicable
taxes to Supplier, which are stated on, and at the time the Material or
Service invoice is submitted by Supplier. Supplier agrees to remit taxes to
the appropriate taxing authorities. Supplier agrees that it will honor
properly prepared retail sales tax exemption certificates, which CINGULAR
may submit, pursuant to the relevant Sales/Use tax provisions of the taxing
jurisdictions.
3.30 TERM OF AGREEMENT
a. This Agreement is effective on September 1, 2005, and shall continue in
effect unless Terminated or Canceled by either party as provided in this
Agreement. The Parties may extend the term of this Agreement by mutual
agreement in writing.
b. The Termination, Cancellation or expiration of this Agreement shall not
affect the obligations of either Party to the other Party pursuant to any
Order previously executed hereunder, and the terms and conditions of this
Agreement shall continue to apply to such Order as if this Agreement had
not been Terminated or Canceled.
3.31 WARRANTY
a. Supplier warrants to CINGULAR that any Services provided hereunder will be
performed in a first-class, professional manner, in strict compliance with
the Specifications, and with the care, skill and diligence, and in
accordance with the applicable standards, currently recognized in
14
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure
outside CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting
Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number ***
Supplier's profession or industry. If Supplier fails to meet applicable
professional standards, Supplier will, * * *.
b. Supplier represents and warrants that:
1. There are no actions, suits, or proceedings, pending or threatened,
which will have a material adverse effect on Supplier's ability to
fulfill its obligations under this Agreement;
2. Supplier will immediately notify CINGULAR if, during the term of this
Agreement, Supplier becomes aware of any action, suit, or proceeding,
pending or threatened, which may have a material adverse effect on
Supplier's ability to fulfill the obligations under this Agreement or
any Order;
3. Supplier has all necessary skills, rights, financial resources, and
authority to enter into this Agreement and related Orders, including
the authority to provide or license the Material or Services;
4. * * *;
5. No consent, approval, or withholding of objection is required from any
entity, including any governmental authority with respect to the
entering into or the performance of this Agreement or any Order;
6. The Material and Services will be provided free of any lien or
encumbrance of any kind;
7. Supplier will be fully responsible and liable for all acts, omissions,
and Work performed by any of its representatives, including any
subcontractor;
8. All representatives, including subcontractors, will strictly comply
with the provisions specified in this Agreement and any Order; and,
9. Supplier will strictly comply with the terms of this Agreement or
Order, including those specified in any Exhibits or Appendices
thereto.
d. All warranties will survive inspection, Acceptance, payment and use. These
warranties will be in addition to all other warranties, express, implied or
statutory. Supplier will defend, indemnify and hold CINGULAR harmless from
and against all Liabilities for a breach of these warranties.
e. If at any time during the warranty period for Services, CINGULAR believes
there is a breach of any warranty, CINGULAR will notify Supplier setting
forth the nature of such claimed breach. Supplier shall * * *.
f. If a breach of warranty has not been corrected within a commercially
reasonable time, or if * * *.
3.32 WORK ORDERS
a. CINGULAR may order Material and Services by submitting Orders in connection
with this Agreement. CINGULAR will submit Orders that specify, as a
minimum, the following information:
15
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure
outside CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting
Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number ***
1. A description of the Services and/or Material, including any
numerical/alphabetical identification referenced in the applicable
price list;
2. The requested Delivery/Due Date;
3. The applicable price(s)/fee(s);
4. The location to which the Material is to be shipped, or the site where
Services will be rendered;
5. The location to which invoices are to be sent for payment; and,
6. CINGULAR's Order number.
b. The terms in this Agreement shall apply to Orders submitted in connection
with this Agreement, and preprinted terms on the back of any Order shall
not apply.
ARTICLE IV - SPECIAL TERMS
4.1 ACCESS
a. When appropriate, Supplier shall have reasonable access to CINGULAR's
premises during normal business hours, and at such other times as may be
agreed upon by the Parties, to enable Supplier to perform its obligations
under this Agreement. Supplier shall coordinate such access with CINGULAR's
designated representative prior to visiting such premises. Supplier will
ensure that only persons employed by Supplier or subcontracted by Supplier
will be allowed to enter CINGULAR's premises. If CINGULAR requests Supplier
or its subcontractor to discontinue furnishing any person provided by
Supplier or its subcontractor from performing Work on CINGULAR's premises,
Supplier shall immediately comply with such request. Such person shall
leave CINGULAR's premises immediately, and Supplier shall not furnish such
person again to perform Work on CINGULAR's premises without CINGULAR's
written consent.
b. CINGULAR may require Supplier or its representatives, including employees
and subcontractors, to exhibit identification credentials, which CINGULAR
may issue to gain access to CINGULAR's premises for the performance of
Services. If, for any reason, any Supplier's representative is no longer
performing such Services, Supplier shall immediately inform CINGULAR.
Notification shall be followed by the prompt delivery to CINGULAR of the
identification credentials, if issued by CINGULAR, or a written statement
of the reasons why the identification credentials cannot be returned.
c. Supplier shall ensure that its representatives, including employees and
subcontractors will, while on or off CINGULAR's premises, will perform
Services which (i) conform to the Specifications, (ii) protect CINGULAR's
Material, buildings and structures, (iii) do not interfere with CINGULAR's
business operations, and (iv) are performed with care and due regard for
the safety, convenience and protection of CINGULAR, its employees, and
property and in full conformance with the policies specified in the
CINGULAR Code of Conduct, which prohibits the possession of a weapon or an
implement which can be used as a weapon (a copy of the CINGULAR Code of
Conduct is available upon request).
d. * * *
16
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure
outside CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting
Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number ***
4.2 BACKGROUND CHECK
Supplier shall conduct a background check for each individual providing Services
to CINGULAR on behalf of Supplier to identify whether the individual has been
convicted of a felony. Supplier agrees that no individual convicted of a felony
will be permitted to provide Services in connection with this Agreement or any
order submitted by CINGULAR without CINGULAR's written consent.
4.3 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR
Supplier hereby represents and warrants to CINGULAR that:
a. Supplier is engaged in an independent business and will perform all
obligations under this Agreement as an independent contractor and not as
the agent or employee of CINGULAR;
b. Supplier's personnel performing Services shall be considered solely the
employees of Supplier and not employees or agents of CINGULAR;
c. Supplier has and retains the right to exercise full control of and
supervision over the performance of the Services and full control over the
employment, direction, assignment, compensation, and discharge of all
personnel performing the Services;
d. Supplier is solely responsible for all matters relating to compensation and
benefits for all of Supplier's personnel who perform Services. This
responsibility includes, but is not limited to, (i) timely payment of
compensation and benefits, including, but not limited to, overtime,
medical, dental, and any other benefit, and (ii) all matters relating to
compliance with all employer obligations to withhold employee taxes, pay
employee and employer taxes, and file payroll tax returns and information
returns under local, state and federal income tax laws, unemployment
compensation insurance and state disability insurance tax laws, social
security and Medicare tax laws, and all other payroll tax laws or similar
laws with respect to all Supplier personnel providing Services; and,
e. Supplier will indemnify, defend, and hold CINGULAR harmless from all
Liabilities, costs, expenses and claims related to Supplier's failure to
comply with the immediately preceding paragraph.
4.4 WORK DONE BY OTHERS
If any part of Supplier's Work is dependent upon work performed by others,
Supplier shall inspect and promptly report to CINGULAR any defect that renders
such other work unsuitable for Supplier's proper performance. Supplier's silence
shall constitute approval of such other work as fit, proper and suitable for
Supplier's performance of its Work.
4.5 CINGULAR CORPORATE INFORMATION SECURITY POLICY, COMPLIANCE BY BUSINESS
PARTNERS, VENDORS, CONTRACTORS
Security Requirements for System or Network Access by Contractors
Contractors must comply with these security requirements ("Requirements") to
have access to Cingular's computers, computer peripherals, computer
communications networks, computer
17
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure
outside CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting
Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number ***
systems/applications/software, network elements and their support systems, and
the information stored, transmitted, or processed using these resources
("Information Resources.") "Contractor" means a person or business entity with a
written agreement ("Agreement") to perform services for Cingular. "User" means
any individual performing services under the Agreement, whether as an employee,
approved subcontractor, or agent of Contractor. "Cingular Sponsor" means the
Cingular management employee responsible for the oversight of the services
provided by Contractor.
These Requirements apply to Contractors and Users performing services on
Cingular premises or remotely accessing Cingular infrastructure, systems or
applications using Cingular-provisioned client-VPN and to those providing
services to Cingular that are hosted external to Cingular premises.
A. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND GENERAL POLICY. Contractors must comply with the
"CINGULAR CORPORATE INFORMATION SECURITY POLICY" as set forth on Exhibit 1.
Contractors must protect Cingular Information Resources and Cingular proprietary
or confidential data or information in accordance with the terms and conditions
of the Agreement (including any separate confidentiality agreements), and must
comply with all applicable international, federal, state, and local laws and
regulations related to use of Information Resources and protection of Cingular's
data or information. Contractor is responsible for ensuring that all Users it
employs or contracts with comply with these Requirements. Additionally,
regarding its Users, Contractor shall:
1. Ensure that all Users are covered by a legally binding obligation that
protects Cingular's proprietary and confidential information and are
briefed on these Requirements.
2. Perform a criminal background check on each User prior to allowing the User
to access an Information Resource, and not allow such access if the User
has been convicted of or is currently awaiting trial for a felony offense
or a misdemeanor related to computer security, theft, fraud or violence.
3. Not subcontract any part of the work under the Agreement whereby a
subcontractor will have access to Cingular's Information Resources without
written approval of Cingular.
B. AUDITS. Upon at least * * * notice from Cingular, and subject to reasonable
security requirements of Contractor, Contractor shall provide Cingular's
designated representatives, if under a commercially reasonable nondisclosure
agreement with both Cingular and Contractor, with access to and any assistance
that it may require with respect to the Contractor's facilities, systems and
software for the purpose of performing commercially reasonable tests and audits
to determine compliance with these Requirements, including intellectual property
audits if applicable, data privacy and security audits, and audits or
inspections of the services and related operational processes and procedures,
and access to any SAS-70 audits performed during the term of the Agreement. If
Contractor is advised that it is not in compliance with any aspect of these
Requirements, Contractor shall promptly take actions to comply with the audit
findings. If Contractor is substantially in nonconformance with the foregoing,
in addition to any remedies that Cingular may have, Contractor shall bear the
reasonable cost of a re-audit after Contractor indicates to Sponsor that the
audit findings have been remedied. Cingular may audit or inspect any computer
hardware or software used by Users in the performance of work for Cingular, and
may periodically review or monitor any use of Information Resources by User. Any
User using Cingular Information Resources in an inappropriate manner may be
subject to removal from the Cingular account, and to any other legal remedies
Cingular may have.
C. PRIVACY OF CUSTOMER INFORMATION. Contractor acknowledges that information
regarding Cingular's customers and personnel, such as their account information,
(including by way of example, name, address, telephone number, credit card
information or social security number) ("Customer Information") are subject to
certain privacy laws and regulations, as well as the requirements of Cingular.
Such Customer Information is to be considered private, sensitive and
confidential. Accordingly, with respect to Customer Information, Contractor
agrees it shall not:
18
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure
outside CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting
Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number ***
1.Use Customer Information for any purpose except as expressly authorized by
Cingular in writing;
2.Disclose Customer Information to any party except as expressly authorized by
Cingular in writing;
3. Incorporate Customer Information into any database other than in a database
maintained exclusively for the storage of Cingular's Customer Information;
4. Sale, license or lease Customer Information to any other party;
5. Allow access to Customer Information only to those employees of Contractor
with a need to know and for use only for the purposes set forth in the
Agreement.
D. NOTIFICATION OF SECURITY BREACH. Contractor will immediately notify Cingular
Sponsor of any breach of these Requirements, including any breach that allows or
could allow a third party to have access to any Customer Information, including
but not limited to the following:
Social Security Number
Driver License Number
Home Address
Credit or debit card numbers
Date of birth
Visa / passport number
Bank account numbers
Mother's maiden name
Application PIN or password
Tax identification number
Credit information
Cingular Account Information
19
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure
outside CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting
Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number
E. VISA Cardholder Information Security Program (CISP)
If applicable, Contractor shall adhere to all Payment Card Industry (PCI) Data
Security Standard Requirements (VISA), as may be modified, for storing,
processing, and transmitting credit card or debit cardholder information on
behalf of Cingular Wireless. Security requirements apply to all "system
components" which is defined as any network component or server, or application
included or connected to the Cingular Customer Cardholder data environment.
Network components include, but are not limited to firewalls, switches, routers,
wireless access points, network appliances, or other appliances. Servers
include, but not limited to, web database, authentication, and DNS mail proxy.
Applications include all purchased and custom applications including internal
and external web applications.
In the event that Contractor causes harm due to negligence or compromises a
Cingular Wireless customer's cardholder information, it shall be liable for all
penalties, or expenses incurred as a result of such a compromise.
For detailed information regarding the Visa Cardholder information Security
Program, see the following web page:
http://usa.visa.com/business/accepting_visa/ops_risk_management/cisp.html?
ep=v_sym_cisp
To view the Payment Card Industry (PCI) Data Security Program requirements,
navigate to "PCI Data Security Standard" and open the PDF.
F. RETURN OR DESTRUCTION OF DATA. At the termination or expiration of the
Agreement or when there is no longer a business need or data retention
requirement, or at the request of Cingular, and in accordance with all laws,
Contractor will either return, or purge and destroy at Cingular's direction, all
Cingular data, including Customer Information from Contractor's and User's own
information resources, according to Cingular standards, and will notify Cingular
when this has been accomplished.
G. CHANGES. These Requirements are subject to change and revision by Cingular
from time to time. Cingular is responsible for advising Contractor of any
changes. Contractor is responsible for complying with the revised Requirements.
If Contractor is unable to comply with the Requirements as revised, it may seek
a waiver within a reasonable time following the notification of change.
H. WAIVER AND EFFECT. By accepting these Requirements, Contractor agrees to
comply fully with all the Requirements. If Contractor wishes to provide Cingular
with services that are not in full compliance with the Requirements, it shall
request and negotiate with the Cingular Sponsor a written waiver.
I. REMEDIES. Failure of Contractor to comply with the Requirements may result in
Cingular's terminating the Agreement and exercising any other legal rights it
may have.
J. CONFLICTS/NON-INTEGRATION. These Requirements are intended to supplement and
not replace any written agreements that the Contractor may enter into with
Cingular. In the event of a conflict between these Requirements and a signed
written agreement between the parties, the signed written agreement shall
control. In the event there is a conflict between these Requirement and any oral
agreement between the parties, these Requirements shall control.
4.6 OWNERSHIP OF WORK PRODUCT
* * *
20
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure
outside CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting
Parties.
Services
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by
their duly authorized representatives:
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. CINGULAR WIRELESS LLC
By: By:
---------------------------------- ------------------------------------
Printed Name: Printed Name:
------------------------ --------------------------
Title: Title:
------------------------------- ---------------------------------
Date: Date:
------------------------------- ----------------------------------
21
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure
outside CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting
Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number
Appendix 1
EXECUTIVE ORDERS AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS
Work under this Agreement may be subject to the provisions of certain Executive
Orders, federal laws, state laws and associated regulations governing
performance of this Agreement including, but not limited to: Executive Order
11246, Executive Order 11625, Executive Order 11701 and Executive Order 12138,
Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, and the Vietnam Era
Veteran's Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974. To the extent that such Executive
Orders, federal laws, state laws and associated regulations apply to the Work
under this Agreement, and only to that extent, Supplier (also referred to as
"Contractor") agrees to comply with the provisions of all such Executive Orders,
federal laws, state laws and associated regulations, as now in force or as may
be amended in the future, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY DUTIES AND PROVISIONS OF GOVERNMENT
CONTRACTORS
In accordance with 41 C.F.R. Section 60-1.4(a), the parties incorporate
herein by this reference the regulations and contract clauses required by
that section, including, but not limited to, Supplier's agreement that it
will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment
because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Supplier will
take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that
employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race,
color, religion, sex or national origin.
2. AGREEMENT OF NON SEGREGATED FACILITIES
In accordance with 41 C.F.R. Section 60-1.8, Supplier agrees that it does
not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any facilities
segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, sex or national origin at
any of its establishments, and that it does not, and will not, permit its
employees to perform their services at any location, under its control,
where such segregated facilities are maintained. The term "facilities" as
used herein means waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating
areas, time clocks, rest rooms, washrooms, locker rooms and other storage
or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or
entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for
employees; provided that separate or single-user restrooms and necessary
dressing or sleeping areas shall be provided to assure privacy between the
sexes.
3. AGREEMENT OF AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM
Supplier agrees that it has developed and is maintaining an Affirmative
Action Plan as required by 41 C.F.R. Section 60-1.4(b).
22
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure
outside CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting
Parties.
Services
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number
4. AGREEMENT OF FILING
Supplier agrees that it will file, per current instructions, complete and
accurate reports on Standard Form 100 (EE0-1), or such other forms as may
be required under 41 C.F.R. Section 60-1.7(a).
5. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR HANDICAPPED PERSONS AND DISABLED VETERANS, VETERANS
OF THE VIETNAM ERA.
In accordance with 41 C.F.R. Section 60-250.20, and 41 C.F.R. Section
60-741.20, the parties incorporate herein by this reference the regulations
and contract clauses required by those provisions to be made a part of
government contracts and subcontracts.
6. UTILIZATION OF SMALL, SMALL DISADVANTAGED AND WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS
CONCERNS
As prescribed in 48 C.F.R., Ch. 1, 19.708(a):
(a) It is the policy of the United states that small business concerns,
small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and
economically disadvantaged individuals and small business concerns
owned and controlled by women shall have the maximum practicable
opportunity to participate in performing contracts let by any Federal
agency, including contracts and subcontracts for systems, assemblies,
components and related services for major systems. It is further the
policy of the United States that its prime contractors establish
procedures to ensure the timely payment amounts due pursuant to the
terms of the subcontracts with small business concerns, small business
concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically
disadvantaged individuals and small business concerns owned and
controlled by women.
(b) Supplier hereby agrees to carry out this policy in the awarding of
subcontracts to the fullest extent consistent with efficient contract
performance. Supplier further agrees to cooperate in any studies or
surveys as may be conducted by the United States Small Business
Administration or the awarding agency of the United States as may be
necessary to determine the extent of Supplier's compliance with this
clause.
(c) As used in this Agreement, the term "small business concern" shall
mean a small business as defined pursuant to Section 3 of the Small
Business Act and relevant regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.
The term "small business concern owned and controlled by socially and
economically disadvantaged individuals" shall mean a small business
concern (i) which is at least fifty-one percent (51%) unconditionally
owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged
individuals, or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least
fifty-one percent (51%) of the stock of which is unconditionally owned
by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals;
and (ii) whose management and daily business operations are controlled
by one or more such individuals. This term shall also mean a small
business concern that is at least fifty-one percent (51%)
unconditionally owned by an economically disadvantaged Indian tribe or
Native Hawaiian Organization, or a publicly owned business having at
least fifty-one percent (51%) of its stock unconditionally owned by
one of these entities which has its management and daily business
controlled by members of an economically disadvantaged Indian tribe or
Native Hawaiian Organization, and which meets the requirements of 13
CRF part 124. Supplier shall presume that "socially and economically
disadvantaged individual" includes Black Americans, Hispanic
Americans, Native Americans, Asian-Pacific Americans, Subcontinent
Asian Americans and other minorities, or any other individual found to
be disadvantaged by the Administration pursuant to Section 8(a) of the
Small
23
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure
outside CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting
Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number
Business Act. Supplier shall presume that socially and economically
disadvantaged entities also include Indian Tribes and Native Hawaiian
Organizations.
(d) The term "small business concern owned and controlled by women" shall
mean a small business concern (i) which is at least fifty-one percent
(51%) owned by one or more women, or, in the case of any publicly
owned business, at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the stock of which
is owned by one or more women, and (ii) whose management and daily
business operations are controlled by one or more women; and
(e) Suppliers acting in good faith may rely on written representations by
their subcontractors regarding their status as a small business
concern, a small business concern owned and controlled by socially and
economically disadvantaged individuals or a small business concern
owned and controlled by women.
7. SMALL, SMALL DISADVANTAGED AND WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTING
PLAN.
The subcontractor will adopt a plan similar to the plan required by 48 CFR
Ch. 1 at 52.219-9.
24
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure
outside CINGULAR, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party
representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting
Parties.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Cingular Wireless LLC RFP SH092801
Appendix 2(a)
PRIME SUPPLIER
MBE/WBE/DVBE PARTICIPATION PLAN
PRIME SUPPLIER NAME __________________________
ADDRESS: _____________________________________
TELEPHONE NUMBER: ____________________________
DESCRIBE GOODS OR SERVICES BEING PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT:
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
DESCRIBE YOUR M/WBE-DVBE OR SUPPLIER DIVERSITY PROGRAM AND THE PERSONNEL
DEDICATED TO THAT PROGRAM:
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
THE FOLLOWING, TOGETHER WITH ANY ATTACHMENTS IS SUBMITTED AS AN MBE/WBE/DVBE
PARTICIPATION PLAN.
1. GOALS
A. WHAT ARE YOUR MBE/WBE/DVBE PARTICIPATION GOALS?
- MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (MBES) _____________%
- WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (WBES) _____________%
- DISABLED VETERANS BUSINESS _____________%
ENTERPRISES (DVBES)
B. WHAT IS THE ESTIMATED ANNUAL VALUE OF THIS CONTRACT WITH CINGULAR
WIRELESS? ______________
C. WHAT ARE THE DOLLAR AMOUNTS OF YOUR PROJECTED MBE/WBE/DVBE PURCHASES?
- MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (MBES) _____________
- WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (WBES) _____________
- DISABLED VETERANS BUSINESS _____________
ENTERPRISES (DVBES)
* SEE MBE/WBE/DVBE CANCELLATION CLAUSE IN AGREEMENT FOR DEFINITIONS OF MBE,
WBE, AND DVBE*
2. LIST THE PRINCIPAL GOODS AND/OR SERVICES TO BE SUBCONTRACTED TO
MBE/WBE/DVBEs OR DELIVERED THROUGH MBE/WBE/DVBE VALUE ADDED RESELLERS.
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
25
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained herein is not for use or disclosure outside
CINGULAR, supplier, their affiliated and subsidiary companies, and their
third party representatives, except under written agreement.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
9/14/99
Rev. 02/26/01
DETAILED PLAN FOR USE OF M/WBES-DVBES AS SUBCONTRACTORS, DISTRIBUTORS, VALUE
ADDED RESELLERS
For every product and service you intend to use, provide the following
information: (Attach additional sheets if necessary)
PRODUCTS
CLASSIFICATION /SERVICES
COMPANY NAME (MBE/WBE/DVBE) TO BE PROVIDED $ VALUE DATE TO BEGIN
- ------------ -------------- -------------- ------- -------------
3. SELLER AGREES THAT IT WILL MAINTAIN ALL NECESSARY DOCUMENTS AND RECORDS TO
SUPPORT ITS EFFORTS TO ACHIEVE ITS MBE/WBE/DVBE PARTICIPATION GOAL (S).
SELLER ALSO ACKNOWLEDGES THE FACT THAT IT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR IDENTIFYING,
SOLICITING AND QUALIFYING MBE/WBE/DVBE SUBCONTRACTORS, DISTRIBUTORS AND
VALUE ADDED RESELLERS.
4. THE FOLLOWING INDIVIDUAL, ACTING IN THE CAPACITY OF MBE/WBE/DVBE
COORDINATOR FOR SELLER, WILL:
- ADMINISTER THE MBE/WBE/DVBE PARTICIPATION PLAN,
- SUBMIT SUMMARY REPORTS, AND
- COOPERATE IN ANY STUDIES OR SURVEYS AS MAY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO
DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF COMPLIANCE BY THE SELLER WITH THE
PARTICIPATION PLAN.
NAME: (PRINTED) ________________________________________________________________
TITLE: _________________________________________________________________________
TELEPHONE NUMBER: ______________________________________________________________
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE:___________________________________________________________
26
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained herein is not for use or disclosure outside
CINGULAR, supplier, their affiliated and subsidiary companies, and their
third party representatives, except under written agreement.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
DATE: ____________________
27
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained herein is not for use or disclosure outside
CINGULAR, supplier, their affiliated and subsidiary companies, and their
third party representatives, except under written agreement.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Cingular Wireless LLC RFP SHO92801
Appendix 2(b)
CINGULAR
M/WBE-DVBE QUARTERLY RESULTS REPORT
NOTE: Subcontracting & Value Added Reseller Results should reflect ONLY
M/WBE-DVBE dollars directly traceable to purchases DURING THE REPORT
QUARTER.
1. REPORTING COMPANY: 2. CONTRACT/WORK ORDER NUMBER: 3. REPORT QUARTER:
Name: _________________________ ___________________________ This report reflects the
utilization of Minority
Address: ______________________ (If available) Business Enterprise/ Woman
_______________________________ Business Enterprise/Disabled
City, _________________________ Veterans Enterprise
State, ________________________ participation for period
Zip: __________________________ through (Please indicate
Telephone: ____________________ dates)
PARTICIPATION GOAL PARTICIPATION ACHIEVEMENT
4. 5.
ACTUAL FOR QUARTER
MBE WBE DVBE
--- --- ----
ANNUAL Subcontracting Dollars
GOAL Value Added Reseller $__ $__ $__
MBE WBE DVBE Dollars
---- --- ---- Total Purchase $__ $__ $__
Percent of
Total
Purchases __% __% __%
28
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained herein is not for use or disclosure outside CINGULAR,
supplier, their affiliated and subsidiary companies, and their third party
representatives, except under written agreement.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
9/14/99
Rev. 02/26/01
Agreement Number: _____
Dollars $______________
Percentage of Total
Purchases %__ %__ %__
VALUE ADDED RESELLER* RESULTS
* SUPPLIER WHO PURCHASES PRODUCTS/SERVICES FROM AN ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURER OR OTHER PRIME SUPPLIER FOR RESALE AND PROVIDES ENHANCEMENTS
OR ADDED VALUE TO THE BASIC PRODUCT. (Attach additional sheets if
necessary)
6. Ethnic/Gender: Total Dollars:
-------------- --------------
Name: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
Address: ________________________________________________________________________________________
City, State, Zip: _______________________________________________________________________________
Telephone: _______________________________
Goods or Services: ______________________________________________________________________________
Ethnic/Gender: Total Dollars:
-------------- --------------
Name: ___________________________________________________________________________________________
Address: ________________________________________________________________________________________
City, State, Zip: _______________________________________________________________________________
Telephone: _______________________________
Goods or Services: ______________________________________________________________________________
Agreement Number:
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
29
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained herein is not for use or disclosure outside CINGULAR,
supplier, their affiliated and subsidiary companies, and their third party
representatives, except under written agreement.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
30
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained herein is not for use or disclosure outside CINGULAR,
supplier, their affiliated and subsidiary companies, and their third party
representatives, except under written agreement.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number: _____
EXHIBIT 1
It is the policy of Cingular Wireless to take active steps to ascertain any
identified or suspected risks to the electronic information and services of the
company through the use of, providing external access to, outsourcing to or
employment of Contractors. Acceptance of this exhibit provided an explicit
assertion of compliance with each of the individual provisions as enumerated
within this exhibit.
Security Compliance Requirements
* * *
31
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained herein is not for use or disclosure outside CINGULAR,
supplier, their affiliated and subsidiary companies, and their third party
representatives, except under written agreement.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number: _____
CINGULAR WIRELESS
EXHIBIT B
EXECUTIVE ORDERS AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS
Work under this Agreement may be subject to the provisions of certain Executive
Orders, federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations governing
performance of this contract including, but not limited to: Executive Order
11246, Executive Order 11625, Executive Order 11701, and Executive Order 12138,
Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended and the Vietnam Era
Veteran's Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974. To the extent that such Executive
Orders, federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations apply to the work
under this Agreement, and only to that extent, SUPPLIER (also referred to as
"SUPPLIER") agrees to comply with the provisions of all such Executive Orders,
federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations, as now in force or as may
be amended in the future, including, but not limited to the following:
1. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY DUTIES AND PROVISIONS OF GOVERNMENT SUPPLIERS
In accordance with 41 C.F.R. Section 60-1.4(a), the parties incorporate herein
by this reference the regulations and contract clauses required by that section,
including but not limited to, SUPPLIER's agreement that it will not discriminate
against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color,
religion, sex, or national origin. The SUPPLIER will take affirmative action to
ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during
employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national
origin.
2. AGREEMENT OF NON SEGREGATED FACILITIES
In accordance with 41 C.F.R. Section 60-1.8, SUPPLIER agrees that it does not
and will not maintain or provide for its employees any facilities segregated on
the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin at any of its
establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to
perform their services at any location, under its control, where such segregated
facilities are maintained. The term "facilities" as used herein means waiting
rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, rest rooms,
wash rooms, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots,
drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and
housing facilities provided for employees; provided, that separate or
single-user restroom and necessary dressing or sleeping areas shall be provided
to assure privacy between the sexes.
3. AGREEMENT OF AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM
SUPPLIER agrees that it has developed and is maintaining an Affirmative Action
Plan as required by 41 C.F.R. Section 60-1.4(b).
4. AGREEMENT OF FILING
SUPPLIER agrees that it will file, per current instructions, complete and
accurate reports on Standard Form 100 (EE0-1), or such other forms as may be
required under 41 C.F.R. Section 60-1.7(a).
5. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR HANDICAPPED PERSONS AND DISABLED VETERANS, VETERANS
OF THE VIETNAM ERA.
In accordance with 41 C.F.R. Section 60-250.20, and 41 C.F.R. Section 60-741.20,
the parties incorporate herein by this reference the regulations and contract
clauses required by those provisions to be made a part of government contracts
and subcontracts.
32
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained herein is not for use or disclosure outside CINGULAR,
supplier, their affiliated and subsidiary companies, and their third party
representatives, except under written agreement.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Agreement Number: _____
6. EXECUTIVE ORDER 13201 COMPLIANCE
In accordance with 29 C.F.R. Part 470.2(b) the parties incorporate by reference
the regulations and contract clauses required by those provisions to be made a
part of covered subcontracts and purchase orders and SUPPLIER agrees to comply
with the provisions of 29 CFR Part 470.
7. UTILIZATION OF SMALL, SMALL DISADVANTAGED AND WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS
CONCERNS
AS PRESCRIBED IN 48 C.F.R., CH. 1, 19.708(A):
(A) It is the policy of the United states that small business concerns,
small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and
economically disadvantaged individuals and small business concerns
owned and controlled by women shall have the maximum practicable
opportunity to participate in performing contracts let by any Federal
agency, including contracts and sub-contracts for systems, assemblies,
components, and related services for major systems. It is further the
policy of the United States that its prime SUPPLIERs establish
procedures to ensure the timely payment amounts due pursuant to the
terms of the subcontracts with small business concerns, small business
concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically
disadvantaged individuals and small business concerns owned and
controlled by women.
(B) The SUPPLIER hereby agrees to carry out this policy in the awarding of
subcontracts to the fullest extent consistent with efficient contract
performance. The SUPPLIER further agrees to cooperate in any studies
or surveys as may be conducted by the United States Small Business
Administration or the awarding agency of the United States as may be
necessary to determine the extent of the SUPPLIER's compliance with
this clause.
(C) As used in this contract, the term small business concern shall mean a
small business as defined pursuant to section 3 of the Small Business
Act and relevant regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. The term
small business concern owned and controlled by socially and
economically disadvantaged individuals shall mean a small business
concern which is at least 51 percent unconditionally owned by one or
more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; or, in the
case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock
of which is unconditionally owned by one or more socially and
economically disadvantaged individuals; and (2) whose management and
daily business operations are controlled by one or more such
individuals. This term also means small business concern that is at
least 51 percent unconditionally owned by an economically
disadvantaged Indian tribe or Native Hawaiian Organization, or a
publicly owned business having at least 51 percent of its stock
unconditionally owned by one of these entities which has its
management and daily business controlled by members of an economically
disadvantaged Indian tribe or Native Hawaiian Organization, and which
meets the requirements of 13 CRF part 124. The SUPPLIER shall presume
that socially and economically disadvantaged individual include Black
Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, Asian-Pacific
Americans, Subcontinent Asian Americans, and other minorities, or any
other individual found to be disadvantaged by the Administration
pursuant to section 8(a) of the Small business Act. The SUPPLIER shall
presume that socially and economically disadvantaged entities also
include Indian Tribes and Native Hawaiian Organizations.
(D) The term "small business concern owned and controlled by women" shall
mean a small business concern (i) which is at least 51 percent owned
by one or more women, or, in the case of any publicly owned business,
at least 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more
women, and (ii) whose management and daily business operations are
controlled by one or more women; and
(E) SUPPLIERs acting in good faith may rely on written representations by
their sub-SUPPLIERs regarding their status as a small business
concern, a small business concern owned and controlled by socially and
economically disadvantage individuals or a small business concern
owned and controlled by women.
8. SMALL, SMALL DISADVANTAGED AND WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS SUB-CONTRACTING
PLAN. THE SUB-SUPPLIER WILL ADOPT A PLAN SIMILAR TO THE PLAN REQUIRED BY 48
CFR CH. 1 AT 52.219-9.
33
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The information contained herein is not for use or disclosure outside CINGULAR,
supplier, their affiliated and subsidiary companies, and their third party
representatives, except under written agreement.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
34
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
750 Route 202 South Bridgewater, NJ 08807
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO) www.synchronoss.com
(CINGULAR RAISING THE BAR(SM) LOGO)
CINGULAR ONLINE
Cingular Online Order Management Center (OMC)
Statement of Work (SOW)
September 1, 2005
Final
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
750 Route 202 South Bridgewater, NJ 08807
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO) www.synchronoss.com
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION......................................................... 4
1.1 GENERAL AGREEMENTS............................................... 4
1.2 OVERVIEW PROGRAM SCOPE........................................... 4
2.0 SERVICE TERM......................................................... 4
3.0 * * * PROGRAM OBJECTIVES............................................. 5
3.1 * * * PROCESSING................................................. 5
3.2 * * * SCOPE...................................................... 5
TABLE 1.0: * * * *................................................... 5
3.3 * * *............................................................ 5
4.0 * * * SOLUTIONS...................................................... 6
4.1 * * *............................................................ 6
4.2 * * *............................................................ 6
4.3 * * *............................................................ 6
4.4 * * *............................................................ 6
5.0 * * *................................................................ 7
5.1 * * * REQUIREMENTS............................................... 7
5.2 SECURE ENVIRONMENT............................................... 7
5.3 ACCESS SECURITY.................................................. 7
5.4 SECURITY AND PRIVACY............................................. 7
5.5 ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS.......................................... 7
5.6 MONITORING....................................................... 8
5.7 BACKUPS.......................................................... 8
6.0 DISASTER RECOVERY (DR)............................................... 9
6.1 DR SOLUTION OVERIEW.............................................. 9
6.2 DR SERVICE LEVELS................................................ 9
7.0 CINGULAR TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE AND BUY-OUT PROVISION........... 10
7.1 CINGULAR TERMINATION FOR CONVIENENCE............................. 10
7.2 DEDICATED INFRASTRUCTURE BUYOUT.................................. 10
8.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS.................................................... 12
9.0 SIGNOFF SHEET........................................................ 13
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
750 Route 202 South Bridgewater, NJ 08807
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO) www.synchronoss.com
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 GENERAL AGREEMENTS
This Statement of Work ("SOW") between Cingular Wireless LLC ("Cingular")
and Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. ("STI") is governed by the Professional
Services Agreement ("PSA") dated September 1, 2005. The parties agree that
this SOW confirms and memorializes an agreement with respect to services
provided to Cingular by STI commencing April 28, 2003 and replaces and
supersedes the Cingular eCommerce Statement of Work dated July 16, 2003 and
the "Appendix A: AWS Order Management Center (OMC) SOW", dated July, 2003
as amended in their entirety. As such, the parties agree that the Cingular
eCommerce Statement of Work dated July 16, 2003 and the "Appendix A: AWS
Order Management Center (OMC) SOW", dated July 2003, as amended, are
terminated as of the date hereof, provided, any rights that accrued
thereunder prior to the date hereof shall survive termination.
Defined terms used in this SOW will have the meanings ascribed to them in
this SOW or in the PSA. In the event of a conflict between this SOW and the
PSA, the terms of the SOW will govern. SOW modifications need to be in
writing, as well as mutually agreed upon by both parties.
1.2 OVERVIEW PROGRAM SCOPE
The scope of this SOW is to define the work activities, * * * pricing,
forecasting process, service level agreements and remedies associated with
the Services performed by STI for Cingular's internet organization
("Cingular Online").
Cingular Online objectives are to streamline the back office management
process relating to the sale of wireless telecommunications services by
Cingular Online, improve cycle times for such sales, reduce the transaction
cost per subscriber and create an exceptional customer experience. This SOW
provides Cingular Online with an Application Service Provider ("ASP")
solution that enables STI to manage Cingular's business objectives. The
Services to be performed by STI under this SOW are as follows:
CUSTOMER ONLINE ORDER MANAGEMENT CENTER (OMC):
* * *
* * *:
- * * *
2.0 SERVICE TERM
The term of this SOW is * * * from the date of signature of this SOW (the
"Initial Term"). The SOW will renew in successive additional * * * terms,
unless either party provides written notice of non-renewal * * * prior to
the date of termination. Any time during the term of this SOW, either party
may propose an increase or decrease in the scope of this SOW. In such
event, the parties will negotiate in good faith an amendment to this SOW
with the revised scope, deliverables, and associated pricing.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
750 Route 202 South Bridgewater, NJ 08807
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO) www.synchronoss.com
3.0 * * * PROGRAM OBJECTIVES
The objectives for the Order Management Center ("OMC") are to establish and
manage scalable, reliable and flexible center operations. * * * STI is
required to closely adhere to all of Cingular's business processes and
security standards in performing its * * *Services to ensure a seamless
Cingular branded customer experience. * * *
3.1 * * * PROCESSING
The primary source of * * * will be generated from Cingular * * *. The goal
of the * * * is to consistently deliver against the SLA commitments. The *
* * operating hours will be * * *. The * * * will operate * * *.
3.2 * * * SCOPE
* * * commitments will be adjusted * * *. A * * * forecast will be provided
to STI by Cingular on the * * *. The forecast will provide STI with the
revised * * *. This data will be utilized to revise the * * * commitments
for the * * *. Addendum A describes in detail the forecast methodology.
TABLE 1.0: PROJECTED * * * 2005*
* * * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * * *
* The forecast process is defined in Addendum A - Pricing Agreement. SLA and
Remedies are defined in Addendum B.
3.3 * * *
A key objective of the * * *is to consistently * * *. In order to
accomplish this objective, the * * * will * * *. In addition, the * * *
agents will * * *. * * *
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
750 Route 202 South Bridgewater, NJ 08807
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO) www.synchronoss.com
4.0 * * * SOLUTIONS
4.1 * * *
* * *
4.2 * * *
* * *
4.3 * * *
* * *
4.4 * * *
* * *
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
750 Route 202 South Bridgewater, NJ 08807
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO) www.synchronoss.com
5.0 * * * HOSTING
The objective of hosting the * * * is to provide Cingular with a * * *. The
costs identified in this SOW are based upon STI standard pricing.
Significant deviations from the STI systems architecture that exists on the
Effective Date could impact the cost and schedule for the * * *effort. In
addition to * * *, STI will provide * * * support for this environment. * *
* services are defined in Addendum D * * * Operations Management Document.
5.1 HOSTING REQUIREMENTS
STI will provide and maintain * * *.
STI will provide to Cingular a list of all hardware, software, and
equipment located at STI's premises that will be used to perform the
Services required under this SOW. STI shall provide sufficient hardware,
software and equipment to ensure * * *% availability of the Services.
Subject to Cingular's payment of the fees set forth in Section 7.2,
Cingular shall own the hardware and equipment purchased by STI to fulfill
its obligations under this SOW (the "Dedicated Infrastructure").
5.2 SECURE ENVIRONMENT
The premises, hardware, and application must be accessible only to
authorized personnel. * * *
5.3 ACCESS SECURITY
Access control is achieved via a combination of access control * * *.
5.4 SECURITY AND PRIVACY
In the event STI receives Cingular Data (as defined in the PSA), STI may
not use such Cingular Data for any purpose other than the fulfillment of
STI's obligations of this SOW. STI may not provide such Cingular Data to
any third-party for any reason, unless specifically authorized in writing
by Cingular; provided, however, if STI is required to produce such Cingular
Data to comply with any legal, regulatory, law enforcement or similar
requirements or investigations, STI may do so after providing Cingular i)
prior written notice of its intent to produce the Cingular Data and ii) an
opportunity to seek a protective order or similar mechanism to prevent
disclosure as Cingular deems necessary. STI shall comply with any other
Cingular security or privacy requirements in effect at any time during the
term of this SOW. * * *. At a minimum, STI will undertake the following
measures to ensure the security of all Cingular Data and other Cingular
information:
* * *
5.5 ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS
Any hardware required to perform the Services under this SOW will be
protected from damage by:
* * *
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
750 Route 202 South Bridgewater, NJ 08807
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO) www.synchronoss.com
5.6 MONITORING
The following monitoring tools and practices will be provided by STI.
* * *
5.7 BACKUPS
Data and applications will be automatically backed up * * *. * * *
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
750 Route 202 South Bridgewater, NJ 08807
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO) www.synchronoss.com
6.0 DISASTER RECOVERY (DR)
STI will provide a disaster recovery solution for the all Services required
under this SOW that enables rapid restoration of all functions of the
system in event of a long-term service disruption to * * *. This section
provides an overview of the infrastructure required to support the disaster
recovery solution as well as the service levels associated with the
solution.
6.1 DR SOLUTION OVERIEW
STI will * * * provide a highly available system that can restore the * * *
system to * * *. * * *
A * * * will be implemented to ensure that * * *.
6.2 DR SERVICE LEVELS
The following service levels are associated with the DR solution:
- Service restoration time: * * *
- System performance level: * * *
- System SLA's: * * *
NOTE: This solution will rely on the implementation of a dedicated, private
circuit (e.g. friends net connection) between STI's Bridgewater, NJ office
and Cingular's Bothell, WA facility.
- DR test will be performed * * *.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
750 Route 202 South Bridgewater, NJ 08807
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO) www.synchronoss.com
7.0 CINGULAR TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE AND BUY-OUT PROVISION
In the event Cingular desires to terminate the SOW prior to the end of its
term, Cingular may exercise its right for Termination for Convenience as
described in Section 7.1. In addition, STI may provide transition services
subject to a mutually agreeable SOW that may include the following terms:
1. Specific key milestones and dates in which Cingular can exercise
the right to migrate all or part of the * * *.
2. Identification of the work effort needed and the related costs to
establish a mutually acceptable SOW to help transition the
production environment to Cingular.
7.1 CINGULAR TERMINATION FOR CONVIENENCE
1. If Cingular or STI terminates for convenience with less than * *
*notice, Cingular or Synchronoss (whichever party terminates)
will pay the other a termination fee equal to * * *% of * * *
(the "Termination Fee").
2. In the case of a termination by Cingular, * * *.
7.2 DEDICATED INFRASTRUCTURE BUYOUT
1. Upon any termination of the PSA or this SOW prior to expiration
of the Initial Term, Cingular may, at its discretion, pay the
applicable Buyout Fee set forth in Table 2 below in exchange for
ownership of the Dedicated Infrastructure (if Cingular elects not
to pay the Buyout Fee, then STI shall retain ownership of the
Dedicated Infrastructure). At the end of the * * *of the Term of
the Agreement, ownership of the Dedicated Infrastructure will
automatically vest in Cingular without further action.
TABLE 2: BUYOUT FEE*
* * * BUYOUT
- ----- ------
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
750 Route 202 South Bridgewater, NJ 08807
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO) www.synchronoss.com
* * * BUYOUT
- ----- ------
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* * * $* * *
* The Buyout Fee in this table is in addition to the Termination Fee defined
in paragraph 1 and 2 of section 7.1.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
750 Route 202 South Bridgewater, NJ 08807
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO) www.synchronoss.com
8.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS
1. Addendum A - * * * Pricing Agreement doc
2. Addendum B - * * * SLA and Remedies doc
3. Addendum C - Cingular Master Professional Services Agreement (PSA)
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
750 Route 202 South Bridgewater, NJ 08807
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO) www.synchronoss.com
9.0 SIGNOFF SHEET
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is executed by the duly authorized
representatives of the Parties.
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Signature: Signature:
-------------------------- -----------------------------
Name: Name:
------------------------------- ----------------------------------
Title: Title:
------------------------------ ---------------------------------
Date: Date:
------------------------------- ----------------------------------
CINGULAR CINGULAR
Signature: Signature:
-------------------------- -----------------------------
Name: Name:
------------------------------- ----------------------------------
Title: Title:
------------------------------ ---------------------------------
Date: Date:
------------------------------- ----------------------------------
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
750 Route 202 South Bridgewater, NJ 08807
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO) www.synchronoss.com
CINGULAR CINGULAR
Signature: Signature:
-------------------------- -----------------------------
Name: Name:
------------------------------- ----------------------------------
Title: Title:
------------------------------ ---------------------------------
Date: Date:
------------------------------- ----------------------------------
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
750 Route 202 South Bridgewater, NJ 08807
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO) www.synchronoss.com
(CINGULAR RAISING THE BAR(SM) LOGO)
CINGULAR ONLINE
Cingular Online Order Management Center (OMC)
Addendum A - Pricing Agreement
September 1, 2005
Final
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 * * * Pricing Schedule................................................. 3
1.1 * * * Service Fee................................................... 3
1.2 Cingular Online Order Mangement Center (OMC) - * * * Service Fees... 4
1.3 Cingular Online Order Management Center (OMC) - * * * Service Fees.. 5
1.4 Cingular Online Order Management Center (OMC) - * * * Service Fees.. 6
2.0 Forecasting............................................................ 7
2.1 * * * Forecast...................................................... 7
2.2 * * * Forecast...................................................... 7
3.0 Pricing Assumptions.................................................... 8
4.0 Travel and Living Expenses............................................. 10
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
7/01/05 Page 2
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO)
1.0 * * * PRICING SCHEDULE
This section of the SOW provides the * * * service fees associated with the
Agreement. The service fees in this SOW go into effect on the Effective
Date of the Agreement. Modifications to any of the prices herein need to be
in writing, and mutually agreed upon by both parties.
1.1 * * * SERVICE FEE
Table 1 represents the * * * fee for the * * *. The * * * fee is applied to
every * * *.
TABLE 1: * * * SERVICE FEE
TIERED
GATEWAY
SERVICE
SERVICE FEE TYPE FEE ID SERVICE CHARGE * * * FEE
- ---------------- ------- -------------- ---------
* * * *T1 * * * $* * *
SERVICE T2 * * * $* * *
FEE T3 * * * $* * *
* T = * * *Service Fee
1. The * * * Service Fee assumes * * * may contain a maximum of * * * of
service per * * *. * * *
2. The * * * Price applies to all * * * in that tier. * * *
3. * * * Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the initial or
final period of the term of the Agreement does not span an entire * * *,
the * * * shall be a prorated * * * based on the * * *.
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
7/01/05 Page 3
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO)
1.2 CINGULAR ONLINE ORDER MANGEMENT CENTER (OMC) - * * * SERVICE FEES
Table 3 represents the service fees associated with * * *.
TABLE 3: OMC * * * SERVICE FEES:
* * * Fees
-----------------------------------------------------
SERVICE * * * * * * * * *
FEE CINGULAR SERVICE SERVICE --------------- --------------- ------
TYPE SYSTEM FEE ID CHARGE * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * SLA
- ------- -------- ------- ------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ --------
* * * * * * ** * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * Addendum
B
* * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * Addendum
B
* * * * * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * Addendum
B
* * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * Addendum
B
* * * * * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * Addendum
B
* * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * Addendum
B
* * * * * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * Addendum
B
* * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * Addendum
B
* * * * * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * Addendum
B
* * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * Addendum
B
* * * * * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * Addendum
B
* * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * Addendum
B
* * * * * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * Addendum
B
* * * * * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * Addendum
B
* O = * * * Fees in * * *
** TBD = To Be Determined when sufficient data is available
*** * * *
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
7/01/05 Page 4
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO)
1.3 CINGULAR ONLINE ORDER MANAGEMENT CENTER (OMC) - * * * SERVICE FEES
Table 4 represents the service fees associated with * * *
TABLE 4: OMC * * * SERVICE FEE
* * *FEES
---------------------------------------------------
* * * * * * * * *
SERVICE --------------- --------------- ---------------
SERVICE FEE TYPE FEE ID SERVICE CHARGE * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- ---------------- ------- -------------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
* * * ** * * * * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * * * * $* * * * * * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * $* * * * * * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * $* * * * * * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * *
* B = * * *
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
7/01/05 Page 5
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO)
1.4 CINGULAR ONLINE ORDER MANAGEMENT CENTER (OMC) -* * * SERVICE FEES
Table 5 represents the service fees associated for * * *.
TABLE 5: * * * FEES
* * *FEES
---------------------------------------------------
* * * * * * * * *
SERVICE --------------- --------------- ---------------
SERVICE FEE TYPE FEE ID SERVICE CHARGE * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
- ---------------- ------- -------------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ -----
* * * * * * * * * $* * * * * * $* * * * * * $* * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * $* * * * * * $* * * * * * $* * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * $* * * * * * $* * * * * * $* * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * $* * * * * * $* * * * * * $* * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * *
* * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * *
* * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * *
* * * * * * * * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * * $* * *
* T = * * * Fees
** * * *
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
7/01/05 Page 6
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO)
2.0 FORECASTING
2.1 * * * FORECAST
Cingular will provide Synchronoss with a * * * forecast on or about * * *.
The forecast will provide Synchronoss with * * *. If the forecast is not
received * * *Synchronoss Technologies (STI) will invoke the prior * *
*forecast.
* * *
2.2 * * * FORECAST
Cingular will provide Synchronoss with * * *. If the forecast is not
received * * * Synchronoss Technologies (STI) will invoke the prior * * *
forecast for * * *.
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
7/01/05 Page 7
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO)
3.0 PRICING ASSUMPTIONS
1. STI and Cingular will meet once every 3-6 months to review and adjust
the * * * prices where appropriate.
2. Synchronoss and Cingular agree to review and adjust where appropriate
the * * * fees * * * after * * * is implemented for this * * *.
Cingular will determine, at its option, when this review will take
place. Any adjustment to * * *will be mutually agreed to by both
parties and the pricing table amended as soon as possible.
3. Within * * * after signature of the SOW, STI agrees to meet and
reassess * * *. Any adjustments would be mutually agreed to by both
parties
4. In the event that the time studies reveal a material change in costs,
greater than * * * %, both parties agree to review in detail the core
reason for the change. In the event that a change is attributed to
performance, then both parties will mutually agree if a change is
warranted.
5. The service fee in this appendix is for * * *.
6. Service levels apply only to * * *. * * *
7. STI anticipates * * *. These * * * could be priced at a different
rate. The rate for * * * would be determined by * * *. * * *
8. New * * * not identified in Section 3.0 of this SOW would be handled
through a written change request. New * * * will require * * *. * * *
STI anticipates * * *. * * *
9. Any modifications requested by Cingular that impact * * * may require
pricing adjustments.
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
7/01/05 Page 8
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO)
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT TEAM
As part of this SOW, STI will provide Cingular with Operations Management
support. The dedicated team will provide Cingular with the following
services:
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT:
Responsibilities include project management, business analysis, and
functional analysis to support new development, features and functionality.
* * *
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT:
Responsibilities include credit, activation, and order fulfillment, * * *
management, service level monitoring and reporting, staffing, * * *,
training, and * * *.
For planning purposes STI assumes a minimum number of resources will be
required for a period of * * *. At the end of * * * Cingular may adjust the
number of FTEs on a * * * basis. Adjustments to the resources must be
communicated in writing * * * before the start of the next * * *. Table 6
reflects the schedule and fee for the Operations Management Team.
TABLE 6: OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT TEAM SCHEDULE AND COST
MONTHS/QTR FTES PRICE PER FTE TOTAL
- ---------- ----- ------------- ------
* * * * * * $* * * $* * *
* * * * * * * * * * * *
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
7/01/05 Page 9
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO)
4.0 TRAVEL AND LIVING EXPENSES
Travel and living expenses (e.g.: airfare, hotel, car, meal, phone)
associated with program activities will be pre-approved per Cingular travel
policy and billed back to Cingular * * *.
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
7/01/05 Page 10
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
750 Route 202 South Bridgewater, NJ 08807
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO) www.synchronoss.com
(CINGULAR RAISING THE BAR(SM) LOGO)
CINGULAR ONLINE
Cingular Online
Addendum B - SLA and Remedies
September 1, 2005
Final
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
7/01/05 (C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 SERVICE LEVEL REQUIREMENTS AND REMEDIES................................ 3
1.1 * * * SERVICE LEVEL REQUIREMENTS:................................ 3
1.2 * * * SERVICE LEVEL REQUIREMENTS:................................ 4
1.3 * * * SERVICE LEVELS REQUIREMENTS................................ 7
2.0 * * * SERVICE LEVELS AND REMEDIES..................................... 8
2.1 * * * AVAILABILITY............................................... 8
2.2 Description for * * *............................................. 10
3.0 ASSUMPTIONS............................................................ 11
3.1 METHODS AND PROCEDURES (M&P)...................................... 11
3.2 SECURITY.......................................................... 11
3.3 REMEDIES.......................................................... 11
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
7/1/05 Page 2
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO)
1.0 SERVICE LEVEL REQUIREMENTS AND REMEDIES
1.1 * * * SERVICE LEVEL REQUIREMENTS:
1. * * * % of all * * * in * * * period will be * * *.
2. STI will not be responsible for failures to meet the Service
Level Requirement for those * * *.
3. If any * * * is greater than * * * % of the * * *, then STI will
* * *.
4. Special events will be reviewed on an individual basis. Cingular
and STI agree to meet and review special event requirements on as
needed basis. STI will apply best efforts to fulfill special
event request.
In the event the Service Level Requirement is not met in a given * *
*, STI will provide to Cingular the discount set forth on Table 1 each
* * *.
If the Service Level Requirement exceeded in a given * * *, STI will
invoice Cingular the * * *.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
7/1/05 Page 3
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO)
TABLE 1: * * * SERVICE LEVELS AND REMEDIES
SLA ID** * * * SLA INDEX *$-DISCOUNT (CREDIT) PER * * *
- -------- --------------- ------------------------------
* * * * * * * * * % of * * *
* * * * * * * * * % of * * *
* * * * * * * * * % of * * *
* * * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * % of * * *
* * * * * * * * * % of * * *
* * * * * * * * * % of * * *
* * * * * * * * * % of v
* * * * * * * * * % of * * *
* Remedies will be applied * * * and apply to the total * * * amount from
tables 3 and 4 of Addendum A.
** * * * SLA
*** - * * *
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
7/1/05 Page 4
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO)
1.2 * * * Service Level Requirements:
1. * * * % of * * * by STI in * * * will be * * * . * * *
2. STI will not be responsible for failure to * * * reasons outside
of STI's control; including and without limitation * * *.
3. * * *
4. The * * * process will be * * * by * * *, when available, that
will * * *.
5. * * * that are not * * * will not be * * *.
In the event the Service Level Requirement is not met in a given * * *, STI
will provide to Cingular * * *.
If the Service Level Requirement is exceeded by STI in a given * * *, STI
will * * * Cingular * * *.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
7/1/05 Page 5
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO)
TABLE 2: * * * SERVICE LEVELS AND REMEDIES
SLA ID** ** * * SLA INDEX *$-DISCOUNT (CREDIT) PER * * *
- -------- ---------------- ------------------------------
* * * * * * * * * % of * * *
* * * * * * * * * % of * * *
* * * * * * * * * % of * * *
* * * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * * * % of * * *
* * * * * * * * * % of * * *
* * * * * * * * * % of * * *
* * * * * * * * * % of * * *
* Remedies will be applied * * * and apply to * * *.
** * * * Service Level
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
7/1/05 Page 6
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO)
1.3 * * * SERVICE LEVELS REQUIREMENTS
1. STI will not be responsible for failures to meet the Service Level
Requirement for any * * *. * * *
2. * * * * * *
TABLE 3: * * * SERVICE LEVELS
SLA ID* SERVICE LEVEL CATEGORY SERVICE LEVEL
- ------- ---------------------- -------------
* * * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * * *
* * * * * * * * *
* IC = * * * Service Level
STI and Cingular will meet no less than once every 3 to 6 months to review and
modify the * * *, SLA and remedies where appropriate.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
7/1/05 Page 7
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO)
2.0 * * * SERVICE LEVELS AND REMEDIES
2.1 * * * AVAILABILITY
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY:
The * * * is available * * * excluding * * *.
* * * SERVICE LEVELS:
* * *
SERVICE LEVEL MEASUREMENT PROCESS:
* * *
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
7/1/05 Page 8
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO)
TABLE 4: * * * GUIDELINES
Platform * * * Criteria
- -------- --------------
* * * * * *
* * * * * *
* * * * * *
* * * * * *
* * * * * *
*** ELIGIBLE FOR REMEDIES:
* * *
* * *
TABLE 5: * * * SERVICE LEVELS AND REMEDIES
Service Level - * * * %-Discount (Credit) off * * * Fee*
- --------------------- ----------------------------------
* * * * * * % DISCOUNT
* * * * * * % DISCOUNT
* * * * * * % DISCOUNT
* * * * * * % DISCOUNT
* Discounts will be applied * * *
* SLA's and remedies do not apply when STI, * * *.
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
7/1/05 Page 9
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO)
TABLE 6: * * * CALCULATION
* * * * * *
- ----- -----
* * * * * *
* * * * * *
* * * * * *
* * * * * *
* * * * * *
* * * * * *
* * * * * *
* * * * * *
* * * * * *
TABLE 7: * * * SERVICE LEVELS AND REMEDIES
SERVICE LEVEL - * * * REMEDY
- --------------------- ------
* * * * * *
* * * * * *
* Credits accrued by STI as a result of * * * outages can be applied to
remedies/penalties incurred by STI.
* * *
2.2 Description for * * *
* * *
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
7/1/05 Page 10
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO)
3.0 ASSUMPTIONS
3.1 METHODS AND PROCEDURES (M&P)
* * *
3.2 SECURITY
* * *
3.3 REMEDIES
* * *
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
7/1/05 Page 11
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
(SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES INC. LOGO)
CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL REDACTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.
Page 2
(C) 2005 Synchronoss Technologies Inc.
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc Confidential & Proprietary
CORRESP
April 14, 2006
VIA EDGAR AND OVERNIGHT COURIER
Securities and Exchange Commission
Division of Corporation Finance
Washington, D.C. 20549
Attention: Daniel Lee
Assistant Director
|
|
|
Re: |
|
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.
Amendment No. 1 to
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed February 28, 2006
File No. 333-132080 |
Dear Mr. Lee:
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. (the Company) has electronically transmitted via EDGAR Amendment
No. 1 (Amendment No. 1) to its Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the Registration Statement),
together with certain exhibits thereto. Manually executed signature pages and consents have been
executed prior to the time of this electronic filing and will be retained by the Company for five
(5) years.
On behalf of the Company, this letter responds to the comments set forth in the letter to the
Company dated March 27, 2006 from the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
Staff). For your convenience, the Company has repeated and numbered the comments from the March
27, 2006 letter in italicized print, and the Companys responses are provided below each comment.
1. |
|
We will process this filing and your amendments without price ranges. Since the price range
triggers a number of disclosure matters, we will need sufficient time to process the amendment
when it is included. Please understand that its effect on disclosure throughout the document
may cause us to raise issues on areas not previously commented upon. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 1: |
Page 2
April 14, 2006
The offering price range, and as a result all related pricing information, including the
number of shares to be sold, have yet to be determined by the Company and the underwriters. The
Company will file another pre-effective amendment which will include such information as soon as
such determination has been made, and understands that such amendment may raise additional
comments.
2. |
|
Please provide us with copies of any graphical materials or artwork you intend to use in your
prospectus. Upon review of such materials, we may have further comments. Please refer to
Section VIII of our March 31, 2001 update to our Current Issues and Rulemaking Projects
outline for additional guidance. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 2: |
Enclosed with this letter is a binder of the documents including the artwork that the Company
intends to use in the prospectus. The Registration Statement has also been revised to include such
artwork.
3. |
|
Please provide us support for your statement, in this summary and elsewhere in the
prospectus, that you are a leading global provider of e-commerce transaction management
solutions to the communications services marketplace. Additionally expand your disclosure to
state concisely the basis on which the leadership claim is made. In your response tell us how
you compare to your competitors in quantitative or qualitative terms and consider appropriate
disclosure in this respect. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 3: |
The Company is a leading provider of e-commerce transaction management solutions to the
communications services marketplace because it is generally the only provider of such solutions to
communication service providers that are leaders in their respective industry segments. For
example, the Company provides its solutions to customers that serve more than 57% of the U.S. cable
market according to a report by Kyle McSlarrow, President and Chief Executive Officer of the
National Cable and Telecommunications Association. The Companys customers also serve more than 76%
of the U.S. VoIP market, as reported by Infonetics Research. In addition, the Companys status as a
leading provider of e-commerce transaction management solutions to the communications services
marketplace is supported by a report by Bear Stearns, which states the following about the market
leadership in e-commerce sales of Cingular Wireless, a customer to which the Company is the only
provider of e-commerce transaction management solutions:
Cingular and the Former AT&T Wireless Dominate Online Adds
Historically, AT&T Wireless has dominated other carrierrs with its focus on using the Web for
adding customers. Cingular began to gain traction in mid-2004, and we expect it will continue its
ramp up on Internet sales as it integrates the AT&T Wireless property
Page 3
April 14, 2006
Copies of the reports referenced above have been provided in the binder enclosed with the Companys
response letter.
In response to the Staffs comment, the Company has expanded its disclosure in the prospectus
summary and elsewhere to state concisely the basis on which its leadership claim is made. In
addition, to the extent that the Company had previously referred to itself as a leading global
provider of transaction management solutions, the Company has removed those references.
4. |
|
We note your list of CSP customers here and elsewhere in your prospectus. Please disclose
the criteria you used to determine which of your customers were to be disclosed in the
prospectus. Further, please explain why the list of customers in your registration statement
is slightly different from the list of customers on your Web site, which includes DNA
Communications as a customer. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 4: |
Each customer listed in the summary was chosen because it was one of the Companys larger
customers in terms of the dollar value of revenues generated (although no minimum dollar threshold
was used to determine which CSP customers would be included in the summary and elsewhere), or
because it is representative of the type of customer that is expected to generate significant
revenues going forward. In addition, the listed CSP customers are intended to serve as
representative customers of the different types of CSPs that the Company is currently serving.
Some of the CSP customers listed on the Companys website, including DNA Communications, were
outside of the criteria described above, and were thus not included in the prospectus despite the
importance of such customers to the Company.
5. |
|
Please provide us support for your statement that you have grown at a compound annual growth
rate of 76 percent from 2001 to 2005. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 5: |
Revenue grew at a compound annual rate of 76% from the year ended December 31, 2001 through
December 31, 2005. Revenues as reported (in thousands) were $5,621, $8,185, $16,550, $27,191, and
$54,218 for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 and 2005, which computes to a
compound annual growth rate of approximately 76.23%. The Company uses a compound annual growth
rate formula to calculate its compound annual growth rate for the periods 2001 through 2005. The
formula we used is as follows: (($54,218/$5,621)^(1/4)) -1 = 76.23%.
6. |
|
We note that your use of terms such as physical and service layer, service creation
bundles, cost displacement, and on-demand service creation. Please keep in mind our
plain English principles regarding the use of industry jargon and terms unfamiliar to the
average investor. Please refer to Section VIII of our March 31, 2001 update to our Current
Issues and Rulemaking Projects outline for additional guidance. |
Page 4
April 14, 2006
The Company notes the Staffs comment. The Company has reviewed the plain English principles
and has revised the Registration Statement to eliminate as many industry terms as possible.
7. |
|
You state at the bottom of page 6 that your current customers operate in North America, but
that you intend to utilize [y]our extensive experience and expertise to penetrate new
geographic markets. Please clarify here and elsewhere, as appropriate, how you have such
experience and expertise in penetrating new geographic markets when it appears that the
operations of you and your customers have been limited to North America. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 7: |
|
|
|
The Company has revised the disclosure to respond to the Staffs comment. |
|
|
|
Risk Factors |
|
|
|
We have Substantial Customer Concentration...,page 11 |
8. |
|
In light of the substantial nature of your relationship with Cingular Wireless, please
briefly highlight the character of this relationship and the related risks in your prospectus
summary. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 8: |
In response to the Staffs comment, the Company has revised the Prospectus Summary to disclose
the character of the Companys relationship with Cingular Wireless and the fact that Cingular
Wireless accounts for a substantial portion of the Companys revenues.
A Slow Down in Market Acceptance and Government Regulation..., page 11
9. |
|
The significance of VoIP providers to your business should be clarified and quantified as a
percentage of revenue. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 9: |
The Company began serving VoIP customers in 2004. Currently, Vonage Holdings, Cablevision
Systems and Level 3 Communications are the Companys only VoIP customers. Based on the success of
the VoIP market, the Company intends to refocus some of its attention to target VoIP providers with
the intent of securing a significant percentage of the growing VoIP market. VoIP customers
attributed approximately 16.3% or $8.8 million to the Companys total revenues in 2005 and 1.9% or
$0.5 million in 2004.
The Success of Our Business Depends on the Continued Growth..., page 12
Page 5
April 14, 2006
10. |
|
This risk factor appears to discuss the following three separate and distinct risks: the
impact on the Internet from security, reliability and other infrastructure concerns; the
impact on your business as a result of fraudulent transactions; and the impact to your
reputation from compromises to your privacy safeguards. For purposes of clarity, please
discuss each risk separately. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 10: |
In response to the Staffs comment, the Company has revised the Registration Statement to
discuss the Risk Factor cited by the Staff as three separate risk factors.
11. |
|
Please elaborate on why you may be forced to share some of that risk with [y]our CSP
customers. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 11: |
As indicated in the risk factor, the Company does not currently bear the risk of a fraudulent
credit card transaction. However, to the extent that technology upgrades or other expenditures are
required to prevent credit card fraud and identity theft, the Company may be required to bear the
costs associated with such expenditures. In addition, to the extent that credit card fraud and/or
identity theft cause a decline in the number of business transactions over the Internet generally,
both the business of the CSP and the Companys business would be adversely affected. The risk
factor has been revised to clarify these concepts.
If the Wireless Services Industry Experiences a Decline in Subscribers..., page 12
12. |
|
Please quantify the significance in terms of percentage of revenue of the wireless services
industry for your business. Please also clarify whether your last statement in this risk
factor that the reduction in potential transactions is compounded by improved wireless
industry churn rates refers to decreasing churn rates that would translate into less
churn-related transactions for you to process. We note elsewhere in your disclosure such as
on page 29 that you have experienced increase demand for your services because of competitive
churn, among other things. Please reconcile. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 12: |
In 2005, 80% of the Companys revenues were generated by services performed for customers in
the wireless services industry. In 2004, 84% of the Companys revenues were generated by services
performed for customers in the wireless services industry. The Registration Statement has been
revised to reflect this information. The statement in this risk factor referenced above refers to
decreasing churn rates that would translate into less churn-related transactions for the Company to
process. The Company has revised the Risk Factor to clarify this point. However, despite the fact
that churn rates are decreasing, customer churn, at any level, is one of the factors that causes
increased demand for the Companys services.
Page 6
April 14, 2006
13. |
|
With respect to any third-party statements in your prospectus such as the market information
by the Telephone Industry Association presented here, please provide us with support for such
statements. To expedite our review, please clearly mark each source to highlight the
applicable portion or section containing the statistic and cross-reference it to the
appropriate location in your prospectus. Also, tell us whether the source of each statistic
is publicly available without cost or at a nominal expense. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 13: |
The enclosed binder mentioned in the response to Comment 2 above also includes copies of the
documents on which the Company is relying. The documents contained in the binder have been marked
to indicate the location of the relevant information, as well as the source for each. The Company
has also indicated whether the sources are publicly available without cost or at a nominal expense.
The Consolidation in the Communications Industry.... page 13
14. |
|
Please discuss any actual material impact on your business resulting from the current
consolidation and formation of alliances in the telecommunications industry. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 14: |
The Company has been fortunate in that recent consolidations and alliances within the
telecommunications industry have not impacted its business negatively to this point. Rather, the
recent combination of AT&T and Cingular Wireless brought about a positive material impact on the
Companys business in that the combined entity continued to implement the Companys products and
services. Should one of the Companys significant customers consolidate or enter into an alliance
with an entity and decide to either use a different service provider or to manage their
transactions internally, this could have a negative material impact on the Companys business.
Further, combinations and alliances could potentially have the effect of reducing the Companys
potential customer base. The Company has revised the Risk Factor in response to the Staffs
comments.
If We Fail to Compete Successfully With Existing or New Competitors..., page 13
15. |
|
In light of your substantial dependences on Cingular Wireless as a customer, please
specifically address any risks posed by competitors or in-house solutions with respect to your
relationship with Cingular Wireless. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 15: |
The Company has revised the disclosure to respond to the Staffs comment.
Our Reliance on Third-Party Providers for Communications Software... page 15
Page 7
April 14, 2006
16. |
|
Please advise us whether you are substantially dependent on any vendors to provide your
services pursuant to Item. 601(b)(10)(ii)(B) of Regulation S-K. We note your disclosure on
page 54 stating that you have partnered with a tier one service provider for your network
services. Further, please disclose the percentage of revenue represented by exception
handling services and the share of such revenue performed by third parties. Please provide
materially complete disclosure regarding your relationship with third party providers in your
business discussion. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 16: |
The Company is not substantially dependent on any vendors to provide its services pursuant to
Item 601(b)(10)(ii)(B) of Regulation S-K. The Company has also revised the disclosure on page 55
of the Registration Statement to indicate that the Company uses, as opposed to partners with, a
tier one service provider for the Companys network services. In addition, because the Company
does not differentiate between the pricing of a transaction that makes use of exception handling
services and one that does not, the Company is not able to disclose the percentage of revenue
performed by third parties. The Company has also included additional disclosure in the Business
discussion regarding its relationship with third-party providers of exception handling and
networking services.
We may Seek to Acquire Companies or Technologies..., page 16
17. |
|
We note your disclosure on page 25 that you currently have no agreements or commitments for
any specific acquisitions at [the present] time. Please clarify whether you presently have
any plans, proposals or arrangements to acquire companies or technologies. If so, please
disclose by including materially complete descriptions of the future acquisitions you plan to
undertake. If not, please state that you have no such plans, proposals, or arrangements,
written or otherwise. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 17: |
The Company does not presently have any plans, proposals or arrangements, written or
otherwise, to acquire companies or technologies. The Company has revised the disclosure to respond
to the Staffs comment.
Use of Proceeds, page 25
18. |
|
Please discuss in greater detail your planned use of proceeds to finance [y]our growth,
develop new products and fund capital expenditures. For example, please discuss how the
proceeds are to be used primarily in financing growth or to develop new products. Please
address what capital expenditures you expect to fund with your proceeds from the offering. We
also note that you are constructing a second data center facility to be completed in the first
half 2006. |
Page 8
April 14, 2006
The Company notes the Staffs comment but respectfully submits that it does not have a
definitive plan for how the net proceeds will be allocated. Rather, management will have
discretion to allocate the proceeds for general purposes to the extent management believes such
purposes would be in the Companys best interests.
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
Overview, page 30
19. |
|
Please briefly discuss in your overview section that you derive the remainder of your revenue
from subscription and professional service arrangements. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 19: |
The Company has revised the disclosure to respond to the Staffs comment.
Current Trends Affecting Our Results of Operations, page 31
20. |
|
We note disclosure in your prospectus regarding facility expansion, prospective capital
expenditures and expansion of sales and marketing efforts internationally. To the extent
material, please discuss and, if possible, quantify the expected effects of these trends,
demands or commitments on your results of operations. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 20: |
While the Company is in the process of facility expansion as outlined in the Business
discussion, the second data center facility will be used for back-up disaster recovery purposes
only and will not have a material effect on the results of operations. Also, the Company has only
preliminary plans with respect to other prospective capital expenditures and international sales
and marketing expenditures. As such, the Company is unable to discuss the expected effects of
those initiatives on the Companys results of operations.
21. |
|
You reference the utilization of offshore resources as an opportunity to improve your
operating efficiencies. We further note that exception handling is currently outsourced.
Please advise if you currently outsource other aspects of your business. If so, it appears
disclosure regarding such other outsourcing should be provided in your managements discussion
and analysis as well as your business discussion. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 21: |
Currently, the only aspect of the Companys business that is outsourced, other than the
Companys payroll, is exception handling. When the Company engages offshore resources to
supplement its staff, the Company typically engages the services of Omniglobe International, a
related party, as noted in the Registration Statement, or other service providers such as Help
Page 9
April 14, 2006
Desk Now, which is located in Canada. The Companys outsourced exception handlers are
typically lower-level skilled positions who work on an hourly basis ranging from $7.00 to $20.00
per hour, depending on the level of complexity. The Company does not believe that additional
disclosure regarding outsourcing is required in its MD&A or its Business discussion.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Stock-Based Compensation, page 34
22. |
|
You refer to the use of an independent valuation specialist firm to determine the fair market
value of your common stock. When a reference to an independent appraisal or valuation is
included in a Securities Act registration statement, you should also disclose the name of the
expert and include the experts consent with the filing. Refer to Rule 436(b) of Regulation
C. Alternatively, you may remove this reference. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 22: |
In response to the Staffs comment, the Company has removed references to the independent
appraisal and revised the Registration Statement.
23. |
|
We note that you utilized various assumptions under the income and market approaches and the
PWER method. Please tell us more about these assumptions and quantify each of the significant
assumptions for each of the three valuation periods. Explain your basis for each assumption
made. As part of your response, discuss any changes in the assumptions between periods and
explain how the change in assumption affected the valuation. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 23: |
The key assumptions used for both the income and market approaches, as well as the PWER
allocation method, are supplementally summarized below for each valuation period. The Company has
modified its disclosures in areas of the document where it felt additional disclosures would aid
the shareholders understanding of key assumptions used by the Company.
Income Approach Key Assumptions:
Expected annual growth rate For each valuation period, the Company estimated its
expected annual growth over the next five years based on the information that was
available at each valuation period. The Companys pre-tax growth varied by year by
valuation period but was approximately 16% for 2006, 19% for 2007, 20% for 2008, 21% for
2009 and 22% for 2010. The increases in growth rates were consistent with the Companys
business plans at the time and were revised each valuation period to adjust for
significant changes in the Companys business.
Discount rate The Company used a 19% discount rate for the April valuation period and
decreased the discount to 18% for the July and October valuations. The discount
Page 10
April 14, 2006
rate considers the weighted average cost of capital at each valuation date, and the
decrease in the discount period in July reflects a reduced risk profile for the Company
based on the signing of the Vonage account and other new business for the Company.
|
|
Market Approach Key Assumptions: Under the market approach, the Company was compared to a
peer group and an estimated enterprise value was developed based on multiples of revenues
and earnings (EBITDA) from companies in that peer group. |
Revenues Based on an analysis of peer companies, the Company determined that the
average revenue multiple was 2.2 times revenues. This multiple was used each valuation
period to estimate enterprise value, and the Companys forecasted revenue for the full
year 2005 was updated each valuation period.
EBITDA - Based on an analysis of peer companies, the Company determined that the average
multiple was 21.6 times EBITDA for the first two valuation periods and 19.8 times EBITDA
for the October valuation period. The Companys forecasted earnings for the full year
2005 were updated each valuation period.
Finally, with regard to weighing the conclusions rendered by the income and market enterprise
valuation approaches, the Company considered the quality and the reliability of the data underlying
each indication of value. The Company believed the income approach was the most reliable
indication of value and, therefore, the Company placed the greatest emphasis on this approach to
arrive at the total equity value. For all three valuation periods, the Company weighted the income
approach at 80% and the market value approach at 20% to arrive at the total enterprise value.
|
|
Probability-Weighted Expected Returns method Key Assumptions: Once the Companys enterprise
value was established, it used the PWER method to allocate the value to the different
classes of equity. In general, the higher the probability assessment that the Company would
become a public registrant, the greater the value ascribed to the Companys common stock.
The Companys probability estimate of becoming a public company was 25%, 60% and 75% for
each valuation period, respectively. The Company changed its probability assessment for
each valuation period based on the Companys progress in its preparation for its initial
public offering. Additional disclosures are reflected in the Companys Registration
Statement to describe changes in these key assumptions. |
24. |
|
Please provide a more robust explanation of the reasons for the significant increases in the
fair value of the underlying common stock. In this regard, we note that there were material
increases in the fair values between April and July and July and October but noted that the
increases in revenue and income did not necessarily support the increases in fair value. For
example, the fair value of the underlying common stock increased over |
Page 11
April 14, 2006
|
|
230 percent from April to July yet your income from operations and total revenue increased
approximately 20 percent. As part of your response, please explain the impact any material
changes in your assumptions had on the fair value of the underlying stock. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 24: |
As noted in the Companys supplemental response to comment number 23, one of the key drivers
that resulted in an increase to the value of the Companys common stock was a change in its
probability assessment of becoming a public company vs. staying a private company. The Companys
probability assessment increased from 25% in April to 60% as of July, which resulted in the largest
increase in the fair value of the Companys underlying stock. In addition, the change in the
Companys probability estimate from 60% in July to 75% in October resulted in additional enterprise
value allocated to the Companys common shares. These factors, when compared to the increases in
enterprise value associated with the Companys increased revenue projections were the main drivers
behind the Companys increase in the fair value of its underlying stock. The Company has modified
its disclosures to address the changes in these assumptions.
25. |
|
Please provide us with a summary of the options or shares you have granted subsequent to
December 31, 2005 through the date of your response. Include the number of options or shares
granted, the exercise price and the fair value of the underlying common stock. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 25: |
On February 10, 2006, the Companys Board of Directors approved the issuance of 203,500
options to employees and to members of the Board of Directors for services rendered. Of this
amount, 103,500 incentive stock options were issued to employees and 100,000 non-qualified stock
options were issued to members of the Board of Directors for services rendered. The exercise price
of all stock options granted on February 10, 2006 was $8.98 per share. On April 3, 2006, the
Companys Compensation Committee approved the issuance of 851,000 options to employees for services
rendered. Of this amount, 204,755 options were incentive stock options issued to employees and
646,245 options were non-qualified stock options issued to employees. The exercise price of each
stock option granted on April 3, 2006 was $8.98 per share. Also on April 3, 2006, the Companys
Compensation Committee approved a restricted stock grant of 75,000 shares. The fair market value
of such restricted stock was determined to be $8.98 per share. Finally, one of the Companys
directors purchased 111,359 shares of common stock on March 10, 2006 at a purchase price of $8.98
per share. The Company intends to update the disclosure in the Registration Statement to reflect
these additional option grants and stock issuances in a subsequent amendment. The value of the
stock price as of these dates of grant is deemed to be consistent with the valuation determined at
year end which was estimated to be $8.98 per share.
26. |
|
Revise to include the disclosures in paragraph 180 of the Practice Aid. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 26: |
The Company has read paragraph 180 of the Practice Aid, and once the IPO price has been
determined, the Company will amend the Registration Statement to include the following
Page 12
April 14, 2006
discussion with the appropriate values calculated for options outstanding, vested and
non-vested as of the latest balance sheet date:
Based on an expected IPO price of $___, the intrinsic value of the options outstanding at
[March 31, 2006], was $___, of which $___related to vested options and $___related to unvested
options.
Determining the fair value of our stock requires making complex and subjective judgments. Our
approach to valuation is based on a discounted future cash flow approach that uses our estimates of
revenue, driven by assumed market growth rates, and estimated costs as well as appropriate discount
rates. These estimates are consistent with the plans and estimates that the Company uses to manage
the business. There is inherent uncertainty in making these estimates.
Although it is reasonable to expect that the completion of the IPO will add value to the
shares because they will have increased liquidity and marketability, the amount of additional value
cannot be measured with either precision or certainty.
27. |
|
In addition, tell us your proposed offering price, when you first initiated discussions with
underwriters and when the underwriters first communicated their estimated price range for your
stock. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 27: |
The Company will provide a proposed offering price or range in a subsequent amendment to the
Registration Statement once such a range has been determined, and in any event before circulation.
The Company first began discussions of a possible IPO with several investment banks during the
summer of 2005. During this time, several investment banks, including the representatives of the
underwriters, made presentations to the Company and provided pitch books and sales materials that
were intended to assist it in considering a possible IPO. Some of the materials included
hypothetical valuations, or ranges of valuations, of the Company at indeterminate future points,
based on various assumptions, the achievement of various milestones and other broad industry and
market assumptions. These hypothetical valuation ranges were prepared early in the Companys
deliberations over whether to undertake an IPO, before any prospective underwriters had commenced a
due diligence process, and were designed solely to assist the Company in determining how and
whether to proceed with an IPO. The Company does not view these hypothetical valuations as
meaningful contemporaneous or projected valuations of Company.
The Company began the preparation for an IPO in September 2005. In December 2005, and before
the initial filing of a registration statement for an offering, representatives of the underwriters
met with the Companys Board of Directors to provide preliminary indications of valuation based on
market conditions at the time. In these presentations, the underwriters indicated that, on a
preliminary basis, they were anticipating an initial price range of between $9.00 and $12.00 per
share. This preliminary indication of an initial price range, however, was
Page 13
April 14, 2006
based on then current market conditions, the Companys capital structure at the time, the
underwriters discussions with the Company and the due diligence performed to date. The proposed
offering price or range will be based on market conditions at the time of such determination, the
Companys capital structure at that time, further discussions among the underwriters and the
Company and completion of the underwriters due diligence process.
Results of Operations
2005 Compared to 2004
28. |
|
To the extent material, please quantify the impact of each identified source for changes from
period to period in line items of your financial statements. For example, you attribute the
increase in your net revenues to the expansion of your customer base and to growth with your
existing customers without specifying how much each factor contributed to the change. Please
review your disclosure in light of this comment and revise as appropriate. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 28: |
The Company has revised the disclosure to respond to the Staffs comment.
2004 Compared to 2003
Revenue, page 38
29. |
|
Please clarify what you mean by transactions processed through [y]our Order Manager
Gateway. It does not appear that any prior disclosure has been made with respect to your
Order Manager Gateway. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 29: |
Because the Company has not referred to its Order Management Gateway throughout the document,
the Company has modified its disclosure to remove this reference.
Expenses, page 38
30. |
|
We note your abbreviated representation of dollar amounts in certain statements such as
"[r]esearch and development expense increased to $0.2 and your full representation of such
dollar amounts elsewhere. For purposes of clarity, please represent your dollar amounts in a
consistent manner. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 30: |
The Company has revised the Registration Statement to respond to the Staffs comment.
Page 14
April 14, 2006
31. |
|
Your cost of services from 2003 to 2004 increased $7.7 million. Your subsequent disclosure
in the discussion, however, states that the exception handling costs increased $7.3 million
and personnel and employee-related expense increased to $2.0 million suggesting an aggregate
increase of $9.3 million in your cost of services. Please reconcile. Similar reconciliation
appears necessary in your selling, general and administrative expense discussion. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 31 |
Please refer to page 38. The Companys cost of services increased $10M from 2003 to 2004.
Total cost of service expenses in 2004 was $17.7M. Of the $10M increase, $9.3M in expenses has
been explained in the MD&A paragraph on page 38.
Liquidity and Capital Resources, page 39
32. |
|
Please briefly discuss the material covenants you are subject to under your revolving and
equipment loans. Please also provide risk factor discussion regarding the fact that all of
your assets serve as security for your revolving and equipment loans. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 32: |
The Loan and Security Agreement requires the Company to meet one financial covenant that must
be maintained as of the last day of each month: a quick ratio covenant of quick assets to current
liabilities of at least 2.0 to 1.0. This calculation and a certification of compliance, along with
the Companys monthly financial statements, are reported to the bank on a monthly basis. The
Company was in compliance with the covenant at December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005. Borrowings
are collateralized by all of the Companys assets and the Company has revised the Registration
Statement with this additional disclosure.
Additionally, the Company has added a Risk Factor to the Registration Statement which
discusses the fact that all of the Companys assets serve as security for the revolving and
equipment loans.
Discussion of Cash Flows, page 40
33. |
|
You disclose that the increase in cash used by operating activities is due to the addition of
your exception handling centers in late 2003 and that these centers enhanced your service
offering by attracting new customers. It is unclear to us why the addition of these handling
centers resulted in increased operating cash outflows. Please tell us and revise your
disclosures to clarify. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 33: |
The Company has revised the disclosure to respond to the Staffs comment.
Page 15
April 14, 2006
Business
Demand Drivers for Our E-Commerce Transaction Management Solutions, page 46
34. |
|
Please explain to us the significance of the In-Stat/MDR market data regarding the expected
growth in the global wireless market when your current business and customers appear to be
primarily situated in the United States. Please also clarify your subsequent market data as
to whether such data pertains to the United States or otherwise. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 34: |
The Companys current customer-base is United States-centric. However, global data is useful
as an indicator of the overall health of the market. Additionally, in the wireless segment, the
United States market tends to lag behind other significant geographies such as Europe and Asia in
trending. For example, mobile data expanded in these two markets in advance of the United States
uptake. Finally, the Companys growth strategy involves expansion into new geographic markets, and
therefore growth in the global wireless market is significant to its business. In response to the
Staffs comment, the Company has revised the Registration Statement to clarify whether subsequent
market data pertains to the United States or the global market.
35. |
|
Please elaborate further on what mobile virtual network operators are. We also note your use
of the terms OSS and BSS Systems on page 48. Please elaborate. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 35: |
A Mobile Virtual Network Operator (MVNO) is a mobile operator that does not own its own
spectrum and usually does not have its own network infrastructure. Instead, MVNOs have business
arrangements with traditional mobile operators to buy minutes of use (MOU) for sale to their own
customers. Two examples are VirginMobile and ESPN Mobile.
OSS is short for operational support system, a generic term for a suite of programs that
enable an enterprise to monitor, analyze and manage a network system. The term originally was
applied to communications service providers, referring to a management system that controlled
telephone and computer networks. The term has since been applied to the business world in general
to mean a system that supports an organizations network operations.
BSS is short for business support system, a generic term for a suite of programs that manage
the customer experience. Examples of BSS include applications addressing revenue management from
rating to billing, product management including configuration and introduction of new products and
bundles, customer loyalty programs, customer management including customer self-care, and
fulfillment management.
In response to the Staffs comment, the Company has revised the Registration Statement to
elaborate further on mobile virtual network operators and the terms OSS and BSS Systems.
Page 16
April 14, 2006
Our Strengths, page 47
36. |
|
We note your disclosure on page 48 that you are generally the exclusive provider of the
services we offer to our customers and benefit from long-term contracts of 12 to 48 months.
We further note that your agreement with Cingular Wireless allows them to terminate at their
convenience. Please advise us whether your other customer contracts generally provide for
termination at their convenience. If so, please revise your disclosure to indicate the
ability of your customers to terminate their arrangements with you at their convenience. We
note similar disclosure in your customer discussion on page 53. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 36: |
The Company has revised the disclosure to respond to the Staffs comment.
37. |
|
Please reconcile your disclosure that your transaction management solution is tightly
integrated into [y]our customers critical infrastructure and embedded into their workflows
with your subsequent discussion of your on-demand business model enabling you to deliver your
service over the Internet. Your former disclosure suggests a level of customization and
integration that does not appear readily available in an Internet on-demand service. Please
explain. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 37: |
ActivationNow® is a platform which is delivered to customers over the Internet as a service.
It uses standard application program interfaces, business rules and workflows to enable rapid
implementation with minimal configuration by customers. However, despite the relative ease with
which a customer implements ActivationNow®, following implementation the platform manages the
automated workflow and exception management associated with the customers e-commerce portal and
back-end billing and provisioning systems. In other words, ActivationNow® is tightly integrated
with a customers information technology infrastructure while at the same time being an on-demand
service that does not require significant customization for customer implementation.
38. |
|
Please provide us support for each award you have disclosed. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 38: |
Enclosed with this letter is a binder which includes documentation to support the following
awards:
|
|
|
New Jersey Technology Council 2005 Software/Information Technology Company of
the Year |
|
|
|
|
Named one of the 50 fastest growing companies in New Jersey in 2005 by NJBiz |
Page 17
April 14, 2006
|
|
|
Mr. Waldis named as the Ernst & Young Entrepreneur of the Year in 2004 in
Pennsylvania |
Our Growth Strategy, page 49
39. |
|
In your VoIP industry data discussion, please confirm whether voice-over broadband also
refers to VoIP. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 39: |
Voice-over-Broadband, or VoB, is a new service offering based on VoIP technology. The Company
has revised the disclosure to respond to the Staffs comment.
40. |
|
Please elaborate on the basis for your strategy to capitalize on the international clientele
and relationships of your systems integrator partners. Please expand your business discussion
to detail the role systems integrators play in your business and disclose any material
relationships with such systems integrators. Please further detail the international
clientele of such systems integrators and how you plan to capitalize on their clientele. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 40: |
The Company has removed the reference to capitalizing on the international clientele and
relationship of the Companys systems integrator partners.
Customers, page 52
41. |
|
We note your disclosure on page 11 that three customers accounted for between 94 percent and
98 percent of your revenues for each quarter in 2005. Please identify the other two customers
that contributed significantly to your revenue. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 41: |
The Company has revised the disclosure on page 11 and page 54 to respond to the Staffs
comment.
Operations and Technology, page 53
42. |
|
Please elaborate on how your Bethlehem data center constitutes best-in-class, who determines
the best-in-class designation and the criteria for such designation. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 42: |
In response to the Staffs comment, the Company has removed the term best-in-class from the
description of the Companys data center facility. In using such term, the Company was attempting
to convey that its data center facility is superior to other similar facilities due to (i) the
Page 18
April 14, 2006
extensive security measures that the Company uses, (ii) the employment of various
technologies, (iii) the maintenance of a constant power supply and (iv) the continuous availability
of the Companys technical staff members. The Company has revised the description of the data
center facility to include these concepts.
43. |
|
Please update your disclosure regarding for data recovery facility to provide an update on
the status on its construction. We note that the facility is planned to be completed in the
first half 2006. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 43: |
The Company has revised the disclosure to respond to the Staffs comment.
Competition, page 55
44. |
|
Please elaborate on what clearinghouse-type services are and how such services compete with
your solutions. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 44: |
The Company has revised the disclosure to respond to the Staffs comment.
Management
Executive Compensation, page 63
45. |
|
It appears that the relocation expenses paid to Mr. Garcia should be characterized as annual
compensation under the salary, bonus or other annual compensation columns. Please see Item
402(b)(2)(iii) of Regulation S-K for additional guidance. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 45: |
In response to the Staffs comment, the Company has revised the Summary Compensation Table to
reflect Mr. Garcias relocation expenses as Other Annual Compensation.
46. |
|
We note that you have no existing trading market for your shares. With respect to
calculating the value of unexercised in-the-money options at fiscal year end, please see
Interpretation J.17 of our July 1997 manual of publicly available telephone interpretations.
See also Section IX.C. of Release No. 34-32723. Pursuant to such interpretation, please
either use the midpoint of your offering price range until your initial public offering price
is determined or discuss in a footnote the valuation method and assumptions used in
determining the fair market value of the options. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 46: |
Page 19
April 14, 2006
In response to the Staffs comment, the Company has revised the Registration Statement to
calculate the value of unexercised in-the-money options at fiscal year end using the midpoint of
the initial public offering price range. Because neither the initial public offering price nor the
offering price range has yet to be determined, the Company will file another pre-effective
amendment which will include such values as soon as such determination has been made.
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
Loans to Executive Officers, page 68
47. |
|
Please clarify what Largest Aggregate Indebtedness refers to in your Indebtedness as of
5/31/05. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 47: |
In response to the Staffs comment, the Company has revised the Registration Statement to
clarify Indebtedness as of 5/31/05.
48. |
|
Please disclose when your officers and their family members invested in Omniglobe and whether
any payments such as distributions or dividends have been paid by Omniglobe. Please also
disclose the repurchase price to be paid by Rumson Hitters to each of your invested officers
and family members. Please provide us a copy of your agreement(s) with Omniglobe for our
review and advise us whether your invested officers and family members exercise control over
Omniglobe greater than that provided by their proportional investments in Omniglobe. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 48: |
The Company notes the Staffs comment and has included this expanded disclosure in the
Registration Statement. Enclosed with this letter is a binder of documents, including the
Companys agreements with Omniglobe as well as the Rumson Hitters, L.L.C. Limited Liability Company
Agreement and the Omniglobe International, L.L.C. Limited Liability Company Agreement. The binder
also includes a draft repurchase agreement to effect the repurchase discussed in the Registration
Statement. No employee of the Company or family member of such employee has in the past exercised
or currently exercises control over Omniglobe greater than that provided by such individuals
proportional indirect investment in Omniglobe.
Vertek Corporation, page 70
49. |
|
We note that in October 2000 you acquired certain tangible and intangible assets from Vertek
Corporation in exchange for 2,000,000 shares of your preferred stock and 8,000,000 shares of
your common stock. Please tell us how you accounted for this transaction. As part of your
response, please tell us the value you attributed to the shares that were issued and how you
determined that value. Also, explain to us how you valued
|
Page 20
April 14, 2006
|
|
the assets and liabilities acquired. Clarify your ownership structure prior to the
transaction. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 49: |
The Company has considered the accounting guidance set forth in SAB 48, Transfers Of
Non-monetary Assets By Promoters Or Shareholders. In this regard, the Company used carry over
basis, or Verteks net book value of the assets and liabilities transferred to the Company as the
basis for the amounts initially recorded in its financial statements. The Company has modified its
disclosure for the spin-off to be clearer that carry over basis was used to record the assets and
liabilities received and not fair value.
The net carrying value of the assets and liabilities transferred was approximately $1.6
million which represented $2.1 million of assets and $0.5 million of liabilities at the time of the
transfer. The Company allocated approximately $1.4 million of the net book value of the assets and
liabilities received to the Series 1 Convertible Preferred Stock and approximately $.2 million to
Common Stock and Additional Paid-In Capital. The allocation to the Series 1 and Common shares was
based on a relative fair value allocation of the deemed fair value of each security. The majority
of the value was ascribed to the Series 1 stockholders due to the preferences held by the Series 1
stockholders as compared to the common stockholders at the time of the transfer. Prior to the
transfer, there were no other stockholders of the Company.
Principal and Selling Stockholders, page 71
50. |
|
Please advise us who the selling stockholders in the offering will be unless otherwise
disclosed in your amendment. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 50: |
The Company is in the process of determining which stockholders will sell shares in the
offering and will file another pre-effective amendment which will detail the selling stockholders.
At this time, the Company believes the stockholders listed below will be the selling stockholders;
however, pursuant to Interpretation I.60 of the July 1997 Manual of Publicly Available Telephone
Interpretations, the Company intends to aggregate the individuals owning less than one percent of
the Companys shares and disclose them on a group basis.
|
|
|
|
|
Individual with voting |
|
|
and/or dispositive |
|
|
power over |
|
|
stockholder (if |
Stockholder |
|
applicable) |
Thomas E. McCormick |
|
|
|
|
|
Kent Mathy |
|
|
|
|
|
RVG IV, L.P.
|
|
Kevin Reilly |
|
|
|
RVG III, L.P.
|
|
Kevin Reilly |
Page 21
April 14, 2006
|
|
|
RVG Associates IV, L.P.
|
|
Kevin Reilly |
|
|
|
VLG SynchronOSS Investors |
|
|
|
|
|
Ascent Venture Partners III, L.P.
|
|
Geoffrey S. Oblak |
|
|
|
The Narotam S. Grewal Trust u/t/a
12/12/96, Narotam S. Grewal, Trutee
|
|
Narotam S. Grewal |
|
|
|
Ted Martin |
|
|
|
|
|
BVCF IV, L.P.
|
|
Tom Dolson |
|
|
|
Liberty Ventures I |
|
|
|
|
|
Liberty Ventures II |
|
|
|
|
|
Howard Nadel and Cynthia P. Nadel as
JTWROS |
|
|
|
|
|
Anthony A. Simonelli and Dianne K.
Simonelli as JTWROS |
|
|
|
|
|
Edward M. Hogan and Charlene J. Hogan
as JTWROS |
|
|
|
|
|
Ann Greene |
|
|
|
|
|
Andrew N. Risko and Barbara Risko as
JTWROS |
|
|
|
|
|
Richard J. Waldis and Susan C. Waldis
as JTWROS |
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy M. Gallagher and Corrine
Gallagher as JTWROS |
|
|
|
|
|
Perry E. Johnson and Helen Johnson as
JTWROS |
|
|
|
|
|
Eric R. Berry and Robin Berry as JTWROS |
|
|
|
|
|
Edward C. Berry and Frances E. Berry as
JTWROS |
|
|
|
|
|
Anthony Socci, Jr. |
|
|
|
|
|
Joseph A. Graffeo |
|
|
|
|
|
Anthony J. Socci and Dolores M. Socci
as JTWROS |
|
|
|
|
|
Steven L. Bock |
|
|
|
|
|
Charles A. Bolton |
|
|
|
|
|
Steven T. Buckingham |
|
|
|
|
|
Frank A. Cieri |
|
|
|
|
|
Richard J. Connaughton |
|
|
|
|
|
Joseph R. Cumello |
|
|
|
|
|
Pamela J. Delifer |
|
|
Page 22
April 14, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
James Gayton, Custodian for Christopher
Gayton under MUTMA |
|
|
|
|
|
James Gayton, Custodian for Jessica
Gayton under MUTMA |
|
|
|
|
|
Paul A. Heimbuch |
|
|
|
|
|
Hugh Kelly |
|
|
|
|
|
Christopher Koeneman |
|
|
|
|
|
William J. Kramer |
|
|
|
|
|
Edward D. Kutchin |
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen Leed |
|
|
|
|
|
Norman B. Meisner |
|
|
|
|
|
Sidney Overbey |
|
|
|
|
|
Tom Rauh |
|
|
|
|
|
Harriet C. Robbins |
|
|
|
|
|
John Rogers, Trustee of The John J.
Rogers, Jr. Revocable Trust of 1999 |
|
|
|
|
|
Sheryl Schultz |
|
|
|
|
|
Russell Stephens |
|
|
|
|
|
Shannon Zollo |
|
|
|
|
|
Paul Johnson |
|
|
|
|
|
K Rosey Limited Family
Partnership |
|
|
|
|
|
Marvin L. Kocian |
|
|
|
|
|
Gerry Mathy |
|
|
|
|
|
Paul McCauley |
|
|
|
|
|
Gary L. McGuirk |
|
|
|
|
|
John M. Pratt |
|
|
|
|
|
Matthew D. Roghair |
|
|
|
|
|
Westport Equity Partners Corp. |
|
|
|
|
|
Bloody Forland, LP
|
|
Tom Sharkey, Sr. |
|
|
|
Christopher W. White |
|
|
|
|
|
James Mortenson |
|
|
|
|
|
George Navarro |
|
|
|
|
|
Salmon Investment Co., LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy Carney |
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Nold |
|
|
|
|
|
Lucille G. Duprat |
|
|
|
|
|
Waldis Family Partnership LP
(over-allotment option only)
|
|
Stephen G. Waldis |
Page 23
April 14, 2006
51. |
|
Please disclose the individual or individuals who exercise the voting and/or dispositive
powers with respect to the securities to be offered for resale by your selling stockholders
that are entities. Please see Interpretation I.60 of our July 1997 Manual of Publicly
Available Telephone Interpretations and Interpretation 4S of the Regulation S-K portion of the
March 1999 Supplement to our July 1997 Manual of Publicly Available Telephone Interpretations. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 51: |
Please see the Companys response to Comment 50 above. The individual(s) who exercise the
voting and/or dispositive power with respect to the securities offered for resale by the selling
stockholders have been identified to the extent currently known. The Company is currently
soliciting this information from the selling stockholders and will inform the Staff upon receipt of
such information.
Description of Capital Stock
Warrants, Page 74
52. |
|
Please explain your reference to commitments to issue warrants. We note that you have filed
as exhibits two warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 94,828 shares of preferred stock. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 52: |
In response to the Staffs comment, the Company has revised the Registration Statement to
clarify that the only outstanding warrants are those for the purchase of 94,828 shares of preferred
stock. There are no commitments to issue warrants.
Underwriting, page 79
53. |
|
Please disclose how the over-allotment option will be allocated among you and the other
selling stockholders. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 53: |
The Company has revised the disclosure to respond to the Staffs comment.
Industry and Market Data, page 83
54. |
|
We note your disclosure regarding your belief that third party studies and publications and
your own internal company research are reliable. You have provided industry and market data
to assist investors in understanding your industry, business and potential market. As
presented, this data receives fairly prominent discussion in your registration statement, such
as in business. As you know, such data included in your registration
|
Page 24
April 14, 2006
|
|
statement must be based on reasonable and sound assumptions. Notwithstanding your assertion
regarding the reliability of such data, please revise to remove any implication that you are
not responsible for assessing the reasonableness and soundness of the market data presented. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 54: |
In response to the Staffs comment, the Company has revised the Registration Statement to
remove any implication that it is not responsible for assessing the reasonableness and soundness of
the market data presented.
Notes to Financial Statements
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue, page F-7
55. |
|
Disclosure regarding your transaction service arrangements indicates, in part, that
transaction revenues may include billings to customers that reimburse you based on the number
or individuals dedicated to processing transactions. Describe for us the material terms of
these reimbursement provisions. As part of your response, clarify how the amount and timing
of billings and revenue under these provisions is determined whether there are any conditions
or performance obligations associated with these arrangements beyond providing specified
numbers of individuals for processing. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 55: |
In certain situations, the Company contracts with its clients to supply resources on an hourly
basis at a specified hourly rate to process transactions. Typically, these are cases when
customers want to introduce a new transaction type into the Companys system and the transaction
price has not been finalized. The Company suggests these types of arrangements to its customer, so
that the Company has the adequate information needed to evaluate the process time required to
complete the transaction and to determine the transaction price accordingly. These arrangements
may occur when the Companys customer introduces new devices into the consumer market and would
like to activate those devices utilizing the ActivationNow® platform. These arrangements are
usually short-term in nature (typically three months or less) and invoices are generated for the
Companys clients based on the number of individuals and hours worked. Invoices for an hourly
billing arrangement are prepared on a monthly basis at the end of the month for services performed
during the month, and are recognized as revenues in the same manner. Once transaction prices are
agreed to, the Company bills its clients on a per transaction price prospectively. There are no
conditions or performance obligations beyond providing transaction processing services.
56. |
|
With respect to your arrangements that include guaranteed minimum volume transactions, tell
us the time periods, e.g., monthly, quarterly, yearly, to which these
|
Page 25
April 14, 2006
|
|
guaranteed minimums apply. Also, explain how you account for the guarantees over the life
of the arrangements. To the extent that guarantee periods extend over multiple financial
reporting periods, explain how the guarantees are considered in intervening reporting
periods. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 56: |
Some of the Companys contracts have guaranteed minimum volume transaction from its customers.
In these instances, if the customers total transaction volume for the period is less than the
contractual amount, the Company records revenues based on the monthly or quarterly minimum
guaranteed amount as provided by the customers contract. Only five, out of 35, active contracts
have monthly or quarterly guaranteed minimum volume transaction requirements. For all periods
presented, guaranteed minimums have not represented a material amount of our revenue.
For example, the Cingular Gateway Order Management Contract requires a minimum of 300,000
transactions to be processed per calendar quarter. For the quarters ending March 31, 2005, June
30, 2005 and December 31, 2005, the average amount of transactions processed by the Company per
quarter was 559,000 transactions. Each quarter, the number of transactions processed was greater
than 300,000; therefore, Cingular was billed, and revenues were recognized, based upon the number
of transactions processed during the period. The Companys guarantee periods do not extend over
multiple financial reporting periods and therefore there is no estimation involved in the Companys
revenue recognition for these types of contracts.
57. |
|
You disclose that revenue from enterprise portal management services are recognized on a
straight line over the life of the contract. Please tell us more about these enterprise
portal management services. In this regard, we note that you do not appear to have discussed
these services elsewhere in your filing. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 57: |
The Companys enterprise portal management services are primarily in support of the Companys
customer, MCI. Some of MCIs enterprise customers use the ActivationNow® platform to place orders
with MCI through graphical user and gateway interfaces. MCI receives these orders from their
customers and provisions these orders themselves; the Company is not involved in the processing of
these orders. The Company classifies this revenue as subscription based revenue and the
contractual terms associated with these contracts are a flat monthly rate for a specified time
period. The Company records revenues on a straight line basis over the life of the contract.
58. |
|
You disclose that you provided professional and consulting services and that these services
are accounted for separately. Please tell us and revise your disclosure to describe the types
of professional and consulting services you provide. As part of your
|
Page 26
April 14, 2006
|
|
response please tell us how you have determined that these services met the criteria for
separation derived in paragraph 9 of EITF 00-21. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 58: |
The Company provides process and workflow consulting services as well as development services and characterizes these offerings as professional services in its financial
statements and elsewhere in the Registration Statement. The following is a summary of the nature
of these services:
|
|
Process and workflow consulting services Throughout the life cycle of an
order, the customer interacts with the Company either manually or
systematically, as the Company processes their transactions. The Company has
employees that can assist its clients in documenting their existing order
processes and workflows, or the Companys employees can make recommendations for
process improvements. If the Companys clients have existing documentation,
there is no reason for the Companys c ustomers to engage it to provide these
services. However, oftentimes the Company finds that the documentation of its
clients order processing flows needs to be supplemented. This type of analysis
and documentation can be done by the customer, the Company or another
third-party consulting firm as the Company has no obligation to perform these
services as part of its transaction service arrangement. |
|
|
|
Development services In some cases, customers may need assistance
supplementing the connection from their system to the Companys system. An
example of development services includes assistance with the transmission of
orders from client systems to the Companys systems and the ability for client
systems to receive status reports back from the Companys systems, if desired.
These services can be performed by the customers own resources, the Company ,
or any other third-party consulting firm, as the Company has no obligation to
perform these services as part of its transaction service arrangement. |
These types of services differ from set-up fees. The Companys set-up fees are
customer specific configurations of the Companys systems necessary for our
customers to process transactions through the Companys systems.
Process and workflow consulting services and development services meet the
criteria for separation as described in paragraph 9 of EITF 00-21. The following
is a discussion of how the Company has evaluated paragraph 9:
The delivered item has value to the customer on a standalone basis:
The Company provides application program interface requirements and various
guides to connect customer systems with its systems. The customer can utilize
the Companys professional services or use various other vendors or their own
staff to complete the process, workflow or development services described above.
In some cases, the customer chooses to use the Companys services rather than
use their own resources for a variety of reasons. These services are not a
requirement of the Companys transaction contracts and several customers, such
as Level 3, Cablevision, and Vonage, have done this work internally or have used
other third-party vendors to do this work on their behalf. The professional fees
are therefore considered to have standalone value to the customer as the
services can be provided by
Page 27
April 14, 2006
other vendors. The Company believes these professional services should be
treated separately since many consulting service providers, including the
customers internal resources, can provide these services and there is no
proprietary knowledge of the Companys systems required to perform these
services. In addition, the Companys professional fees are priced independent of
the contract at fair value and are not discounted if the customer chooses to
process their transactions using the Companys ActivationNow® platform.
There is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered item.
Although the contracts for professional services are negotiated separately and there are
separate contractual arrangements for the professional services, the Company understands that the
presumption of EITF 00-21 is that separate contracts entered into at or near the same time with the
same entity or related parties are assumed to be negotiated as a package and, therefore, should be
evaluated as a single agreement. As such, for accounting purposes, the Company considers the
undelivered component of these contracts to be the transaction processing service.
The prices for the Companys transaction services are consistent whether it provides
professional services or not. In addition, based on its other competitors that provide similar
transaction processing such as Neustar, Wisor, and Verisign, the Company believes that there is
objective reliable evidence of the Companys undelivered element (i.e. transaction services). In
addition, the transaction fees that the Company quotes to its clients are similar in price if the
nature of the effort on the Companys part is similar.
|
|
If the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item,
delivery or performance of the undelivered item is considered probable and substantially in
the control of the vendor. |
|
|
|
Finally, there are no rights of return in the Companys service contracts. |
59. |
|
We note your discussion indicating that the majority of your professional services
arrangements are on a time and materials basis. For the periods presented in your filing,
clarify for us the extent to which you provided professional services that were not on a time
and materials basis. For those arrangements, explain to us how the timing ad amount of
revenue recognition was determined. Provide reference to specific authoritative literature
that supports your accounting. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 59: |
For details pertaining to the types of professional services performed by the Company, please
refer to the response to comment 58. During 2005, the Company performed a few development services
for a particular client. Each contract associated with this service was short-term in nature
(generally six weeks in length) for enhancements and increased functionality to their internal
systems. The Companys billing arrangements with this client required the Company to bill for the
Companys services at the completion of each project. The Company received a fixed fee for each
project. The revenues associated with these projects represented less than 1% of the Companys
total revenues for 2005. The Company recognizes revenue from
Page 28
April 14, 2006
each project on a straight-line basis as the services are provided over the estimated term of
the contract.
In the first quarter of 2004, the Company finished a fixed fee six-month study of a clients
internal billing systems, and recognized revenue on a straight line basis over the life of the
project (project began in third quarter 2003). This was the only non-time and materials contract
for both 2003 and 2004. Revenues associated with that project represented less than 1% of the
Companys total revenues in both 2003 and 2004.
Since these types of arrangements represent an immaterial percentage of the Companys total
revenues, and the Company has no plans to continue with these types of billing arrangements, the
Company did not consider this to be a significant accounting policy that warranted additional
disclosures and believe that no further modifications to the Companys disclosures are necessary.
Note 7. Capital Structure, page F-16
60. |
|
We note that you have shares of Series A redeemable and Series 1 convertible preferred stock
outstanding. Tell us how you evaluated the conversion feature associated with these issuances
to determine whether there was an embedded derivative that met the criteria for bifurcation
under SFAS 133. Specifically, tell us how you considered the criteria in paragraph 12 of SFAS
133 and the scope exception of paragraph 11(a) of SFAS 133 in your analysis. As part of your
response, explain how you have determined whether the preferred stock is more akin to debt or
to equity. See paragraph 61(l) of SFAS 133. In addition, provide us with your analysis using
the conditions outlined in paragraphs 12-32 of EITF 00-19 regarding whether you meet the scope
exception of SFAS 133. In addition, if SFAS 133 does not apply, indicate how you determined
that no beneficial conversion feature exists in the instrument. See EITF 98-5 AND 00-27. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 60: |
In order to determine if the embedded conversion feature associated with the Series A and
Series 1 convertible preferred stock should be accounted for separately from the host instruments,
the Company first evaluated the criteria under paragraph 12 of SFAS 133 which states that all three
of the criteria discussed in paragraph 12 need to be met in order to bifurcated from the host.
Page 29
April 14, 2006
In accordance with paragraph 12, if the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded
derivative instrument are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of
the host contract, then the embedded conversion feature should not be bifurcated. In order to
determine if the risks are clearly and closely related, the Company referred to the guidance in
paragraph 61(l) of SFAS 133, which indicates that typical cumulative fixed-rate convertible
preferred stock with a mandatory redemption feature is more akin to debt, while cumulative
participating perpetual preferred stock is more akin to an equity instrument.
Despite the presentation of the Series 1 and Series A shares as mezzanine, the Company
believes the Series 1 and Series A preferred shares are more like equity due to the following:
|
|
|
Neither Series 1 nor Series A shares have stated interest or dividend rates, |
|
|
|
|
Series 1 shares are not entitled to any dividends while Series A shares
would participate equally with common stockholders if a dividend were declared, |
|
|
|
|
Both Series 1 and Series A shares are entitled to vote on an as converted to
common share basis, |
|
|
|
|
Series 1 shares are classified in mezzanine due to the deemed change in
control criteria specified in EITF Topic D-98 Classification and Measurement of
Redeemable Securities. The Series A stockholders redemption right expired on
November 19, 2005, however the Series A stock continues to be classified in
mezzanine due to the deemed change in control criteria specified in EITF Topic
D-98. |
The Company does not believe that mezzanine classification of the Series 1 and Series A shares
changes the economic characteristics of either instrument to be more like debt than equity.
Based on these factors, the Company believes that both the Series A redeemable convertible
stock and the Series 1 convertible preferred stock are more akin to equity since the changes in the
fair value of the preferred shares are closely related to changes in the fair value of the
underlying common stock. Since the embedded instruments and the host instruments are clearly and
closely related the Company does not have an embedded derivative that needs to be bifurcated. As
such, all of the criteria in paragraph 12 is not satisfied, and therefore a further evaluation of
the scope exceptions of paragraph 11(a) was not necessary.
In addition, the Company evaluated whether the Series 1 or the Redeemable Series A contained a
beneficial conversion feature. The Series 1 preferred stock was issued in connection with the
transfer of assets from Vertek, and therefore, there were no cash proceeds received for the
issuance of shares. We used the amount allocated to the Series 1 stockholders of $1.4 million as
discussed in Comment #49 as the deemed proceeds received for purposes of applying the guidance in
EITF 98-5. This resulted in a conversion value of approximately $0.72 for common
Page 30
April 14, 2006
stock, which is greater than the fair value of the underlying stock at the measurement date
which was deemed to be not greater than $0.29. The Company also performed a similar calculation
for the Series A Redeemable Convertible preferred stock and determined that no beneficial
conversion features exists in the instrument.
Note 8. Stock Plan, page F-19
61. |
|
Revise to indicate whether the valuations used to determine the fair value of equity
instruments were contemporaneous or retrospective. If the valuation specialist was a related
party, indicate that. See the AICPA guide to Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity
Securities Issued as Compensation, par. 179(b) and (c). |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 61: |
The Company has revised the disclosure to respond to the Staffs comment.
62. |
|
We note that all options issued prior to 2005 were issued with an exercise price of $0.29 and
a grant date fair value of $0.07. For options issued during 2003 and 2004, please tell us the
fair value of the underlying common stock on the respective grant dates. Describe the
valuation methods you used to determine fair value. Explain why you believe the $0.29 value
used is consistent with the price of the preferred stock sold in 2001. Additionally, explain
why you believe the use of the same value over all of 2003 and 2004 is consistent with the
apparent development of your business over that time. In this regard, it appears that certain
of the factors you describe as contributing to the increase in the value of your common stock
over 2005 were present during 2003 and 2004. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 62: |
During 2003 and 2004, the Company was estimating the fair value of its common stock using a
method that is similar to the current value method described in the AICPA Technical Practice Aid,
Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The Companys
enterprise value during 2003 and 2004 was principally allocated to the preferred stockholders
because of the preferred stock liquidation preferences, and little value was allocated to the
common stockholders during this period. The Company believed this was an appropriate method to use
given the early stage of the Company. Through 2004, the Company set its option pricing policy
based on its assumption that the Companys enterprise value was assumed to be relatively consistent
with the 2001 sale of its preferred stock; however, for 2003 and 2004, we believed the fair value
of our common stock to be no greater than $0.29 per share. It was the Companys estimate that its
enterprise value was approximately $80 million or less during this time period. Although the
Companys option pricing was based on a consistent post-money valuation of preferred stock sold in
2001, the Companys enterprise value was most likely affected by market changes in the
telecommunications environment through 2004. Specifically, from 2001 to 2004, besides the
softening of the telecommunications market which had a negative
Page 31
April 14, 2006
impact on many of the Companys customers, one of its largest customers, Worldcom filed for
protection under Chapter 11 of the federal bankruptcy laws. As a result of this filing, the
Company was forced to reduce its costs and limit the hiring of employees during 2002. During this
timeframe, and through 2004, the Company believed its enterprise value probably decreased with the
changes in the telecommunications industry; however, the Company continued to issue options at
$0.29 as there were no new equity financings that the Company could point to that corroborated that
there was a change in its enterprise value. Accordingly, at no point during this time period did
we believe the Companys enterprise value exceeded $80 million. Although the Companys sales were
increasing during 2003 and 2004, the Company was still operating at a loss, and the other factors
that led to an increase in the Companys value of the underlying stock previously discussed in
Comment 24 were not present during this time frame.
Consent
63. |
|
Please file a consent for the use of Ernst & Young LLPs audit report. See Item 601(b)(23)
of Regulation S-K. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 63: |
The Company will file a consent for the use of Ernst & Young LLPs audit report.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
64. |
|
Please disclose the basis for your reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act for the
applicable sale(s) of unregistered securities. Disclose whether the purchasers were
accredited or sophisticated with access to information. |
|
|
|
RESPONSE TO COMMENT 64: |
The Company has revised the Registration Statement to delete references to Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act, as only Rule 701 was relied upon for the applicable sales of unregistered
securities under the 2000 Stock Plan.
Please do not hesitate to contact Marc Dupré at (781) 795-3555 or Angela Clement at (781) 795-3540
if you have any questions or would like additional information regarding this matter.
Very truly yours,
Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve
Franklin & Hachigian, LLP